From d0959024d8fb6555ba8bfdc6624cc7b7c2e675fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Kennedy Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:30 -0700 Subject: timer_list: Remove alignment padding on 64 bit when CONFIG_TIMER_STATS Reorder struct timer_list to remove 8 bytes of alignment padding on 64 bit builds when CONFIG_TIMER_STATS is selected. timer_list is widely used across the kernel so many structures will benefit and shrink in size. For example, with my config on x86_64 per_cpu_dm_data shrinks from 136 to 128 bytes and ahci_port_priv shrinks from 1032 to 968 bytes. Signed-off-by: Richard Kennedy Cc: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index 38cf093ef62c..f3dccdb44f95 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ struct timer_list { int slack; #ifdef CONFIG_TIMER_STATS + int start_pid; void *start_site; char start_comm[16]; - int start_pid; #endif #ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP struct lockdep_map lockdep_map; -- cgit v1.2.3 From aaabe31c25a439b92cc281b14ca18b85bae7e7a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:30 -0700 Subject: timer: Initialize the field slack of timer_list TIMER_INITIALIZER() should initialize the field slack of timer_list as __init_timer() does. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Cc: Arjan van de Ven Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index f3dccdb44f95..1794674c1a52 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ extern struct tvec_base boot_tvec_bases; .expires = (_expires), \ .data = (_data), \ .base = &boot_tvec_bases, \ + .slack = -1, \ __TIMER_LOCKDEP_MAP_INITIALIZER( \ __FILE__ ":" __stringify(__LINE__)) \ } -- cgit v1.2.3 From dd6414b50fa2b1cd247a8aa8f8bd42414b7453e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Phil Carmody Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:33 -0700 Subject: timer: Permit statically-declared work with deferrable timers Currently, you have to just define a delayed_work uninitialised, and then initialise it before first use. That's a tad clumsy. At risk of playing mind-games with the compiler, fooling it into doing pointer arithmetic with compile-time-constants, this lets clients properly initialise delayed work with deferrable timers statically. This patch was inspired by the issues which lead Artem Bityutskiy to commit 8eab945c5616fc984 ("sunrpc: make the cache cleaner workqueue deferrable"). Signed-off-by: Phil Carmody Acked-by: Artem Bityutskiy Cc: Arjan van de Ven Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/workqueue.h | 8 ++++++++ 2 files changed, 33 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index 1794674c1a52..cbfb7a355d30 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -48,6 +48,18 @@ extern struct tvec_base boot_tvec_bases; #define __TIMER_LOCKDEP_MAP_INITIALIZER(_kn) #endif +/* + * Note that all tvec_bases are 2 byte aligned and lower bit of + * base in timer_list is guaranteed to be zero. Use the LSB to + * indicate whether the timer is deferrable. + * + * A deferrable timer will work normally when the system is busy, but + * will not cause a CPU to come out of idle just to service it; instead, + * the timer will be serviced when the CPU eventually wakes up with a + * subsequent non-deferrable timer. + */ +#define TBASE_DEFERRABLE_FLAG (0x1) + #define TIMER_INITIALIZER(_function, _expires, _data) { \ .entry = { .prev = TIMER_ENTRY_STATIC }, \ .function = (_function), \ @@ -59,6 +71,19 @@ extern struct tvec_base boot_tvec_bases; __FILE__ ":" __stringify(__LINE__)) \ } +#define TBASE_MAKE_DEFERRED(ptr) ((struct tvec_base *) \ + ((unsigned char *)(ptr) + TBASE_DEFERRABLE_FLAG)) + +#define TIMER_DEFERRED_INITIALIZER(_function, _expires, _data) {\ + .entry = { .prev = TIMER_ENTRY_STATIC }, \ + .function = (_function), \ + .expires = (_expires), \ + .data = (_data), \ + .base = TBASE_MAKE_DEFERRED(&boot_tvec_bases), \ + __TIMER_LOCKDEP_MAP_INITIALIZER( \ + __FILE__ ":" __stringify(__LINE__)) \ + } + #define DEFINE_TIMER(_name, _function, _expires, _data) \ struct timer_list _name = \ TIMER_INITIALIZER(_function, _expires, _data) diff --git a/include/linux/workqueue.h b/include/linux/workqueue.h index f11100f96482..88238c15ec3e 100644 --- a/include/linux/workqueue.h +++ b/include/linux/workqueue.h @@ -127,12 +127,20 @@ struct execute_work { .timer = TIMER_INITIALIZER(NULL, 0, 0), \ } +#define __DEFERRED_WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) { \ + .work = __WORK_INITIALIZER((n).work, (f)), \ + .timer = TIMER_DEFERRED_INITIALIZER(NULL, 0, 0), \ + } + #define DECLARE_WORK(n, f) \ struct work_struct n = __WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) #define DECLARE_DELAYED_WORK(n, f) \ struct delayed_work n = __DELAYED_WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) +#define DECLARE_DEFERRED_WORK(n, f) \ + struct delayed_work n = __DEFERRED_WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) + /* * initialize a work item's function pointer */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6f1bc451e6a79470b122a37ee1fc6bbca450f444 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yong Zhang Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:31 -0700 Subject: timer: Make try_to_del_timer_sync() the same on SMP and UP On UP try_to_del_timer_sync() is mapped to del_timer() which does not take the running timer callback into account, so it has different semantics. Remove the SMP dependency of try_to_del_timer_sync() by using base->running_timer in the UP case as well. [ tglx: Removed set_running_timer() inline and tweaked the changelog ] Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Acked-by: Oleg Nesterov Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index cbfb7a355d30..6abd9138beda 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -274,11 +274,11 @@ static inline void timer_stats_timer_clear_start_info(struct timer_list *timer) extern void add_timer(struct timer_list *timer); +extern int try_to_del_timer_sync(struct timer_list *timer); + #ifdef CONFIG_SMP - extern int try_to_del_timer_sync(struct timer_list *timer); extern int del_timer_sync(struct timer_list *timer); #else -# define try_to_del_timer_sync(t) del_timer(t) # define del_timer_sync(t) del_timer(t) #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe7de49f9d4e53f24ec9ef762a503f70b562341c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: KOSAKI Motohiro Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 16:01:12 -0700 Subject: sched: Make sched_param argument static in sched_setscheduler() callers Andrew Morton pointed out almost all sched_setscheduler() callers are using fixed parameters and can be converted to static. It reduces runtime memory use a little. Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Reported-by: Andrew Morton Acked-by: James Morris Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Steven Rostedt Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 0383601a927c..849c8670583d 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1942,9 +1942,10 @@ extern int task_nice(const struct task_struct *p); extern int can_nice(const struct task_struct *p, const int nice); extern int task_curr(const struct task_struct *p); extern int idle_cpu(int cpu); -extern int sched_setscheduler(struct task_struct *, int, struct sched_param *); +extern int sched_setscheduler(struct task_struct *, int, + const struct sched_param *); extern int sched_setscheduler_nocheck(struct task_struct *, int, - struct sched_param *); + const struct sched_param *); extern struct task_struct *idle_task(int cpu); extern struct task_struct *curr_task(int cpu); extern void set_curr_task(int cpu, struct task_struct *p); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4b6ba8aacbb3185703b797286547d0f8f3859b02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Daney Date: Tue, 26 Oct 2010 15:07:13 -0700 Subject: of/net: Move of_get_mac_address() to a common source file. There are two identical implementations of of_get_mac_address(), one each in arch/powerpc/kernel/prom_parse.c and arch/microblaze/kernel/prom_parse.c. Move this function to a new common file of_net.{c,h} and adjust all the callers to include the new header. Signed-off-by: David Daney [grant.likely@secretlab.ca: protect header with #ifdef] Signed-off-by: Grant Likely --- include/linux/of_net.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/of_net.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/of_net.h b/include/linux/of_net.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e913081fb52a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/of_net.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +/* + * OF helpers for network devices. + * + * This file is released under the GPLv2 + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_OF_NET_H +#define __LINUX_OF_NET_H + +#ifdef CONFIG_OF_NET +#include +extern const void *of_get_mac_address(struct device_node *np); +#endif + +#endif /* __LINUX_OF_NET_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4a92379bdfb48680a5e6775dd53a586df7b6b0b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Kennedy Date: Thu, 21 Oct 2010 10:29:19 +0100 Subject: slub tracing: move trace calls out of always inlined functions to reduce kernel code size Having the trace calls defined in the always inlined kmalloc functions in include/linux/slub_def.h causes a lot of code duplication as the trace functions get instantiated for each kamalloc call site. This can simply be removed by pushing the trace calls down into the functions in slub.c. On my x86_64 built this patch shrinks the code size of the kernel by approx 36K and also shrinks the code size of many modules -- too many to list here ;) size vmlinux (2.6.36) reports text data bss dec hex filename 5410611 743172 828928 6982711 6a8c37 vmlinux 5373738 744244 828928 6946910 6a005e vmlinux + patch The resulting kernel has had some testing & kmalloc trace still seems to work. This patch - moves trace_kmalloc out of the inlined kmalloc() and pushes it down into kmem_cache_alloc_trace() so this it only get instantiated once. - rename kmem_cache_alloc_notrace() to kmem_cache_alloc_trace() to indicate that now is does have tracing. (maybe this would better being called something like kmalloc_kmem_cache ?) - adds a new function kmalloc_order() to handle allocation and tracing of large allocations of page order. - removes tracing from the inlined kmalloc_large() replacing them with a call to kmalloc_order(); - move tracing out of inlined kmalloc_node() and pushing it down into kmem_cache_alloc_node_trace - rename kmem_cache_alloc_node_notrace() to kmem_cache_alloc_node_trace() - removes the include of trace/events/kmem.h from slub_def.h. v2 - keep kmalloc_order_trace inline when !CONFIG_TRACE Signed-off-by: Richard Kennedy Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg --- include/linux/slub_def.h | 55 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 26 insertions(+), 29 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/slub_def.h b/include/linux/slub_def.h index e4f5ed180b9b..8b6e8ae5d5ca 100644 --- a/include/linux/slub_def.h +++ b/include/linux/slub_def.h @@ -10,9 +10,8 @@ #include #include #include -#include -#include +#include enum stat_item { ALLOC_FASTPATH, /* Allocation from cpu slab */ @@ -216,31 +215,40 @@ static __always_inline struct kmem_cache *kmalloc_slab(size_t size) void *kmem_cache_alloc(struct kmem_cache *, gfp_t); void *__kmalloc(size_t size, gfp_t flags); +static __always_inline void * +kmalloc_order(size_t size, gfp_t flags, unsigned int order) +{ + void *ret = (void *) __get_free_pages(flags | __GFP_COMP, order); + kmemleak_alloc(ret, size, 1, flags); + return ret; +} + #ifdef CONFIG_TRACING -extern void *kmem_cache_alloc_notrace(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t gfpflags); +extern void * +kmem_cache_alloc_trace(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t gfpflags, size_t size); +extern void *kmalloc_order_trace(size_t size, gfp_t flags, unsigned int order); #else static __always_inline void * -kmem_cache_alloc_notrace(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t gfpflags) +kmem_cache_alloc_trace(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t gfpflags, size_t size) { return kmem_cache_alloc(s, gfpflags); } + +static __always_inline void * +kmalloc_order_trace(size_t size, gfp_t flags, unsigned int order) +{ + return kmalloc_order(size, flags, order); +} #endif static __always_inline void *kmalloc_large(size_t size, gfp_t flags) { unsigned int order = get_order(size); - void *ret = (void *) __get_free_pages(flags | __GFP_COMP, order); - - kmemleak_alloc(ret, size, 1, flags); - trace_kmalloc(_THIS_IP_, ret, size, PAGE_SIZE << order, flags); - - return ret; + return kmalloc_order_trace(size, flags, order); } static __always_inline void *kmalloc(size_t size, gfp_t flags) { - void *ret; - if (__builtin_constant_p(size)) { if (size > SLUB_MAX_SIZE) return kmalloc_large(size, flags); @@ -251,11 +259,7 @@ static __always_inline void *kmalloc(size_t size, gfp_t flags) if (!s) return ZERO_SIZE_PTR; - ret = kmem_cache_alloc_notrace(s, flags); - - trace_kmalloc(_THIS_IP_, ret, size, s->size, flags); - - return ret; + return kmem_cache_alloc_trace(s, flags, size); } } return __kmalloc(size, flags); @@ -266,14 +270,14 @@ void *__kmalloc_node(size_t size, gfp_t flags, int node); void *kmem_cache_alloc_node(struct kmem_cache *, gfp_t flags, int node); #ifdef CONFIG_TRACING -extern void *kmem_cache_alloc_node_notrace(struct kmem_cache *s, +extern void *kmem_cache_alloc_node_trace(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t gfpflags, - int node); + int node, size_t size); #else static __always_inline void * -kmem_cache_alloc_node_notrace(struct kmem_cache *s, +kmem_cache_alloc_node_trace(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t gfpflags, - int node) + int node, size_t size) { return kmem_cache_alloc_node(s, gfpflags, node); } @@ -281,8 +285,6 @@ kmem_cache_alloc_node_notrace(struct kmem_cache *s, static __always_inline void *kmalloc_node(size_t size, gfp_t flags, int node) { - void *ret; - if (__builtin_constant_p(size) && size <= SLUB_MAX_SIZE && !(flags & SLUB_DMA)) { struct kmem_cache *s = kmalloc_slab(size); @@ -290,12 +292,7 @@ static __always_inline void *kmalloc_node(size_t size, gfp_t flags, int node) if (!s) return ZERO_SIZE_PTR; - ret = kmem_cache_alloc_node_notrace(s, flags, node); - - trace_kmalloc_node(_THIS_IP_, ret, - size, s->size, flags, node); - - return ret; + return kmem_cache_alloc_node_trace(s, flags, node, size); } return __kmalloc_node(size, flags, node); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From fc766e4c4965915ab52a1d1fa3c7a7b3e7bc07f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 03:09:24 +0000 Subject: decnet: RCU conversion and get rid of dev_base_lock While tracking dev_base_lock users, I found decnet used it in dnet_select_source(), but for a wrong purpose: Writers only hold RTNL, not dev_base_lock, so readers must use RCU if they cannot use RTNL. Adds an rcu_head in struct dn_ifaddr and handle proper RCU management. Adds __rcu annotation in dn_route as well. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index d8fd2c23a1b9..578debb801f4 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ struct net_device { #endif void *atalk_ptr; /* AppleTalk link */ struct in_device __rcu *ip_ptr; /* IPv4 specific data */ - void *dn_ptr; /* DECnet specific data */ + struct dn_dev __rcu *dn_ptr; /* DECnet specific data */ struct inet6_dev __rcu *ip6_ptr; /* IPv6 specific data */ void *ec_ptr; /* Econet specific data */ void *ax25_ptr; /* AX.25 specific data */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1da4b1c6a4dfb5a13d7147a27c1ac53fed09befd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Feng Tang Date: Tue, 9 Nov 2010 11:22:58 +0000 Subject: x86/mrst: Add SFI platform device parsing code MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit SFI provides a series of tables. These describe the platform devices present including SPI and I²C devices, as well as various sensors, keypads and other glue as well as interfaces provided via the SCU IPC mechanism (intel_scu_ipc.c) This patch is a merge of the core elements and relevant fixes from the Intel development code by Feng, Alek, myself into a single coherent patch for upstream submission. It provides the needed infrastructure to register I2C, SPI and platform devices described by the tables, as well as handlers for some of the hardware already supported in kernel. The 0.8 firmware also provides GPIO tables. Devices are created at boot time or if they are SCU dependant at the point an SCU is discovered. The existing Linux device mechanisms will then handle the device binding. At an abstract level this is an SFI to Linux device translator. Device/platform specific setup/glue is in this file. This is done so that the drivers for the generic I²C and SPI bus devices remain cross platform as they should. (Updated from RFC version to correct the emc1403 name used by the firmware and a wrongly used #define) Signed-off-by: Alek Du LKML-Reference: <20101109112158.20013.6158.stgit@localhost.localdomain> [Clean ups, removal of 0.7 support] Signed-off-by: Feng Tang [Clean ups] Signed-off-by: Alan Cox Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/sfi.h | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sfi.h b/include/linux/sfi.h index 7f770c638e99..fe817918b30e 100644 --- a/include/linux/sfi.h +++ b/include/linux/sfi.h @@ -77,6 +77,8 @@ #define SFI_OEM_ID_SIZE 6 #define SFI_OEM_TABLE_ID_SIZE 8 +#define SFI_NAME_LEN 16 + #define SFI_SYST_SEARCH_BEGIN 0x000E0000 #define SFI_SYST_SEARCH_END 0x000FFFFF @@ -156,13 +158,13 @@ struct sfi_device_table_entry { u16 addr; u8 irq; u32 max_freq; - char name[16]; + char name[SFI_NAME_LEN]; } __packed; struct sfi_gpio_table_entry { - char controller_name[16]; + char controller_name[SFI_NAME_LEN]; u16 pin_no; - char pin_name[16]; + char pin_name[SFI_NAME_LEN]; } __packed; typedef int (*sfi_table_handler) (struct sfi_table_header *table); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 751305d9b2fd3e03eaab7808e976241d85ca4353 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Drake Date: Thu, 28 Oct 2010 18:23:01 +0100 Subject: viafb: General power management infrastructure Multiple devices need S/R hooks (framebuffer, GPIO, camera). Add infrastructure and convert existing framebuffer code to the new model. This patch should create no functional change. Based on earlier work by Jonathan Corbet. Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake Acked-by: Jonathan Corbet Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat --- include/linux/via-core.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/via-core.h b/include/linux/via-core.h index 7ffb521e1a7a..a4327a0c8efc 100644 --- a/include/linux/via-core.h +++ b/include/linux/via-core.h @@ -59,6 +59,21 @@ struct via_port_cfg { u8 ioport_index; }; +/* + * Allow subdevs to register suspend/resume hooks. + */ +#ifdef CONFIG_PM +struct viafb_pm_hooks { + struct list_head list; + int (*suspend)(void *private); + int (*resume)(void *private); + void *private; +}; + +void viafb_pm_register(struct viafb_pm_hooks *hooks); +void viafb_pm_unregister(struct viafb_pm_hooks *hooks); +#endif /* CONFIG_PM */ + /* * This is the global viafb "device" containing stuff needed by * all subdevs. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4d17aeb1c5b2375769446d13012a98e6d265ec13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Walmsley Date: Tue, 21 Sep 2010 19:37:15 +0530 Subject: OMAP: I2C: split device registration and convert OMAP2+ to omap_device Split the OMAP1 and OMAP2+ platform_device build and register code. Convert the OMAP2+ variant to use omap_device. This patch was developed in collaboration with Rajendra Nayak . Signed-off-by: Paul Walmsley Signed-off-by: Rajendra Nayak Cc: Kevin Hilman Signed-off-by: Kevin Hilman --- include/linux/i2c-omap.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/i2c-omap.h b/include/linux/i2c-omap.h index 78ebf507ce56..7472449cbb74 100644 --- a/include/linux/i2c-omap.h +++ b/include/linux/i2c-omap.h @@ -1,9 +1,14 @@ #ifndef __I2C_OMAP_H__ #define __I2C_OMAP_H__ +#include + struct omap_i2c_bus_platform_data { u32 clkrate; void (*set_mpu_wkup_lat)(struct device *dev, long set); + int (*device_enable) (struct platform_device *pdev); + int (*device_shutdown) (struct platform_device *pdev); + int (*device_idle) (struct platform_device *pdev); }; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 074e61ec3751da9ab88ee66d3818574556c03489 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: James Morris Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 09:01:31 +1100 Subject: kernel: add roundup() code comment from akpm Add roundup() code comment from akpm. Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: James Morris --- include/linux/kernel.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/kernel.h b/include/linux/kernel.h index b526947bdf48..3f648d204c37 100644 --- a/include/linux/kernel.h +++ b/include/linux/kernel.h @@ -58,6 +58,8 @@ extern const char linux_proc_banner[]; #define FIELD_SIZEOF(t, f) (sizeof(((t*)0)->f)) #define DIV_ROUND_UP(n,d) (((n) + (d) - 1) / (d)) + +/* The `const' in roundup() prevents gcc-3.3 from calling __divdi3 */ #define roundup(x, y) ( \ { \ const typeof(y) __y = y; \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f6cd24777513fcc673d432cc29ef59881d3e4df1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 4 Nov 2010 11:13:48 +0100 Subject: irq: Better struct irqaction layout We currently use kmalloc-96 slab for struct irqaction allocations on 64bit arches. This is unfortunate because of possible false sharing and two cache lines accesses. Move 'name' and 'dir' fields at the end of the structure, and force a suitable alignement. Hot path fields now use one cache line on x86_64. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Reviewed-by: Andi Kleen Cc: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1288865628.2659.69.camel@edumazet-laptop> Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/interrupt.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/interrupt.h b/include/linux/interrupt.h index 79d0c4f6d071..55e0d4253e49 100644 --- a/include/linux/interrupt.h +++ b/include/linux/interrupt.h @@ -114,15 +114,15 @@ typedef irqreturn_t (*irq_handler_t)(int, void *); struct irqaction { irq_handler_t handler; unsigned long flags; - const char *name; void *dev_id; struct irqaction *next; int irq; - struct proc_dir_entry *dir; irq_handler_t thread_fn; struct task_struct *thread; unsigned long thread_flags; -}; + const char *name; + struct proc_dir_entry *dir; +} ____cacheline_internodealigned_in_smp; extern irqreturn_t no_action(int cpl, void *dev_id); -- cgit v1.2.3 From da1d39e3903bc35be2b5e8d2116fdd5d337244d4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Horman Date: Tue, 9 Nov 2010 17:47:02 +0900 Subject: mmc, sh: Move constants to sh_mmcif.h This moves some constants from sh_mmcif.c to sh_mmcif.h so that they can be used in sh_mmcif_boot_init(). It also alters the definition of SOFT_RST_OFF from (0 << 31) to ~SOFT_RST_ON (= ~(1 << 31)). The former seems bogus. The latter is consistent with the code in sh_mmcif_boot_init(). Cc: Yusuke Goda Cc: Magnus Damm Signed-off-by: Simon Horman Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h | 39 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 34 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h index 5c99da1078aa..a6bfa5296495 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h @@ -59,6 +59,29 @@ struct sh_mmcif_plat_data { #define MMCIF_CE_HOST_STS2 0x0000004C #define MMCIF_CE_VERSION 0x0000007C +/* CE_BUF_ACC */ +#define BUF_ACC_DMAWEN (1 << 25) +#define BUF_ACC_DMAREN (1 << 24) +#define BUF_ACC_BUSW_32 (0 << 17) +#define BUF_ACC_BUSW_16 (1 << 17) +#define BUF_ACC_ATYP (1 << 16) + +/* CE_CLK_CTRL */ +#define CLK_ENABLE (1 << 24) /* 1: output mmc clock */ +#define CLK_CLEAR ((1 << 19) | (1 << 18) | (1 << 17) | (1 << 16)) +#define CLK_SUP_PCLK ((1 << 19) | (1 << 18) | (1 << 17) | (1 << 16)) +#define SRSPTO_256 ((1 << 13) | (0 << 12)) /* resp timeout */ +#define SRBSYTO_29 ((1 << 11) | (1 << 10) | \ + (1 << 9) | (1 << 8)) /* resp busy timeout */ +#define SRWDTO_29 ((1 << 7) | (1 << 6) | \ + (1 << 5) | (1 << 4)) /* read/write timeout */ +#define SCCSTO_29 ((1 << 3) | (1 << 2) | \ + (1 << 1) | (1 << 0)) /* ccs timeout */ + +/* CE_VERSION */ +#define SOFT_RST_ON (1 << 31) +#define SOFT_RST_OFF ~SOFT_RST_ON + static inline u32 sh_mmcif_readl(void __iomem *addr, int reg) { return readl(addr + reg); @@ -149,17 +172,23 @@ static inline void sh_mmcif_boot_init(void __iomem *base) /* reset */ tmp = sh_mmcif_readl(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION); - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp | 0x80000000); - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp & ~0x80000000); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp | SOFT_RST_ON); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp & SOFT_RST_OFF); /* byte swap */ - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_BUF_ACC, 0x00010000); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_BUF_ACC, BUF_ACC_ATYP); /* Set block size in MMCIF hardware */ sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_BLOCK_SET, SH_MMCIF_BBS); - /* Enable the clock, set it to Bus clock/256 (about 325Khz)*/ - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_CLK_CTRL, 0x01072fff); + /* Enable the clock, set it to Bus clock/256 (about 325Khz). + * It is unclear where 0x70000 comes from or if it is even needed. + * It is there for byte-compatibility with code that is known to + * work. + */ + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_CLK_CTRL, + CLK_ENABLE | SRSPTO_256 | SRBSYTO_29 | SRWDTO_29 | + SCCSTO_29 | 0x70000); /* CMD0 */ sh_mmcif_boot_cmd(base, 0x00000040, 0); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5e4f083f78d03e9f8d2e327daccde16976f9bb00 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yong Zhang Date: Sun, 24 Oct 2010 11:50:53 +0800 Subject: hrtimer: Remove stale comment on curr_timer curr_timer doesn't resident in struct hrtimer_cpu_base anymore. Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang LKML-Reference: <1287892253-2587-1-git-send-email-yong.zhang0@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/hrtimer.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/hrtimer.h b/include/linux/hrtimer.h index fd0c1b857d3d..dd9954b79342 100644 --- a/include/linux/hrtimer.h +++ b/include/linux/hrtimer.h @@ -158,7 +158,6 @@ struct hrtimer_clock_base { * @lock: lock protecting the base and associated clock bases * and timers * @clock_base: array of clock bases for this cpu - * @curr_timer: the timer which is executing a callback right now * @expires_next: absolute time of the next event which was scheduled * via clock_set_next_event() * @hres_active: State of high resolution mode -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0eadcc09203349b11ca477ec367079b23d32ab91 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tatyana Brokhman Date: Mon, 1 Nov 2010 18:18:24 +0200 Subject: usb: USB3.0 ch11 definitions Adding hub SuperSpeed usb definitions as defined by ch10 of the USB3.0 spec. Signed-off-by: Tatyana Brokhman Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/ch11.h | 47 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/usb/hcd.h | 4 ++++ 2 files changed, 51 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/ch11.h b/include/linux/usb/ch11.h index 119194c85d10..10ec0699bea4 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/ch11.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/ch11.h @@ -27,6 +27,13 @@ #define HUB_GET_TT_STATE 10 #define HUB_STOP_TT 11 +/* + * Hub class additional requests defined by USB 3.0 spec + * See USB 3.0 spec Table 10-6 + */ +#define HUB_SET_DEPTH 12 +#define HUB_GET_PORT_ERR_COUNT 13 + /* * Hub Class feature numbers * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-17 @@ -55,6 +62,20 @@ #define USB_PORT_FEAT_INDICATOR 22 #define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_PORT_L1 23 +/* + * Port feature selectors added by USB 3.0 spec. + * See USB 3.0 spec Table 10-7 + */ +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_LINK_STATE 5 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_U1_TIMEOUT 23 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_U2_TIMEOUT 24 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_LINK_STATE 25 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_CONFIG_ERR 26 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_REMOTE_WAKE_MASK 27 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_BH_PORT_RESET 28 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_C_BH_PORT_RESET 29 +#define USB_PORT_FEAT_FORCE_LINKPM_ACCEPT 30 + /* * Hub Status and Hub Change results * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-19 and Table 11-20 @@ -83,6 +104,32 @@ struct usb_port_status { /* bits 13 to 15 are reserved */ #define USB_PORT_STAT_SUPER_SPEED 0x8000 /* Linux-internal */ +/* + * Additions to wPortStatus bit field from USB 3.0 + * See USB 3.0 spec Table 10-10 + */ +#define USB_PORT_STAT_LINK_STATE 0x01e0 +#define USB_SS_PORT_STAT_POWER 0x0200 +#define USB_PORT_STAT_SPEED_5GBPS 0x0000 +/* Valid only if port is enabled */ + +/* + * Definitions for PORT_LINK_STATE values + * (bits 5-8) in wPortStatus + */ +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U0 0x0000 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U1 0x0020 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U2 0x0040 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_U3 0x0060 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_SS_DISABLED 0x0080 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_RX_DETECT 0x00a0 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_SS_INACTIVE 0x00c0 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_POLLING 0x00e0 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_RECOVERY 0x0100 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_HOT_RESET 0x0120 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_COMP_MOD 0x0140 +#define USB_SS_PORT_LS_LOOPBACK 0x0160 + /* * wPortChange bit field * See USB 2.0 spec Table 11-22 diff --git a/include/linux/usb/hcd.h b/include/linux/usb/hcd.h index 0b6e751ea0b1..dd6ee49a0844 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/hcd.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/hcd.h @@ -471,6 +471,10 @@ extern void usb_ep0_reinit(struct usb_device *); /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* class requests from USB 3.0 hub spec, table 10-5 */ +#define SetHubDepth (0x3000 | HUB_SET_DEPTH) +#define GetPortErrorCount (0x8000 | HUB_GET_PORT_ERR_COUNT) + /* * Generic bandwidth allocation constants/support */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From af3b8881f4c9852eefe9c7f1a997b3ecf580561b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Russ Gorby Date: Tue, 26 Oct 2010 14:13:52 +0100 Subject: ifx6x60: SPI protocol driver for Infineon 6x60 modem Prototype driver for the IFX6x60 series of SPI attached modems by Jim Stanley and Russ Gorby Signed-off-by: Russ Gorby [Some reworking and a major cleanup] Signed-off-by: Alan Cox Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/spi/ifx_modem.h | 14 ++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/spi/ifx_modem.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/spi/ifx_modem.h b/include/linux/spi/ifx_modem.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a68f3b19d112 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/spi/ifx_modem.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#ifndef LINUX_IFX_MODEM_H +#define LINUX_IFX_MODEM_H + +struct ifx_modem_platform_data { + unsigned short rst_out; /* modem reset out */ + unsigned short pwr_on; /* power on */ + unsigned short rst_pmu; /* reset modem */ + unsigned short tx_pwr; /* modem power threshold */ + unsigned short srdy; /* SRDY */ + unsigned short mrdy; /* MRDY */ + unsigned short is_6160; /* Modem type */ +}; + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 304e12665a4a7b8b25dfe8c64fa4fd56a04a67ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Charkov Date: Mon, 8 Nov 2010 20:33:20 +0300 Subject: serial: Add support for UART on VIA VT8500 and compatibles This adds a driver for the serial ports found in VIA and WonderMedia Systems-on-Chip. Interrupt-driven FIFO operation is implemented. The hardware also supports pure register-based operation (which is slower) and DMA-based FIFO operation. As the FIFOs are only 16 bytes long, DMA operation is probably not worth the hassle. Signed-off-by: Alexey Charkov Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/serial_core.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_core.h b/include/linux/serial_core.h index 212eb4c67797..41603d690433 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_core.h @@ -199,6 +199,9 @@ /* TI OMAP-UART */ #define PORT_OMAP 96 +/* VIA VT8500 SoC */ +#define PORT_VT8500 97 + #ifdef __KERNEL__ #include -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1d7138de878d1d4210727c1200193e69596f93b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 05:46:50 +0000 Subject: igmp: RCU conversion of in_dev->mc_list MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit in_dev->mc_list is protected by one rwlock (in_dev->mc_list_lock). This can easily be converted to a RCU protection. Writers hold RTNL, so mc_list_lock is removed, not replaced by a spinlock. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Cypher Wu Cc: Américo Wang Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 12 ++++++++---- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 5 ++--- 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index 93fc2449af10..7d164670f264 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -167,10 +167,10 @@ struct ip_sf_socklist { */ struct ip_mc_socklist { - struct ip_mc_socklist *next; + struct ip_mc_socklist __rcu *next_rcu; struct ip_mreqn multi; unsigned int sfmode; /* MCAST_{INCLUDE,EXCLUDE} */ - struct ip_sf_socklist *sflist; + struct ip_sf_socklist __rcu *sflist; struct rcu_head rcu; }; @@ -186,11 +186,14 @@ struct ip_sf_list { struct ip_mc_list { struct in_device *interface; __be32 multiaddr; + unsigned int sfmode; struct ip_sf_list *sources; struct ip_sf_list *tomb; - unsigned int sfmode; unsigned long sfcount[2]; - struct ip_mc_list *next; + union { + struct ip_mc_list *next; + struct ip_mc_list __rcu *next_rcu; + }; struct timer_list timer; int users; atomic_t refcnt; @@ -201,6 +204,7 @@ struct ip_mc_list { char loaded; unsigned char gsquery; /* check source marks? */ unsigned char crcount; + struct rcu_head rcu; }; /* V3 exponential field decoding */ diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index ccd5b07d678d..380ba6bc5db1 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -52,9 +52,8 @@ struct in_device { atomic_t refcnt; int dead; struct in_ifaddr *ifa_list; /* IP ifaddr chain */ - rwlock_t mc_list_lock; - struct ip_mc_list *mc_list; /* IP multicast filter chain */ - int mc_count; /* Number of installed mcasts */ + struct ip_mc_list __rcu *mc_list; /* IP multicast filter chain */ + int mc_count; /* Number of installed mcasts */ spinlock_t mc_tomb_lock; struct ip_mc_list *mc_tomb; unsigned long mr_v1_seen; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9fbbdde93231ad7f35c217aa6bbbc7995133f483 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Erik Gilling Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:44:43 +0100 Subject: video: add fb_edid_add_monspecs for parsing extended edid information Modern monitors/tvs have more extended EDID information blocks which can contain extra detailed modes. This adds a fb_edid_add_monspecs function which drivers can use to parse those additions blocks. Signed-off-by: Erik Gilling Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/fb.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fb.h b/include/linux/fb.h index 7fca3dc4e475..6f0274d96f0c 100644 --- a/include/linux/fb.h +++ b/include/linux/fb.h @@ -1092,6 +1092,8 @@ extern int fb_parse_edid(unsigned char *edid, struct fb_var_screeninfo *var); extern const unsigned char *fb_firmware_edid(struct device *device); extern void fb_edid_to_monspecs(unsigned char *edid, struct fb_monspecs *specs); +extern void fb_edid_add_monspecs(unsigned char *edid, + struct fb_monspecs *specs); extern void fb_destroy_modedb(struct fb_videomode *modedb); extern int fb_find_mode_cvt(struct fb_videomode *mode, int margins, int rb); extern unsigned char *fb_ddc_read(struct i2c_adapter *adapter); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0ad83f6882c41df1a7fa387086029e162038c1f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:45:04 +0100 Subject: fbdev: when parsing E-EDID blocks, also use SVD entries Add parsing of E-EDID SVD entries. In this first version only a few CEA/EIA-861E modes are implemented, more can be added as needed. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/fb.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fb.h b/include/linux/fb.h index 6f0274d96f0c..e154a79b8322 100644 --- a/include/linux/fb.h +++ b/include/linux/fb.h @@ -1151,6 +1151,7 @@ struct fb_videomode { extern const char *fb_mode_option; extern const struct fb_videomode vesa_modes[]; +extern const struct fb_videomode cea_modes[64]; struct fb_modelist { struct list_head list; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d83447f0944e73d690218d79c07762ffa4ceb9e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gerrit Renker Date: Sun, 14 Nov 2010 17:25:46 +0100 Subject: dccp ccid-2: Schedule Sync as out-of-band mechanism The problem with Ack Vectors is that i) their length is variable and can in principle grow quite large, ii) it is hard to predict exactly how large they will be. Due to the second point it seems not a good idea to reduce the MPS; in particular when on average there is enough room for the Ack Vector and an increase in length is momentarily due to some burst loss, after which the Ack Vector returns to its normal/average length. The solution taken by this patch is to subtract a minimum-expected Ack Vector length from the MPS, and to defer any larger Ack Vectors onto a separate Sync - but only if indeed there is no space left on the skb. This patch provides the infrastructure to schedule Sync-packets for transporting (urgent) out-of-band data. Its signalling is quicker than scheduling an Ack, since it does not need to wait for new application data. Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker --- include/linux/dccp.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dccp.h b/include/linux/dccp.h index 749f01ccd26e..eed52bcd35d0 100644 --- a/include/linux/dccp.h +++ b/include/linux/dccp.h @@ -462,6 +462,7 @@ struct dccp_ackvec; * @dccps_hc_rx_insert_options - receiver wants to add options when acking * @dccps_hc_tx_insert_options - sender wants to add options when sending * @dccps_server_timewait - server holds timewait state on close (RFC 4340, 8.3) + * @dccps_sync_scheduled - flag which signals "send out-of-band message soon" * @dccps_xmitlet - tasklet scheduled by the TX CCID to dequeue data packets * @dccps_xmit_timer - used by the TX CCID to delay sending (rate-based pacing) * @dccps_syn_rtt - RTT sample from Request/Response exchange (in usecs) @@ -503,6 +504,7 @@ struct dccp_sock { __u8 dccps_hc_rx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_hc_tx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_server_timewait:1; + __u8 dccps_sync_scheduled:1; struct tasklet_struct dccps_xmitlet; struct timer_list dccps_xmit_timer; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 58e998c6d23988490162cef0784b19ea274d90bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Gross Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 12:14:55 +0000 Subject: offloading: Force software GSO for multiple vlan tags. We currently use vlan_features to check for TSO support if there is a vlan tag. However, it's quite likely that the NIC is not able to do TSO when there is an arbitrary number of tags. Therefore if there is more than one tag (in-band or out-of-band), fall back to software emulation. Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross CC: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 7 +++---- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 578debb801f4..6e4cfbc53d4c 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -2239,6 +2239,8 @@ unsigned long netdev_fix_features(unsigned long features, const char *name); void netif_stacked_transfer_operstate(const struct net_device *rootdev, struct net_device *dev); +int netif_get_vlan_features(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev); + static inline int net_gso_ok(int features, int gso_type) { int feature = gso_type << NETIF_F_GSO_SHIFT; @@ -2254,10 +2256,7 @@ static inline int skb_gso_ok(struct sk_buff *skb, int features) static inline int netif_needs_gso(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb) { if (skb_is_gso(skb)) { - int features = dev->features; - - if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_8021Q) || skb->vlan_tci) - features &= dev->vlan_features; + int features = netif_get_vlan_features(skb, dev); return (!skb_gso_ok(skb, features) || unlikely(skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL)); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2e48928d8a0f38c1b5c81eb3f1294de8a6382c68 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephen Hemminger Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 10:16:58 -0700 Subject: rfkill: remove dead code The following code is defined but never used. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/rfkill.h | 31 ------------------------------- 1 file changed, 31 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index 08c32e4f261a..c6c608482cba 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -354,37 +354,6 @@ static inline bool rfkill_blocked(struct rfkill *rfkill) } #endif /* RFKILL || RFKILL_MODULE */ - -#ifdef CONFIG_RFKILL_LEDS -/** - * rfkill_get_led_trigger_name - Get the LED trigger name for the button's LED. - * This function might return a NULL pointer if registering of the - * LED trigger failed. Use this as "default_trigger" for the LED. - */ -const char *rfkill_get_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill); - -/** - * rfkill_set_led_trigger_name -- set the LED trigger name - * @rfkill: rfkill struct - * @name: LED trigger name - * - * This function sets the LED trigger name of the radio LED - * trigger that rfkill creates. It is optional, but if called - * must be called before rfkill_register() to be effective. - */ -void rfkill_set_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill, const char *name); -#else -static inline const char *rfkill_get_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill) -{ - return NULL; -} - -static inline void -rfkill_set_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill, const char *name) -{ -} -#endif - #endif /* __KERNEL__ */ #endif /* RFKILL_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca4ffe8f2848169a8ded0ea8a60b2d81925564c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 10:18:55 -0700 Subject: cfg80211: fix disabling channels based on hints After a module loads you will have loaded the world roaming regulatory domain or a custom regulatory domain. Further regulatory hints are welcomed and should be respected unless the regulatory hint is coming from a country IE as the IEEE spec allows for a country IE to be a subset of what is allowed by the local regulatory agencies. So disable all channels that do not fit a regulatory domain sent from a unless the hint is from a country IE and the country IE had no information about the band we are currently processing. This fixes a few regulatory issues, for example for drivers that depend on CRDA and had no 5 GHz freqencies allowed were not properly disabling 5 GHz at all, furthermore it also allows users to restrict devices further as was intended. If you recieve a country IE upon association we will also disable the channels that are not allowed if the country IE had at least one channel on the respective band we are procesing. This was the original intention behind this design but it was completely overlooked... Cc: David Quan Cc: Jouni Malinen cc: Easwar Krishnan Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 0edb2566c14c..fb877b5621b7 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1307,7 +1307,11 @@ enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it - * thinks we should consider. + * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country + * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information + * structure pased by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. + * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should + * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. */ enum nl80211_reg_initiator { NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c8aea565e8f715d9f10064b1cbfbc15bf75df501 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gery Kahn Date: Tue, 5 Oct 2010 16:09:05 +0200 Subject: wl1271: ref_clock cosmetic changes Cosmetic cleanup for ref_clock code while configured by board. Signed-off-by: Gery Kahn Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho --- include/linux/wl12xx.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/wl12xx.h b/include/linux/wl12xx.h index 4f902e1908aa..bebb8efea0a6 100644 --- a/include/linux/wl12xx.h +++ b/include/linux/wl12xx.h @@ -24,6 +24,14 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_WL12XX_H #define _LINUX_WL12XX_H +/* The board reference clock values */ +enum { + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_19 = 0, /* 19.2 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_26 = 1, /* 26 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_38 = 2, /* 38.4 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_54 = 3, /* 54 MHz */ +}; + struct wl12xx_platform_data { void (*set_power)(bool enable); /* SDIO only: IRQ number if WLAN_IRQ line is used, 0 for SDIO IRQs */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7919a57bc608140aa8614c19eac40c6916fb61d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andreas Herrmann Date: Mon, 30 Aug 2010 19:04:01 +0000 Subject: bitops: Provide generic sign_extend32 function This patch moves code out from wireless drivers where two different functions are defined in three code locations for the same purpose and provides a common function to sign extend a 32-bit value. Signed-off-by: Andreas Herrmann Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/bitops.h | 11 +++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/bitops.h b/include/linux/bitops.h index 827cc95711ef..2184c6b97aeb 100644 --- a/include/linux/bitops.h +++ b/include/linux/bitops.h @@ -109,6 +109,17 @@ static inline __u8 ror8(__u8 word, unsigned int shift) return (word >> shift) | (word << (8 - shift)); } +/** + * sign_extend32 - sign extend a 32-bit value using specified bit as sign-bit + * @value: value to sign extend + * @index: 0 based bit index (0<=index<32) to sign bit + */ +static inline __s32 sign_extend32(__u32 value, int index) +{ + __u8 shift = 31 - index; + return (__s32)(value << shift) >> shift; +} + static inline unsigned fls_long(unsigned long l) { if (sizeof(l) == 4) -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe8222406c8277a21172479d3a8283d31c209028 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Tue, 9 Nov 2010 10:47:38 +0000 Subject: net: Simplify RX queue allocation This patch move RX queue allocation to alloc_netdev_mq and freeing of the queues to free_netdev (symmetric to TX queue allocation). Each kobject RX queue takes a reference to the queue's device so that the device can't be freed before all the kobjects have been released-- this obviates the need for reference counts specific to RX queues. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 6e4cfbc53d4c..fccb11f879e5 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -592,8 +592,7 @@ struct netdev_rx_queue { struct rps_map __rcu *rps_map; struct rps_dev_flow_table __rcu *rps_flow_table; struct kobject kobj; - struct netdev_rx_queue *first; - atomic_t count; + struct net_device *dev; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; #endif /* CONFIG_RPS */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c59504ebc5baa628706d10c2d3c7e1f4bc3c2147 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joe Perches Date: Sun, 14 Nov 2010 17:04:57 +0000 Subject: include/linux/if_macvlan.h: Remove unnecessary semicolons Signed-off-by: Joe Perches Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_macvlan.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h index 8a2fd66a8b5f..ac96a2d76291 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h +++ b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ static inline void macvlan_count_rx(const struct macvlan_dev *vlan, rx_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->rx_stats); if (likely(success)) { u64_stats_update_begin(&rx_stats->syncp); - rx_stats->rx_packets++;; + rx_stats->rx_packets++; rx_stats->rx_bytes += len; if (multicast) rx_stats->rx_multicast++; -- cgit v1.2.3 From a386f99025f13b32502fe5dedf223c20d7283826 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 06:38:11 +0000 Subject: bridge: add proper RCU annotation to should_route_hook Add br_should_route_hook_t typedef, this is the only way we can get a clean RCU implementation for function pointer. Move route_hook to location where it is used. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_bridge.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/linux/if_bridge.h index 0d241a5c4909..f7e73c338c40 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -102,7 +102,9 @@ struct __fdb_entry { #include extern void brioctl_set(int (*ioctl_hook)(struct net *, unsigned int, void __user *)); -extern int (*br_should_route_hook)(struct sk_buff *skb); + +typedef int (*br_should_route_hook_t)(struct sk_buff *skb); +extern br_should_route_hook_t __rcu *br_should_route_hook; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 61391cde9eefac5cfcf6d214aa80c77e58b1626b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephen hemminger Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 06:38:12 +0000 Subject: netdev: add rcu annotations to receive handler hook Suggested by Eric's bridge RCU changes. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index fccb11f879e5..b45c1b8b1d19 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -994,8 +994,8 @@ struct net_device { unsigned int real_num_rx_queues; #endif - rx_handler_func_t *rx_handler; - void *rx_handler_data; + rx_handler_func_t __rcu *rx_handler; + void __rcu *rx_handler_data; struct netdev_queue __rcu *ingress_queue; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8ffab51b3dfc54876f145f15b351c41f3f703195 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 21:14:04 +0000 Subject: macvlan: lockless tx path macvlan is a stacked device, like tunnels. We should use the lockless mechanism we are using in tunnels and loopback. This patch completely removes locking in TX path. tx stat counters are added into existing percpu stat structure, renamed from rx_stats to pcpu_stats. Note : this reverts commit 2c11455321f37 (macvlan: add multiqueue capability) Note : rx_errors converted to a 32bit counter, like tx_dropped, since they dont need 64bit range. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Patrick McHardy Cc: Ben Greear Cc: Ben Hutchings Acked-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_macvlan.h | 34 ++++++++++++++++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h index ac96a2d76291..e28b2e4959d4 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h +++ b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h @@ -25,19 +25,25 @@ struct macvlan_port; struct macvtap_queue; /** - * struct macvlan_rx_stats - MACVLAN percpu rx stats + * struct macvlan_pcpu_stats - MACVLAN percpu stats * @rx_packets: number of received packets * @rx_bytes: number of received bytes * @rx_multicast: number of received multicast packets + * @tx_packets: number of transmitted packets + * @tx_bytes: number of transmitted bytes * @syncp: synchronization point for 64bit counters - * @rx_errors: number of errors + * @rx_errors: number of rx errors + * @tx_dropped: number of tx dropped packets */ -struct macvlan_rx_stats { +struct macvlan_pcpu_stats { u64 rx_packets; u64 rx_bytes; u64 rx_multicast; + u64 tx_packets; + u64 tx_bytes; struct u64_stats_sync syncp; - unsigned long rx_errors; + u32 rx_errors; + u32 tx_dropped; }; /* @@ -52,7 +58,7 @@ struct macvlan_dev { struct hlist_node hlist; struct macvlan_port *port; struct net_device *lowerdev; - struct macvlan_rx_stats __percpu *rx_stats; + struct macvlan_pcpu_stats __percpu *pcpu_stats; enum macvlan_mode mode; int (*receive)(struct sk_buff *skb); int (*forward)(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb); @@ -64,18 +70,18 @@ static inline void macvlan_count_rx(const struct macvlan_dev *vlan, unsigned int len, bool success, bool multicast) { - struct macvlan_rx_stats *rx_stats; - - rx_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->rx_stats); if (likely(success)) { - u64_stats_update_begin(&rx_stats->syncp); - rx_stats->rx_packets++; - rx_stats->rx_bytes += len; + struct macvlan_pcpu_stats *pcpu_stats; + + pcpu_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->pcpu_stats); + u64_stats_update_begin(&pcpu_stats->syncp); + pcpu_stats->rx_packets++; + pcpu_stats->rx_bytes += len; if (multicast) - rx_stats->rx_multicast++; - u64_stats_update_end(&rx_stats->syncp); + pcpu_stats->rx_multicast++; + u64_stats_update_end(&pcpu_stats->syncp); } else { - rx_stats->rx_errors++; + this_cpu_inc(vlan->pcpu_stats->rx_errors); } } -- cgit v1.2.3 From a75d946f42ae1771424a9582129fc5182ff48a1b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Slaby Date: Thu, 4 Nov 2010 16:20:20 +0100 Subject: console: move for_each_console to linux/console.h Move it out of printk.c so that we can use it all over the code. There are some potential users which will be converted to that macro in next patches. Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/console.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/console.h b/include/linux/console.h index 95cf6f08a59d..875cfb1c8132 100644 --- a/include/linux/console.h +++ b/include/linux/console.h @@ -126,6 +126,12 @@ struct console { struct console *next; }; +/* + * for_each_console() allows you to iterate on each console + */ +#define for_each_console(con) \ + for (con = console_drivers; con != NULL; con = con->next) + extern int console_set_on_cmdline; extern int add_preferred_console(char *name, int idx, char *options); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3dfbd044d0d99cad2fe50e4f6c79845703fa0558 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Slaby Date: Thu, 4 Nov 2010 16:20:23 +0100 Subject: TTY: include termios.h in tty_driver.h We reference termios and termiox in tty_driver.h, but we do not include linux/termios.h where these are defined. Add the #include properly. Otherwise when we include tty_driver.h, we get compile errors. Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby Cc: Alan Cox Cc: Greg KH Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/tty_driver.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tty_driver.h b/include/linux/tty_driver.h index db2d227694da..09678ed370f8 100644 --- a/include/linux/tty_driver.h +++ b/include/linux/tty_driver.h @@ -235,6 +235,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include struct tty_struct; struct tty_driver; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e44dcb6c377529805bbaae505d5b333daab69111 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wolfram Sang Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 19:47:47 +0100 Subject: serial: mpc52xx: make printout for type more generic The printout for the type should be just "5xxx", so 512x users won't wonder why they have a mpc52xx-type UART. Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang Cc: Grant Likely Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/serial_core.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_core.h b/include/linux/serial_core.h index 41603d690433..9ff9b7db293b 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_core.h @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ /* PPC CPM type number */ #define PORT_CPM 58 -/* MPC52xx type numbers */ +/* MPC52xx (and MPC512x) type numbers */ #define PORT_MPC52xx 59 /* IBM icom */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From afe0cbf87500f0585d217deb8c6fd329793a7957 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 12:50:50 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211. The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use. This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups. Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use this antenna. Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on that. 802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on the antenna information. Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and to enable or disable antenna diversity. While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare, but useful configurations as follows: 1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals ("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel. (This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2). 2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX antenna, while staying within the legal limits. (This would be: tx 0 rx 3). 3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf -- v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index fb877b5621b7..17c5c8849250 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -804,6 +804,28 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly * means support for per-station GTKs. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. + * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should + * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this + * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. + * + * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first + * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n + * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to + * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if + * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. + * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be + * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. + * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. + * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot + * support by returning -EINVAL. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. + * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should + * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap + * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. + * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -973,6 +995,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 885a46d0f7942d76c2f3860acb45f75237d3bb42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felix Fietkau Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:07:22 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 17c5c8849250..037b4e498890 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -826,6 +826,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -998,6 +1000,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, + NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6ddf27cdbc218a412d7e993fdc08e30eec2042ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ming Lei Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:57:30 -0500 Subject: USB: make usb_mark_last_busy use pm_runtime_mark_last_busy Since the runtime-PM core already defines a .last_busy field in device.power, this patch uses it to replace the .last_busy field defined in usb_device and uses pm_runtime_mark_last_busy to implement usb_mark_last_busy. Signed-off-by: Ming Lei Reviewed-by: Alan Stern Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 35fe6ab222bb..7d22b3340a7f 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ #include /* for struct completion */ #include /* for current && schedule_timeout */ #include /* for struct mutex */ +#include /* for runtime PM */ struct usb_device; struct usb_driver; @@ -407,7 +408,6 @@ struct usb_tt; * @quirks: quirks of the whole device * @urbnum: number of URBs submitted for the whole device * @active_duration: total time device is not suspended - * @last_busy: time of last use * @autosuspend_delay: in jiffies * @connect_time: time device was first connected * @do_remote_wakeup: remote wakeup should be enabled @@ -481,7 +481,6 @@ struct usb_device { unsigned long active_duration; #ifdef CONFIG_PM - unsigned long last_busy; int autosuspend_delay; unsigned long connect_time; @@ -527,7 +526,7 @@ extern void usb_autopm_put_interface_no_suspend(struct usb_interface *intf); static inline void usb_mark_last_busy(struct usb_device *udev) { - udev->last_busy = jiffies; + pm_runtime_mark_last_busy(&udev->dev); } #else -- cgit v1.2.3 From fcc4a01eb8661226e80632327673f67bf6a5840b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Stern Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:57:51 -0500 Subject: USB: use the runtime-PM autosuspend implementation This patch (as1428) converts USB over to the new runtime-PM core autosuspend framework. One slightly awkward aspect of the conversion is that USB devices will now have two suspend-delay attributes: the old power/autosuspend file and the new power/autosuspend_delay_ms file. One expresses the delay time in seconds and the other in milliseconds, but otherwise they do the same thing. The old attribute can be deprecated and then removed eventually. Signed-off-by: Alan Stern Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 7d22b3340a7f..5ee2223af08c 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -408,7 +408,6 @@ struct usb_tt; * @quirks: quirks of the whole device * @urbnum: number of URBs submitted for the whole device * @active_duration: total time device is not suspended - * @autosuspend_delay: in jiffies * @connect_time: time device was first connected * @do_remote_wakeup: remote wakeup should be enabled * @reset_resume: needs reset instead of resume @@ -481,7 +480,6 @@ struct usb_device { unsigned long active_duration; #ifdef CONFIG_PM - int autosuspend_delay; unsigned long connect_time; unsigned do_remote_wakeup:1; -- cgit v1.2.3 From da6836500414ae734cd9873c2d553db594f831e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Paris Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 11:52:38 +0000 Subject: netfilter: allow hooks to pass error code back up the stack SELinux would like to pass certain fatal errors back up the stack. This patch implements the generic netfilter support for this functionality. Based-on-patch-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: Eric Paris Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netfilter.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter.h b/include/linux/netfilter.h index 03317c8d4077..1893837b3966 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter.h @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ #define NF_QUEUE_NR(x) ((((x) << NF_VERDICT_BITS) & NF_VERDICT_QMASK) | NF_QUEUE) +#define NF_DROP_ERR(x) (((-x) << NF_VERDICT_BITS) | NF_DROP) + /* only for userspace compatibility */ #ifndef __KERNEL__ /* Generic cache responses from hook functions. -- cgit v1.2.3 From f8ff182c716c6f11ca3061961f5722f26a14e101 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:30:14 +0000 Subject: rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 2fc66dd783ee..443d04a66a79 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -80,6 +80,24 @@ struct rtnl_link_ifmap { __u8 port; }; +/* + * IFLA_AF_SPEC + * Contains nested attributes for address family specific attributes. + * Each address family may create a attribute with the address family + * number as type and create its own attribute structure in it. + * + * Example: + * [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { + * [AF_INET] = { + * [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., + * }, + * [AF_INET6] = { + * [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., + * [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., + * } + * } + */ + enum { IFLA_UNSPEC, IFLA_ADDRESS, @@ -116,6 +134,7 @@ enum { IFLA_STATS64, IFLA_VF_PORTS, IFLA_PORT_SELF, + IFLA_AF_SPEC, __IFLA_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca7479ebbd9f7621646bf2792cb7143647f035bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:31:20 +0000 Subject: inet: Define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX Define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX to get rid of MAX - 1 notation. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index 380ba6bc5db1..2b86eaf11773 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -41,10 +41,12 @@ enum __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX }; +#define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX (__IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1) + struct ipv4_devconf { void *sysctl; - int data[__IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1]; - DECLARE_BITMAP(state, __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1); + int data[IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX]; + DECLARE_BITMAP(state, IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX); }; struct in_device { @@ -90,7 +92,7 @@ static inline void ipv4_devconf_set(struct in_device *in_dev, int index, static inline void ipv4_devconf_setall(struct in_device *in_dev) { - bitmap_fill(in_dev->cnf.state, __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1); + bitmap_fill(in_dev->cnf.state, IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX); } #define IN_DEV_CONF_GET(in_dev, attr) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9f0f7272ac9506f4c8c05cc597b7e376b0b9f3e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:32:48 +0000 Subject: ipv4: AF_INET link address family Implements the AF_INET link address family exposing the per device configuration settings via netlink using the attribute IFLA_INET_CONF. The format of IFLA_INET_CONF differs depending on the direction the attribute is sent. The attribute sent by the kernel consists of a u32 array, basically a 1:1 copy of in_device->cnf.data[]. The attribute expected by the kernel must consist of a sequence of nested u32 attributes, each representing a change request, e.g. [IFLA_INET_CONF] = { [IPV4_DEVCONF_FORWARDING] = 1, [IPV4_DEVCONF_NOXFRM] = 0, } libnl userspace API documentation and example available from: http://www.infradead.org/~tgr/libnl/doc-git/group__link__inet.html Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 443d04a66a79..2e02e4d7b11e 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -147,6 +147,14 @@ enum { #define IFLA_PAYLOAD(n) NLMSG_PAYLOAD(n,sizeof(struct ifinfomsg)) #endif +enum { + IFLA_INET_UNSPEC, + IFLA_INET_CONF, + __IFLA_INET_MAX, +}; + +#define IFLA_INET_MAX (__IFLA_INET_MAX - 1) + /* ifi_flags. IFF_* flags. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6b6e39a6a8da7234c538d14c43d3583da8875f9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kay Sievers Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 23:13:18 +0100 Subject: driver-core: merge private parts of class and bus As classes and busses are pretty much the same thing, and we want to merge them together into a 'subsystem' in the future, let us share the same private data parts to make that merge easier. Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/device.h | 7 +++---- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/device.h b/include/linux/device.h index dd4895313468..1e2d335ab683 100644 --- a/include/linux/device.h +++ b/include/linux/device.h @@ -30,9 +30,8 @@ struct device_private; struct device_driver; struct driver_private; struct class; -struct class_private; +struct subsys_private; struct bus_type; -struct bus_type_private; struct device_node; struct bus_attribute { @@ -65,7 +64,7 @@ struct bus_type { const struct dev_pm_ops *pm; - struct bus_type_private *p; + struct subsys_private *p; }; extern int __must_check bus_register(struct bus_type *bus); @@ -213,7 +212,7 @@ struct class { const struct dev_pm_ops *pm; - struct class_private *p; + struct subsys_private *p; }; struct class_dev_iter { -- cgit v1.2.3 From b2c0710c464ede15e1fc52fb1e7ee9ba54cea186 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Paul E. McKenney" Date: Thu, 9 Sep 2010 13:40:39 -0700 Subject: rcu: move TINY_RCU from softirq to kthread If RCU priority boosting is to be meaningful, callback invocation must be boosted in addition to preempted RCU readers. Otherwise, in presence of CPU real-time threads, the grace period ends, but the callbacks don't get invoked. If the callbacks don't get invoked, the associated memory doesn't get freed, so the system is still subject to OOM. But it is not reasonable to priority-boost RCU_SOFTIRQ, so this commit moves the callback invocations to a kthread, which can be boosted easily. Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rcupdate.h | 1 - include/linux/rcutiny.h | 8 +++----- include/linux/rcutree.h | 1 + 3 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rcupdate.h b/include/linux/rcupdate.h index 03cda7bed985..7142ee3304ab 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcupdate.h +++ b/include/linux/rcupdate.h @@ -118,7 +118,6 @@ static inline int rcu_preempt_depth(void) #endif /* #else #ifdef CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU */ /* Internal to kernel */ -extern void rcu_init(void); extern void rcu_sched_qs(int cpu); extern void rcu_bh_qs(int cpu); extern void rcu_check_callbacks(int cpu, int user); diff --git a/include/linux/rcutiny.h b/include/linux/rcutiny.h index 13877cb93a60..ea025a611fcc 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutiny.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutiny.h @@ -27,7 +27,9 @@ #include -#define rcu_init_sched() do { } while (0) +static inline void rcu_init(void) +{ +} #ifdef CONFIG_TINY_RCU @@ -125,16 +127,12 @@ static inline void rcu_cpu_stall_reset(void) } #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC - extern int rcu_scheduler_active __read_mostly; extern void rcu_scheduler_starting(void); - #else /* #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC */ - static inline void rcu_scheduler_starting(void) { } - #endif /* #else #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC */ #endif /* __LINUX_RCUTINY_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/rcutree.h b/include/linux/rcutree.h index 95518e628794..c0e96833aa73 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutree.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutree.h @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ #ifndef __LINUX_RCUTREE_H #define __LINUX_RCUTREE_H +extern void rcu_init(void); extern void rcu_note_context_switch(int cpu); extern int rcu_needs_cpu(int cpu); extern void rcu_cpu_stall_reset(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5f2b0ba4d94b3ac23cbc4b7f675d98eb677a760a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 11:22:23 -0500 Subject: x86, nmi_watchdog: Remove the old nmi_watchdog Now that we have a new nmi_watchdog that is more generic and sits on top of the perf subsystem, we really do not need the old nmi_watchdog any more. In addition, the old nmi_watchdog doesn't really work if you are using the default clocksource, hpet. The old nmi_watchdog code relied on local apic interrupts to determine if the cpu is still alive. With hpet as the clocksource, these interrupts don't increment any more and the old nmi_watchdog triggers false postives. This piece removes the old nmi_watchdog code and stubs out any variables and functions calls. The stubs are the same ones used by the new nmi_watchdog code, so it should be well tested. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com Cc: gorcunov@openvz.org LKML-Reference: <1289578944-28564-2-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 6 +----- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 06aab5eee134..0cb3e5c246d0 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -16,10 +16,7 @@ */ #ifdef ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG #include -extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); -extern void acpi_nmi_disable(void); -extern void acpi_nmi_enable(void); -#else +#endif #ifndef CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) { @@ -30,7 +27,6 @@ extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #endif static inline void acpi_nmi_disable(void) { } static inline void acpi_nmi_enable(void) { } -#endif /* * Create trigger_all_cpu_backtrace() out of the arch-provided -- cgit v1.2.3 From 072b198a4ad48bd722ec6d203d65422a4698eae7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 11:22:24 -0500 Subject: x86, nmi_watchdog: Remove all stub function calls from old nmi_watchdog Now that the bulk of the old nmi_watchdog is gone, remove all the stub variables and hooks associated with it. This touches lots of files mainly because of how the io_apic nmi_watchdog was implemented. Now that the io_apic nmi_watchdog is forever gone, remove all its fingers. Most of this code was not being exercised by virtue of nmi_watchdog != NMI_IO_APIC, so there shouldn't be anything to risky here. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com Cc: gorcunov@openvz.org LKML-Reference: <1289578944-28564-3-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 0cb3e5c246d0..1c451e6ecc17 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -25,8 +25,6 @@ static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) #else extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #endif -static inline void acpi_nmi_disable(void) { } -static inline void acpi_nmi_enable(void) { } /* * Create trigger_all_cpu_backtrace() out of the arch-provided -- cgit v1.2.3 From 48c5ccae88dcd989d9de507e8510313c6cbd352b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Sat, 13 Nov 2010 19:32:29 +0100 Subject: sched: Simplify cpu-hot-unplug task migration While discussing the need for sched_idle_next(), Oleg remarked that since try_to_wake_up() ensures sleeping tasks will end up running on a sane cpu, we can do away with migrate_live_tasks(). If we then extend the existing hack of migrating current from CPU_DYING to migrating the full rq worth of tasks from CPU_DYING, the need for the sched_idle_next() abomination disappears as well, since idle will be the only possible thread left after the migration thread stops. This greatly simplifies the hot-unplug task migration path, as can be seen from the resulting code reduction (and about half the new lines are comments). Suggested-by: Oleg Nesterov Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1289851597.2109.547.camel@laptop> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 3cd70cf91fde..29d953abb5ad 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1871,14 +1871,11 @@ extern void sched_clock_idle_sleep_event(void); extern void sched_clock_idle_wakeup_event(u64 delta_ns); #ifdef CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU -extern void move_task_off_dead_cpu(int dead_cpu, struct task_struct *p); extern void idle_task_exit(void); #else static inline void idle_task_exit(void) {} #endif -extern void sched_idle_next(void); - #if defined(CONFIG_NO_HZ) && defined(CONFIG_SMP) extern void wake_up_idle_cpu(int cpu); #else -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2069dd75c7d0f49355939e5586daf5a9ab216db7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:47:00 -0800 Subject: sched: Rewrite tg_shares_up) By tracking a per-cpu load-avg for each cfs_rq and folding it into a global task_group load on each tick we can rework tg_shares_up to be strictly per-cpu. This should improve cpu-cgroup performance for smp systems significantly. [ Paul: changed to use queueing cfs_rq + bug fixes ] Signed-off-by: Paul Turner Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101115234937.580480400@google.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 29d953abb5ad..8abb8aa59664 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1885,8 +1885,6 @@ static inline void wake_up_idle_cpu(int cpu) { } extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_latency; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_min_granularity; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_wakeup_granularity; -extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_shares_ratelimit; -extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_shares_thresh; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_child_runs_first; enum sched_tunable_scaling { -- cgit v1.2.3 From a7a4f8a752ec734b2eab904fc863d5dc873de338 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Turner Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:47:06 -0800 Subject: sched: Add sysctl_sched_shares_window Introduce a new sysctl for the shares window and disambiguate it from sched_time_avg. A 10ms window appears to be a good compromise between accuracy and performance. Signed-off-by: Paul Turner Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101115234938.112173964@google.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 8abb8aa59664..840f1277492f 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1900,6 +1900,7 @@ extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_migration_cost; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_nr_migrate; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_time_avg; extern unsigned int sysctl_timer_migration; +extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_shares_window; int sched_proc_update_handler(struct ctl_table *table, int write, void __user *buffer, size_t *length, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 84e1c6bb38eb318e456558b610396d9f1afaabf0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: matthieu castet Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 22:35:16 +0100 Subject: x86: Add RO/NX protection for loadable kernel modules This patch is a logical extension of the protection provided by CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA to LKMs. The protection is provided by splitting module_core and module_init into three logical parts each and setting appropriate page access permissions for each individual section: 1. Code: RO+X 2. RO data: RO+NX 3. RW data: RW+NX In order to achieve proper protection, layout_sections() have been modified to align each of the three parts mentioned above onto page boundary. Next, the corresponding page access permissions are set right before successful exit from load_module(). Further, free_module() and sys_init_module have been modified to set module_core and module_init as RW+NX right before calling module_free(). By default, the original section layout and access flags are preserved. When compiled with CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX=y, the patch will page-align each group of sections to ensure that each page contains only one type of content and will enforce RO/NX for each group of pages. -v1: Initial proof-of-concept patch. -v2: The patch have been re-written to reduce the number of #ifdefs and to make it architecture-agnostic. Code formatting has also been corrected. -v3: Opportunistic RO/NX protection is now unconditional. Section page-alignment is enabled when CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA=y. -v4: Removed most macros and improved coding style. -v5: Changed page-alignment and RO/NX section size calculation -v6: Fixed comments. Restricted RO/NX enforcement to x86 only -v7: Introduced CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX, added calls to set_all_modules_text_rw() and set_all_modules_text_ro() in ftrace -v8: updated for compatibility with linux 2.6.33-rc5 -v9: coding style fixes -v10: more coding style fixes -v11: minor adjustments for -tip -v12: minor adjustments for v2.6.35-rc2-tip -v13: minor adjustments for v2.6.37-rc1-tip Signed-off-by: Siarhei Liakh Signed-off-by: Xuxian Jiang Acked-by: Arjan van de Ven Reviewed-by: James Morris Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin Cc: Andi Kleen Cc: Rusty Russell Cc: Stephen Rothwell Cc: Dave Jones Cc: Kees Cook Cc: Linus Torvalds LKML-Reference: <4CE2F914.9070106@free.fr> [ minor cleanliness edits, -v14: build failure fix ] Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/module.h | 11 ++++++++++- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/module.h b/include/linux/module.h index b29e7458b966..ddaa689d71bd 100644 --- a/include/linux/module.h +++ b/include/linux/module.h @@ -308,6 +308,9 @@ struct module /* The size of the executable code in each section. */ unsigned int init_text_size, core_text_size; + /* Size of RO sections of the module (text+rodata) */ + unsigned int init_ro_size, core_ro_size; + /* Arch-specific module values */ struct mod_arch_specific arch; @@ -672,7 +675,6 @@ static inline int module_get_iter_tracepoints(struct tracepoint_iter *iter) { return 0; } - #endif /* CONFIG_MODULES */ #ifdef CONFIG_SYSFS @@ -687,6 +689,13 @@ extern int module_sysfs_initialized; #define __MODULE_STRING(x) __stringify(x) +#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX +extern void set_all_modules_text_rw(void); +extern void set_all_modules_text_ro(void); +#else +static inline void set_all_modules_text_rw(void) { } +static inline void set_all_modules_text_ro(void) { } +#endif #ifdef CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG void module_bug_finalize(const Elf_Ehdr *, const Elf_Shdr *, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9c0729dc8062bed96189bd14ac6d4920f3958743 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Soeren Sandmann Pedersen Date: Fri, 5 Nov 2010 05:59:39 -0400 Subject: x86: Eliminate bp argument from the stack tracing routines The various stack tracing routines take a 'bp' argument in which the caller is supposed to provide the base pointer to use, or 0 if doesn't have one. Since bp is garbage whenever CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER is not defined, this means all callers in principle should either always pass 0, or be conditional on CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER. However, there are only really three use cases for stack tracing: (a) Trace the current task, including IRQ stack if any (b) Trace the current task, but skip IRQ stack (c) Trace some other task In all cases, if CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER is not defined, bp should just be 0. If it _is_ defined, then - in case (a) bp should be gotten directly from the CPU's register, so the caller should pass NULL for regs, - in case (b) the caller should should pass the IRQ registers to dump_trace(), - in case (c) bp should be gotten from the top of the task's stack, so the caller should pass NULL for regs. Hence, the bp argument is not necessary because the combination of task and regs is sufficient to determine an appropriate value for bp. This patch introduces a new inline function stack_frame(task, regs) that computes the desired bp. This function is then called from the two versions of dump_stack(). Signed-off-by: Soren Sandmann Acked-by: Steven Rostedt Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: H. Peter Anvin Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arjan van de Ven , Cc: Frederic Weisbecker , Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo , LKML-Reference: > Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker --- include/linux/stacktrace.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/stacktrace.h b/include/linux/stacktrace.h index 51efbef38fb0..25310f1d7f37 100644 --- a/include/linux/stacktrace.h +++ b/include/linux/stacktrace.h @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ #define __LINUX_STACKTRACE_H struct task_struct; +struct pt_regs; #ifdef CONFIG_STACKTRACE struct task_struct; @@ -13,7 +14,8 @@ struct stack_trace { }; extern void save_stack_trace(struct stack_trace *trace); -extern void save_stack_trace_bp(struct stack_trace *trace, unsigned long bp); +extern void save_stack_trace_regs(struct stack_trace *trace, + struct pt_regs *regs); extern void save_stack_trace_tsk(struct task_struct *tsk, struct stack_trace *trace); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 61c32659b12c44e62de32fbf99f7e4ca783dc38b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 01:39:17 +0100 Subject: tracing: New flag to allow non privileged users to use a trace event This adds a new trace event internal flag that allows them to be used in perf by non privileged users in case of task bound tracing. This is desired for syscalls tracepoint because they don't leak global system informations, like some other tracepoints. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/ftrace_event.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h index 8beabb958f61..312dce7e0d52 100644 --- a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h +++ b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h @@ -154,12 +154,14 @@ enum { TRACE_EVENT_FL_ENABLED_BIT, TRACE_EVENT_FL_FILTERED_BIT, TRACE_EVENT_FL_RECORDED_CMD_BIT, + TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY_BIT, }; enum { TRACE_EVENT_FL_ENABLED = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_ENABLED_BIT), TRACE_EVENT_FL_FILTERED = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_FILTERED_BIT), TRACE_EVENT_FL_RECORDED_CMD = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_RECORDED_CMD_BIT), + TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY_BIT), }; struct ftrace_event_call { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1ed0c5971159974185653170543a764cc061c857 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 01:46:57 +0100 Subject: tracing: New macro to set up initial event flags value This introduces the new TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS() macro in order to set up initial event flags value. This macro must simply follow the definition of a trace event and take the event name and the flag value as parameters: TRACE_EVENT(my_event, ..... .... ); TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(my_event, 1) This will set up 1 as the initial my_event->flags value. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/tracepoint.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tracepoint.h b/include/linux/tracepoint.h index a4a90b6726ce..5a6074fcd81d 100644 --- a/include/linux/tracepoint.h +++ b/include/linux/tracepoint.h @@ -234,6 +234,8 @@ do_trace: \ PARAMS(void *__data, proto), \ PARAMS(__data, args)) +#define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) + #endif /* DECLARE_TRACE */ #ifndef TRACE_EVENT @@ -354,4 +356,6 @@ do_trace: \ assign, print, reg, unreg) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) +#define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) + #endif /* ifdef TRACE_EVENT (see note above) */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 53cf810b1934f08a68e131aeeb16267a778f43df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 02:11:42 +0100 Subject: tracing: Allow syscall trace events for non privileged users As for the raw syscalls events, individual syscall events won't leak system wide information on task bound tracing. Allow non privileged users to use them in such workflow. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/ftrace_event.h | 8 ++++++++ include/linux/syscalls.h | 6 ++++-- 2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h index 312dce7e0d52..725bf6bd39f7 100644 --- a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h +++ b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h @@ -198,6 +198,14 @@ struct ftrace_event_call { #endif }; +#define __TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(name, value) \ + static int __init trace_init_flags_##name(void) \ + { \ + event_##name.flags = value; \ + return 0; \ + } \ + early_initcall(trace_init_flags_##name); + #define PERF_MAX_TRACE_SIZE 2048 #define MAX_FILTER_PRED 32 diff --git a/include/linux/syscalls.h b/include/linux/syscalls.h index cacc27a0e285..13b9731d30cf 100644 --- a/include/linux/syscalls.h +++ b/include/linux/syscalls.h @@ -137,7 +137,8 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; .class = &event_class_syscall_enter, \ .event.funcs = &enter_syscall_print_funcs, \ .data = (void *)&__syscall_meta_##sname,\ - } + }; \ + __TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(enter_##sname, TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY) #define SYSCALL_TRACE_EXIT_EVENT(sname) \ static struct syscall_metadata \ @@ -152,7 +153,8 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; .class = &event_class_syscall_exit, \ .event.funcs = &exit_syscall_print_funcs, \ .data = (void *)&__syscall_meta_##sname,\ - } + }; \ + __TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(exit_##sname, TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY) #define SYSCALL_METADATA(sname, nb) \ SYSCALL_TRACE_ENTER_EVENT(sname); \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 423478cde453eebdfcfebf4b8d378d8f5d49b853 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 02:21:26 +0100 Subject: tracing: Remove useless syscall ftrace_event_call declaration It is defined right after, which makes the declaration completely useless. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/syscalls.h | 4 ---- 1 file changed, 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/syscalls.h b/include/linux/syscalls.h index 13b9731d30cf..18cd0684fc4e 100644 --- a/include/linux/syscalls.h +++ b/include/linux/syscalls.h @@ -127,8 +127,6 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; #define SYSCALL_TRACE_ENTER_EVENT(sname) \ static struct syscall_metadata \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) __syscall_meta_##sname; \ - static struct ftrace_event_call \ - __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) event_enter_##sname; \ static struct ftrace_event_call __used \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) \ __attribute__((section("_ftrace_events"))) \ @@ -143,8 +141,6 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; #define SYSCALL_TRACE_EXIT_EVENT(sname) \ static struct syscall_metadata \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) __syscall_meta_##sname; \ - static struct ftrace_event_call \ - __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) event_exit_##sname; \ static struct ftrace_event_call __used \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) \ __attribute__((section("_ftrace_events"))) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 866f3b25a2eb60d7529c227a0ecd80c3aba443fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 09:33:19 -0800 Subject: bonding: IGMP handling cleanup Instead of iterating in_dev->mc_list from bonding driver, its better to call a helper function provided by igmp.c Details of implementation (locking) are private to igmp code. ip_mc_rejoin_group(struct ip_mc_list *im) becomes ip_mc_rejoin_groups(struct in_device *in_dev); Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index 7d164670f264..c4987f265109 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ extern void ip_mc_unmap(struct in_device *); extern void ip_mc_remap(struct in_device *); extern void ip_mc_dec_group(struct in_device *in_dev, __be32 addr); extern void ip_mc_inc_group(struct in_device *in_dev, __be32 addr); -extern void ip_mc_rejoin_group(struct ip_mc_list *im); +extern void ip_mc_rejoin_groups(struct in_device *in_dev); #endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4c3710afbc333c33100739dec10662b4ee64e219 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 20:28:24 +0000 Subject: net: move definitions of BPF_S_* to net/core/filter.c BPF_S_* are used internally, should not be exposed to the others. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 48 ------------------------------------------------ 1 file changed, 48 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 69b43dbea6c6..151f5d703b7e 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -91,54 +91,6 @@ struct sock_fprog { /* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */ #define BPF_TAX 0x00 #define BPF_TXA 0x80 -enum { - BPF_S_RET_K = 0, - BPF_S_RET_A, - BPF_S_ALU_ADD_K, - BPF_S_ALU_ADD_X, - BPF_S_ALU_SUB_K, - BPF_S_ALU_SUB_X, - BPF_S_ALU_MUL_K, - BPF_S_ALU_MUL_X, - BPF_S_ALU_DIV_X, - BPF_S_ALU_AND_K, - BPF_S_ALU_AND_X, - BPF_S_ALU_OR_K, - BPF_S_ALU_OR_X, - BPF_S_ALU_LSH_K, - BPF_S_ALU_LSH_X, - BPF_S_ALU_RSH_K, - BPF_S_ALU_RSH_X, - BPF_S_ALU_NEG, - BPF_S_LD_W_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_H_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_B_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_W_LEN, - BPF_S_LD_W_IND, - BPF_S_LD_H_IND, - BPF_S_LD_B_IND, - BPF_S_LD_IMM, - BPF_S_LDX_W_LEN, - BPF_S_LDX_B_MSH, - BPF_S_LDX_IMM, - BPF_S_MISC_TAX, - BPF_S_MISC_TXA, - BPF_S_ALU_DIV_K, - BPF_S_LD_MEM, - BPF_S_LDX_MEM, - BPF_S_ST, - BPF_S_STX, - BPF_S_JMP_JA, - BPF_S_JMP_JEQ_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JEQ_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JGE_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JGE_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JGT_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JGT_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JSET_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JSET_X, -}; - #ifndef BPF_MAXINSNS #define BPF_MAXINSNS 4096 #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From c5485a7e7569ab32eea240c850198519e2a765ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 10:58:37 +0900 Subject: lib: Add generic exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) function This adds generic functions for calculating Exponentially Weighted Moving Averages (EWMA). This implementation makes use of a structure which keeps the EWMA parameters and a scaled up internal representation to reduce rounding errors. The original idea for this implementation came from the rt2x00 driver (rt2x00link.c). I would like to use it in several places in the mac80211 and ath5k code and I hope it can be useful in many other places in the kernel code. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/average.h | 32 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 32 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/average.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/average.h b/include/linux/average.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7706e40f95fa --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/average.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_AVERAGE_H +#define _LINUX_AVERAGE_H + +#include + +/* Exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) */ + +/* For more documentation see lib/average.c */ + +struct ewma { + unsigned long internal; + unsigned long factor; + unsigned long weight; +}; + +extern void ewma_init(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long factor, + unsigned long weight); + +extern struct ewma *ewma_add(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long val); + +/** + * ewma_read() - Get average value + * @avg: Average structure + * + * Returns the average value held in @avg. + */ +static inline unsigned long ewma_read(const struct ewma *avg) +{ + return DIV_ROUND_CLOSEST(avg->internal, avg->factor); +} + +#endif /* _LINUX_AVERAGE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 10:58:48 +0900 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 037b4e498890..1ce3775e9e26 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1161,6 +1161,7 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info_txrate. * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (u32, from this station) @@ -1178,6 +1179,7 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, + NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 042957801626465492b9428860de39a3cb2a8219 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Steven Rostedt Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 22:32:11 -0500 Subject: tracing/events: Show real number in array fields Currently we have in something like the sched_switch event: field:char prev_comm[TASK_COMM_LEN]; offset:12; size:16; signed:1; When a userspace tool such as perf tries to parse this, the TASK_COMM_LEN is meaningless. This is done because the TRACE_EVENT() macro simply uses a #len to show the string of the length. When the length is an enum, we get a string that means nothing for tools. By adding a static buffer and a mutex to protect it, we can store the string into that buffer with snprintf and show the actual number. Now we get: field:char prev_comm[16]; offset:12; size:16; signed:1; Something much more useful. Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt --- include/linux/ftrace_event.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h index 725bf6bd39f7..47e3997f7b5c 100644 --- a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h +++ b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h @@ -225,6 +225,10 @@ enum { FILTER_PTR_STRING, }; +#define EVENT_STORAGE_SIZE 128 +extern struct mutex event_storage_mutex; +extern char event_storage[EVENT_STORAGE_SIZE]; + extern int trace_event_raw_init(struct ftrace_event_call *call); extern int trace_define_field(struct ftrace_event_call *call, const char *type, const char *name, int offset, int size, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 93aaae2e01e57483256b7da05c9a7ebd65ad4686 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 09:49:59 -0800 Subject: filter: optimize sk_run_filter Remove pc variable to avoid arithmetic to compute fentry at each filter instruction. Jumps directly manipulate fentry pointer. As the last instruction of filter[] is guaranteed to be a RETURN, and all jumps are before the last instruction, we dont need to check filter bounds (number of instructions in filter array) at each iteration, so we remove it from sk_run_filter() params. On x86_32 remove f_k var introduced in commit 57fe93b374a6b871 (filter: make sure filters dont read uninitialized memory) Note : We could use a CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_{FEW|MANY}_REGISTERS in order to avoid too many ifdefs in this code. This helps compiler to use cpu registers to hold fentry and A accumulator. On x86_32, this saves 401 bytes, and more important, sk_run_filter() runs much faster because less register pressure (One less conditional branch per BPF instruction) # size net/core/filter.o net/core/filter_pre.o text data bss dec hex filename 2948 0 0 2948 b84 net/core/filter.o 3349 0 0 3349 d15 net/core/filter_pre.o on x86_64 : # size net/core/filter.o net/core/filter_pre.o text data bss dec hex filename 5173 0 0 5173 1435 net/core/filter.o 5224 0 0 5224 1468 net/core/filter_pre.o Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 151f5d703b7e..447a775878fb 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ struct sock; extern int sk_filter(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb); extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(struct sk_buff *skb, - struct sock_filter *filter, int flen); + const struct sock_filter *filter); extern int sk_attach_filter(struct sock_fprog *fprog, struct sock *sk); extern int sk_detach_filter(struct sock *sk); extern int sk_chk_filter(struct sock_filter *filter, int flen); -- cgit v1.2.3 From ecf7ace9a8450303a987aa8364e53860cd50e554 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Hellstrom Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 15:21:07 +0100 Subject: kref: Add a kref_sub function Makes it possible to optimize batched multiple unrefs. Initial user will be drivers/gpu/ttm which accumulates unrefs to be processed outside of atomic code. Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie --- include/linux/kref.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/kref.h b/include/linux/kref.h index 6cc38fc07ab7..d4a62ab2ee5e 100644 --- a/include/linux/kref.h +++ b/include/linux/kref.h @@ -24,5 +24,7 @@ struct kref { void kref_init(struct kref *kref); void kref_get(struct kref *kref); int kref_put(struct kref *kref, void (*release) (struct kref *kref)); +int kref_sub(struct kref *kref, unsigned int count, + void (*release) (struct kref *kref)); #endif /* _KREF_H_ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From eb06acdc85585f28864261f28659157848762ee4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sridhar Samudrala Date: Thu, 28 Oct 2010 13:10:50 +0000 Subject: macvlan: Introduce 'passthru' mode to takeover the underlying device With the current default 'vepa' mode, a KVM guest using virtio with macvtap backend has the following limitations. - cannot change/add a mac address on the guest virtio-net - cannot create a vlan device on the guest virtio-net - cannot enable promiscuous mode on guest virtio-net To address these limitations, this patch introduces a new mode called 'passthru' when creating a macvlan device which allows takeover of the underlying device and passing it to a guest using virtio with macvtap backend. Only one macvlan device is allowed in passthru mode and it inherits the mac address from the underlying device and sets it in promiscuous mode to receive and forward all the packets. Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 2e02e4d7b11e..6485d2a89bec 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -259,6 +259,7 @@ enum macvlan_mode { MACVLAN_MODE_PRIVATE = 1, /* don't talk to other macvlans */ MACVLAN_MODE_VEPA = 2, /* talk to other ports through ext bridge */ MACVLAN_MODE_BRIDGE = 4, /* talk to bridge ports directly */ + MACVLAN_MODE_PASSTHRU = 8,/* take over the underlying device */ }; /* SR-IOV virtual function management section */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 23ed992a5ebe6964ebe312b54142fbc5e8185cdc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Vetter Date: Fri, 5 Nov 2010 18:04:52 +0100 Subject: drm/i915|intel-gtt: consolidate intel-gtt.h headers ... and a few other defines. Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson --- include/linux/intel-gtt.h | 20 -------------------- 1 file changed, 20 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/linux/intel-gtt.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/intel-gtt.h b/include/linux/intel-gtt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1d19ab2afa39..000000000000 --- a/include/linux/intel-gtt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Common Intel AGPGART and GTT definitions. - */ -#ifndef _INTEL_GTT_H -#define _INTEL_GTT_H - -#include - -/* This is for Intel only GTT controls. - * - * Sandybridge: AGP_USER_CACHED_MEMORY default to LLC only - */ - -#define AGP_USER_CACHED_MEMORY_LLC_MLC (AGP_USER_TYPES + 2) -#define AGP_USER_UNCACHED_MEMORY (AGP_USER_TYPES + 4) - -/* flag for GFDT type */ -#define AGP_USER_CACHED_MEMORY_GFDT (1 << 3) - -#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From f050a8abbda0efcd597c6b1825e3b9ce4d613383 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Vetter Date: Fri, 5 Nov 2010 18:40:56 +0100 Subject: agp: kill agp_flush_chipset and corresponding ioctl The intel drm calls the chipset functions now directly. Userspace never called the corresponding ioctl, hence it can be killed, too. Cc: Dave Airlie Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson --- include/linux/agp_backend.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/agp_backend.h b/include/linux/agp_backend.h index 09ea4a1e9505..a479b4885d25 100644 --- a/include/linux/agp_backend.h +++ b/include/linux/agp_backend.h @@ -106,6 +106,5 @@ extern int agp_rebind_memory(void); extern void agp_enable(struct agp_bridge_data *, u32); extern struct agp_bridge_data *agp_backend_acquire(struct pci_dev *); extern void agp_backend_release(struct agp_bridge_data *); -extern void agp_flush_chipset(struct agp_bridge_data *); #endif /* _AGP_BACKEND_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From cb16b67b5cb33b7d6732e0c416d29d933eea13ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Vetter Date: Fri, 5 Nov 2010 22:27:10 +0100 Subject: agp: kill agp_rebind_memory Its only user, intel-gtt.c is now gone. Cc: Dave Airlie Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter Signed-off-by: Chris Wilson --- include/linux/agp_backend.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/agp_backend.h b/include/linux/agp_backend.h index a479b4885d25..eaf6cd75a1b1 100644 --- a/include/linux/agp_backend.h +++ b/include/linux/agp_backend.h @@ -102,7 +102,6 @@ extern struct agp_memory *agp_allocate_memory(struct agp_bridge_data *, size_t, extern int agp_copy_info(struct agp_bridge_data *, struct agp_kern_info *); extern int agp_bind_memory(struct agp_memory *, off_t); extern int agp_unbind_memory(struct agp_memory *); -extern int agp_rebind_memory(void); extern void agp_enable(struct agp_bridge_data *, u32); extern struct agp_bridge_data *agp_backend_acquire(struct pci_dev *); extern void agp_backend_release(struct agp_bridge_data *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 293bb1c41b728d4aa248fe8a0acd2b9066ff5c34 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Giuseppe CAVALLARO Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 02:38:05 +0000 Subject: stmmac: add init/exit callback in plat_stmmacenet_data struct This patch adds in the plat_stmmacenet_data the init and exit callbacks that can be used for invoking specific platform functions. For example, on ST targets, these call the PAD manager functions to set PIO lines and syscfg registers. The patch removes the stmmac_claim_resource only used on STM Kernels as well. Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/stmmac.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/stmmac.h b/include/linux/stmmac.h index d66c61774d95..e10352915698 100644 --- a/include/linux/stmmac.h +++ b/include/linux/stmmac.h @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ struct plat_stmmacenet_data { int pmt; void (*fix_mac_speed)(void *priv, unsigned int speed); void (*bus_setup)(void __iomem *ioaddr); -#ifdef CONFIG_STM_DRIVERS - struct stm_pad_config *pad_config; -#endif + int (*init)(struct platform_device *pdev); + void (*exit)(struct platform_device *pdev); + void *custom_cfg; void *bsp_priv; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 456b61bca8ee324ab6c18b065e632c9a8c88aa39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 13:12:15 +0000 Subject: ipv6: mcast: RCU conversion ipv6_sk_mc_lock rwlock becomes a spinlock. readers (inet6_mc_check()) now takes rcu_read_lock() instead of read lock. Writers dont need to disable BH anymore. struct ipv6_mc_socklist objects are reclaimed after one RCU grace period. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ipv6.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ipv6.h b/include/linux/ipv6.h index 8e429d0e0405..0c997767429a 100644 --- a/include/linux/ipv6.h +++ b/include/linux/ipv6.h @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ struct ipv6_pinfo { __u32 dst_cookie; - struct ipv6_mc_socklist *ipv6_mc_list; + struct ipv6_mc_socklist __rcu *ipv6_mc_list; struct ipv6_ac_socklist *ipv6_ac_list; struct ipv6_fl_socklist *ipv6_fl_list; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3853b5841c01a3f492fe137afaad9c209e5162c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Sun, 21 Nov 2010 13:17:29 +0000 Subject: xps: Improvements in TX queue selection In dev_pick_tx, don't do work in calculating queue index or setting the index in the sock unless the device has more than one queue. This allows the sock to be set only with a queue index of a multi-queue device which is desirable if device are stacked like in a tunnel. We also allow the mapping of a socket to queue to be changed. To maintain in order packet transmission a flag (ooo_okay) has been added to the sk_buff structure. If a transport layer sets this flag on a packet, the transmit queue can be changed for the socket. Presumably, the transport would set this if there was no possbility of creating OOO packets (for instance, there are no packets in flight for the socket). This patch includes the modification in TCP output for setting this flag. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index e6ba898de61c..19f37a6ee6c4 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -386,9 +386,10 @@ struct sk_buff { #else __u8 deliver_no_wcard:1; #endif + __u8 ooo_okay:1; kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags2); - /* 0/14 bit hole */ + /* 0/13 bit hole */ #ifdef CONFIG_NET_DMA dma_cookie_t dma_cookie; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1d24eb4815d1e0e8b451ecc546645f8ef1176d4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Sun, 21 Nov 2010 13:17:27 +0000 Subject: xps: Transmit Packet Steering This patch implements transmit packet steering (XPS) for multiqueue devices. XPS selects a transmit queue during packet transmission based on configuration. This is done by mapping the CPU transmitting the packet to a queue. This is the transmit side analogue to RPS-- where RPS is selecting a CPU based on receive queue, XPS selects a queue based on the CPU (previously there was an XPS patch from Eric Dumazet, but that might more appropriately be called transmit completion steering). Each transmit queue can be associated with a number of CPUs which will use the queue to send packets. This is configured as a CPU mask on a per queue basis in: /sys/class/net/eth/queues/tx-/xps_cpus The mappings are stored per device in an inverted data structure that maps CPUs to queues. In the netdevice structure this is an array of num_possible_cpu structures where each structure holds and array of queue_indexes for queues which that CPU can use. The benefits of XPS are improved locality in the per queue data structures. Also, transmit completions are more likely to be done nearer to the sending thread, so this should promote locality back to the socket on free (e.g. UDP). The benefits of XPS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. XPS would nominally be configured so that a queue would only be shared by CPUs which are sharing a cache, the degenerative configuration woud be that each CPU has it's own queue. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. bnx2x on 16 core AMD XPS (16 queues, 1 TX queue per CPU) 1234K at 100% CPU No XPS (16 queues) 996K at 100% CPU Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 30 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index b45c1b8b1d19..badf9285fe0d 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -503,6 +503,10 @@ struct netdev_queue { struct Qdisc *qdisc; unsigned long state; struct Qdisc *qdisc_sleeping; +#ifdef CONFIG_RPS + struct kobject kobj; +#endif + /* * write mostly part */ @@ -529,6 +533,30 @@ struct rps_map { }; #define RPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct rps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +/* + * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The + * map is an array of queues. + */ +struct xps_map { + unsigned int len; + unsigned int alloc_len; + struct rcu_head rcu; + u16 queues[0]; +}; +#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ + / sizeof(u16)) + +/* + * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. + */ +struct xps_dev_maps { + struct rcu_head rcu; + struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; +}; +#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ + (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) + /* * The rps_dev_flow structure contains the mapping of a flow to a CPU and the * tail pointer for that CPU's input queue at the time of last enqueue. @@ -1016,6 +1044,8 @@ struct net_device { unsigned long tx_queue_len; /* Max frames per queue allowed */ spinlock_t tx_global_lock; + struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; + /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From ccb14354017272ddac002e859a2711610b6af174 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "John W. Linville" Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 16:18:36 -0500 Subject: Revert "nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average" This reverts commit 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae. This patch inadvertantly changed the userland ABI. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 1ce3775e9e26..037b4e498890 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1161,7 +1161,6 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) - * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info_txrate. * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (u32, from this station) @@ -1179,7 +1178,6 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, - NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c063dbf52b998b852122dff07a8b8dd430b38437 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 08:10:05 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: allow using CQM event to notify packet loss This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events to notify about packet loss for specific stations (which could be the AP for the managed mode case). Since the threshold might be determined by the driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be passed out of the driver to userspace in the event. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 037b4e498890..d706bf3badc8 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1819,6 +1819,8 @@ enum nl80211_ps_state { * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event + * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many + * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute */ @@ -1827,6 +1829,7 @@ enum nl80211_attr_cqm { NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, + NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, /* keep last */ __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From a782d688e9c6f9ca9a7a9a28e8e2876969ddef53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 10:05:22 +0000 Subject: mmc: sh_mmcif: add DMA support The MMCIF controller on sh-mobile platforms can use the DMA controller for data transfers. Interface to the SH dmaengine driver to enable DMA. We also have to lower the maximum number of segments to match with the number od DMA descriptors on SuperH, this doesn't significantly affect driver's PIO performance. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h | 15 +++++++++++---- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h index a6bfa5296495..f216a8879b58 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h @@ -14,8 +14,9 @@ #ifndef __SH_MMCIF_H__ #define __SH_MMCIF_H__ -#include #include +#include +#include /* * MMCIF : CE_CLK_CTRL [19:16] @@ -31,13 +32,19 @@ * 1111 : Peripheral clock (sup_pclk set '1') */ +struct sh_mmcif_dma { + struct sh_dmae_slave chan_priv_tx; + struct sh_dmae_slave chan_priv_rx; +}; + struct sh_mmcif_plat_data { void (*set_pwr)(struct platform_device *pdev, int state); void (*down_pwr)(struct platform_device *pdev); int (*get_cd)(struct platform_device *pdef); - u8 sup_pclk; /* 1 :SH7757, 0: SH7724/SH7372 */ - unsigned long caps; - u32 ocr; + struct sh_mmcif_dma *dma; + u8 sup_pclk; /* 1 :SH7757, 0: SH7724/SH7372 */ + unsigned long caps; + u32 ocr; }; #define MMCIF_CE_CMD_SET 0x00000000 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6d803ba736abb5e122dede70a4720e4843dd6df4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean-Christop PLAGNIOL-VILLARD Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 10:04:33 +0100 Subject: ARM: 6483/1: arm & sh: factorised duplicated clkdev.c factorise some generic infrastructure to assist looking up struct clks for the ARM & SH architecture. as the code is identical at 99% put the arch specific code for allocation as example in asm/clkdev.h Signed-off-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD Acked-by: Paul Mundt Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/clkdev.h | 36 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 36 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/clkdev.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/clkdev.h b/include/linux/clkdev.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..457bcb0a310a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/clkdev.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * include/linux/clkdev.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 Russell King. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * Helper for the clk API to assist looking up a struct clk. + */ +#ifndef __CLKDEV_H +#define __CLKDEV_H + +#include + +struct clk; +struct device; + +struct clk_lookup { + struct list_head node; + const char *dev_id; + const char *con_id; + struct clk *clk; +}; + +struct clk_lookup *clkdev_alloc(struct clk *clk, const char *con_id, + const char *dev_fmt, ...); + +void clkdev_add(struct clk_lookup *cl); +void clkdev_drop(struct clk_lookup *cl); + +void clkdev_add_table(struct clk_lookup *, size_t); +int clk_add_alias(const char *, const char *, char *, struct device *); + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 65500fa94aaeb3475e39c0c5180f188014164ca4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Linus Walleij Date: Thu, 4 Nov 2010 13:06:59 +0100 Subject: ARM: 6467/1: amba: optional PrimeCell core voltage switch On some contemporary sub-micron SoCs, peripherals on the chip have power domain switches, i.e. the voltage to the core may be turned off to conserve power. In the Ux500 we have this for out PrimeCell derivates. This patch makes it possible to specify an (optional) regulator to handle the voltage domain switch on AMBA PrimeCells, modeled very similar to how block clocks are handled. Additional amba_vcore_[enable|disable] calls are supplied to make it possible introduce optional powering off of the core voltage. Using this will require code to spool/unspool any core HW state. Cc: Rabin Vincent Cc: Bengt Jonsson Cc: Jonas Aaberg Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/amba/bus.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/amba/bus.h b/include/linux/amba/bus.h index c6454cca0447..9e7f259346e1 100644 --- a/include/linux/amba/bus.h +++ b/include/linux/amba/bus.h @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #define AMBA_NR_IRQS 2 #define AMBA_CID 0xb105f00d @@ -28,6 +29,7 @@ struct amba_device { struct device dev; struct resource res; struct clk *pclk; + struct regulator *vcore; u64 dma_mask; unsigned int periphid; unsigned int irq[AMBA_NR_IRQS]; @@ -71,6 +73,12 @@ void amba_release_regions(struct amba_device *); #define amba_pclk_disable(d) \ do { if (!IS_ERR((d)->pclk)) clk_disable((d)->pclk); } while (0) +#define amba_vcore_enable(d) \ + (IS_ERR((d)->vcore) ? 0 : regulator_enable((d)->vcore)) + +#define amba_vcore_disable(d) \ + do { if (!IS_ERR((d)->vcore)) regulator_disable((d)->vcore); } while (0) + /* Some drivers don't use the struct amba_device */ #define AMBA_CONFIG_BITS(a) (((a) >> 24) & 0xff) #define AMBA_REV_BITS(a) (((a) >> 20) & 0x0f) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 335d7afbfb71faac833734a94240c1e07cf0ead8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gerald Schaefer Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 15:47:36 +0100 Subject: mutexes, sched: Introduce arch_mutex_cpu_relax() The spinning mutex implementation uses cpu_relax() in busy loops as a compiler barrier. Depending on the architecture, cpu_relax() may do more than needed in this specific mutex spin loops. On System z we also give up the time slice of the virtual cpu in cpu_relax(), which prevents effective spinning on the mutex. This patch replaces cpu_relax() in the spinning mutex code with arch_mutex_cpu_relax(), which can be defined by each architecture that selects HAVE_ARCH_MUTEX_CPU_RELAX. The default is still cpu_relax(), so this patch should not affect other architectures than System z for now. Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1290437256.7455.4.camel@thinkpad> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/mutex.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mutex.h b/include/linux/mutex.h index f363bc8fdc74..94b48bd40dd7 100644 --- a/include/linux/mutex.h +++ b/include/linux/mutex.h @@ -160,4 +160,8 @@ extern int mutex_trylock(struct mutex *lock); extern void mutex_unlock(struct mutex *lock); extern int atomic_dec_and_mutex_lock(atomic_t *cnt, struct mutex *lock); +#ifndef CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_MUTEX_CPU_RELAX +#define arch_mutex_cpu_relax() cpu_relax() +#endif + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6c7e550f13f8ad82efb6a5653ae628c2543c1768 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Franck Bui-Huu Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 16:21:43 +0100 Subject: perf: Introduce is_sampling_event() and use it when appropriate. Signed-off-by: Franck Bui-Huu Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1290525705-6265-1-git-send-email-fbuihuu@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index de2c41758e29..cbf04cc1e630 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -969,6 +969,11 @@ extern int perf_event_overflow(struct perf_event *event, int nmi, struct perf_sample_data *data, struct pt_regs *regs); +static inline bool is_sampling_event(struct perf_event *event) +{ + return event->attr.sample_period != 0; +} + /* * Return 1 for a software event, 0 for a hardware event */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 004417a6d468e24399e383645c068b498eed84ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Thu, 25 Nov 2010 18:38:29 +0100 Subject: perf, arch: Cleanup perf-pmu init vs lockup-detector The perf hardware pmu got initialized at various points in the boot, some before early_initcall() some after (notably arch_initcall). The problem is that the NMI lockup detector is ran from early_initcall() and expects the hardware pmu to be present. Sanitize this by moving all architecture hardware pmu implementations to initialize at early_initcall() and move the lockup detector to an explicit initcall right after that. Cc: paulus Cc: davem Cc: Michael Cree Cc: Deng-Cheng Zhu Acked-by: Paul Mundt Acked-by: Will Deacon Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1290707759.2145.119.camel@laptop> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 2c79e921a68b..d2e63d1e725c 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -316,6 +316,7 @@ extern int proc_dowatchdog_thresh(struct ctl_table *table, int write, size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos); extern unsigned int softlockup_panic; extern int softlockup_thresh; +void lockup_detector_init(void); #else static inline void touch_softlockup_watchdog(void) { @@ -326,6 +327,9 @@ static inline void touch_softlockup_watchdog_sync(void) static inline void touch_all_softlockup_watchdogs(void) { } +static inline void lockup_detector_init(void) +{ +} #endif #ifdef CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5a0d2268d259886f0c87131639d19eb4a67b4532 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 10:42:02 +0000 Subject: net: add netif_tx_queue_frozen_or_stopped When testing struct netdev_queue state against FROZEN bit, we also test XOFF bit. We can test both bits at once and save some cycles. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index badf9285fe0d..7c6ae2f4b9ab 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -493,6 +493,8 @@ static inline void napi_synchronize(const struct napi_struct *n) enum netdev_queue_state_t { __QUEUE_STATE_XOFF, __QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN, +#define QUEUE_STATE_XOFF_OR_FROZEN ((1 << __QUEUE_STATE_XOFF) | \ + (1 << __QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN)) }; struct netdev_queue { @@ -1629,9 +1631,9 @@ static inline int netif_queue_stopped(const struct net_device *dev) return netif_tx_queue_stopped(netdev_get_tx_queue(dev, 0)); } -static inline int netif_tx_queue_frozen(const struct netdev_queue *dev_queue) +static inline int netif_tx_queue_frozen_or_stopped(const struct netdev_queue *dev_queue) { - return test_bit(__QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN, &dev_queue->state); + return dev_queue->state & QUEUE_STATE_XOFF_OR_FROZEN; } /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 85beb5869a4f6abb52a7cf8e01de6fa57e9ee47d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Steven Rostedt Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 16:23:34 -0500 Subject: tracing/slab: Move kmalloc tracepoint out of inline code The tracepoint for kmalloc is in the slab inlined code which causes every instance of kmalloc to have the tracepoint. This patch moves the tracepoint out of the inline code to the slab C file, which removes a large number of inlined trace points. objdump -dr vmlinux.slab| grep 'jmpq.* Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg --- include/linux/slab_def.h | 33 +++++++++++++-------------------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/slab_def.h b/include/linux/slab_def.h index 791a502f6906..83203ae9390b 100644 --- a/include/linux/slab_def.h +++ b/include/linux/slab_def.h @@ -138,11 +138,12 @@ void *kmem_cache_alloc(struct kmem_cache *, gfp_t); void *__kmalloc(size_t size, gfp_t flags); #ifdef CONFIG_TRACING -extern void *kmem_cache_alloc_notrace(struct kmem_cache *cachep, gfp_t flags); +extern void *kmem_cache_alloc_trace(size_t size, + struct kmem_cache *cachep, gfp_t flags); extern size_t slab_buffer_size(struct kmem_cache *cachep); #else static __always_inline void * -kmem_cache_alloc_notrace(struct kmem_cache *cachep, gfp_t flags) +kmem_cache_alloc_trace(size_t size, struct kmem_cache *cachep, gfp_t flags) { return kmem_cache_alloc(cachep, flags); } @@ -179,10 +180,7 @@ found: #endif cachep = malloc_sizes[i].cs_cachep; - ret = kmem_cache_alloc_notrace(cachep, flags); - - trace_kmalloc(_THIS_IP_, ret, - size, slab_buffer_size(cachep), flags); + ret = kmem_cache_alloc_trace(size, cachep, flags); return ret; } @@ -194,14 +192,16 @@ extern void *__kmalloc_node(size_t size, gfp_t flags, int node); extern void *kmem_cache_alloc_node(struct kmem_cache *, gfp_t flags, int node); #ifdef CONFIG_TRACING -extern void *kmem_cache_alloc_node_notrace(struct kmem_cache *cachep, - gfp_t flags, - int nodeid); +extern void *kmem_cache_alloc_node_trace(size_t size, + struct kmem_cache *cachep, + gfp_t flags, + int nodeid); #else static __always_inline void * -kmem_cache_alloc_node_notrace(struct kmem_cache *cachep, - gfp_t flags, - int nodeid) +kmem_cache_alloc_node_trace(size_t size, + struct kmem_cache *cachep, + gfp_t flags, + int nodeid) { return kmem_cache_alloc_node(cachep, flags, nodeid); } @@ -210,7 +210,6 @@ kmem_cache_alloc_node_notrace(struct kmem_cache *cachep, static __always_inline void *kmalloc_node(size_t size, gfp_t flags, int node) { struct kmem_cache *cachep; - void *ret; if (__builtin_constant_p(size)) { int i = 0; @@ -234,13 +233,7 @@ found: #endif cachep = malloc_sizes[i].cs_cachep; - ret = kmem_cache_alloc_node_notrace(cachep, flags, node); - - trace_kmalloc_node(_THIS_IP_, ret, - size, slab_buffer_size(cachep), - flags, node); - - return ret; + return kmem_cache_alloc_node_trace(size, cachep, flags, node); } return __kmalloc_node(size, flags, node); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From ce6ada35bdf710d16582cc4869c26722547e6f11 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Serge E. Hallyn" Date: Thu, 25 Nov 2010 17:11:32 +0000 Subject: security: Define CAP_SYSLOG Privileged syslog operations currently require CAP_SYS_ADMIN. Split this off into a new CAP_SYSLOG privilege which we can sanely take away from a container through the capability bounding set. With this patch, an lxc container can be prevented from messing with the host's syslog (i.e. dmesg -c). Changelog: mar 12 2010: add selinux capability2:cap_syslog perm Changelog: nov 22 2010: . port to new kernel . add a WARN_ONCE if userspace isn't using CAP_SYSLOG Signed-off-by: Serge Hallyn Acked-by: Andrew G. Morgan Acked-By: Kees Cook Cc: James Morris Cc: Michael Kerrisk Cc: Stephen Smalley Cc: "Christopher J. PeBenito" Cc: Eric Paris Signed-off-by: James Morris --- include/linux/capability.h | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/capability.h b/include/linux/capability.h index 90012b9ddbf3..fb16a3699b99 100644 --- a/include/linux/capability.h +++ b/include/linux/capability.h @@ -246,7 +246,6 @@ struct cpu_vfs_cap_data { /* Allow configuration of the secure attention key */ /* Allow administration of the random device */ /* Allow examination and configuration of disk quotas */ -/* Allow configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour) */ /* Allow setting the domainname */ /* Allow setting the hostname */ /* Allow calling bdflush() */ @@ -352,7 +351,11 @@ struct cpu_vfs_cap_data { #define CAP_MAC_ADMIN 33 -#define CAP_LAST_CAP CAP_MAC_ADMIN +/* Allow configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour) */ + +#define CAP_SYSLOG 34 + +#define CAP_LAST_CAP CAP_SYSLOG #define cap_valid(x) ((x) >= 0 && (x) <= CAP_LAST_CAP) -- cgit v1.2.3 From dc88e46029486ed475c71fe1bb696d39511ac8fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mimi Zohar Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 17:50:31 -0500 Subject: lib: hex2bin converts ascii hexadecimal string to binary Similar to the kgdb_hex2mem() code, hex2bin converts a string to binary using the hex_to_bin() library call. Changelog: - Replace parameter names with src/dst (based on David Howell's comment) - Add 'const' where needed (based on David Howell's comment) - Replace int with size_t (based on David Howell's comment) Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn Acked-by: David Howells Signed-off-by: James Morris --- include/linux/kernel.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/kernel.h b/include/linux/kernel.h index a35b4f7332f0..d0fbc043de60 100644 --- a/include/linux/kernel.h +++ b/include/linux/kernel.h @@ -265,6 +265,7 @@ static inline char *pack_hex_byte(char *buf, u8 byte) } extern int hex_to_bin(char ch); +extern void hex2bin(u8 *dst, const char *src, size_t count); /* * General tracing related utility functions - trace_printk(), -- cgit v1.2.3 From c749ba912e87ccebd674ae24b97462176c63732e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mimi Zohar Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 18:54:16 -0500 Subject: key: add tpm_send command Add internal kernel tpm_send() command used to seal/unseal keys. Changelog: - replaced module_put in tpm_send() with new tpm_chip_put() wrapper (suggested by David Howells) - Make tpm_send() cmd argument a 'void *' (suggested by David Howells) Signed-off-by: David Safford Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar Acked-by: David Howells Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn Signed-off-by: James Morris --- include/linux/tpm.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tpm.h b/include/linux/tpm.h index ac5d1c1285d9..fdc718abf83b 100644 --- a/include/linux/tpm.h +++ b/include/linux/tpm.h @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ extern int tpm_pcr_read(u32 chip_num, int pcr_idx, u8 *res_buf); extern int tpm_pcr_extend(u32 chip_num, int pcr_idx, const u8 *hash); +extern int tpm_send(u32 chip_num, void *cmd, size_t buflen); #else static inline int tpm_pcr_read(u32 chip_num, int pcr_idx, u8 *res_buf) { return -ENODEV; @@ -38,5 +39,8 @@ static inline int tpm_pcr_read(u32 chip_num, int pcr_idx, u8 *res_buf) { static inline int tpm_pcr_extend(u32 chip_num, int pcr_idx, const u8 *hash) { return -ENODEV; } +static inline int tpm_send(u32 chip_num, void *cmd, size_t buflen) { + return -ENODEV; +} #endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From d00a1c72f7f4661212299e6cb132dfa58030bcdb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mimi Zohar Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 17:50:34 -0500 Subject: keys: add new trusted key-type Define a new kernel key-type called 'trusted'. Trusted keys are random number symmetric keys, generated and RSA-sealed by the TPM. The TPM only unseals the keys, if the boot PCRs and other criteria match. Userspace can only ever see encrypted blobs. Based on suggestions by Jason Gunthorpe, several new options have been added to support additional usages. The new options are: migratable= designates that the key may/may not ever be updated (resealed under a new key, new pcrinfo or new auth.) pcrlock=n extends the designated PCR 'n' with a random value, so that a key sealed to that PCR may not be unsealed again until after a reboot. keyhandle= specifies the sealing/unsealing key handle. keyauth= specifies the sealing/unsealing key auth. blobauth= specifies the sealed data auth. Implementation of a kernel reserved locality for trusted keys will be investigated for a possible future extension. Changelog: - Updated and added examples to Documentation/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt - Moved generic TPM constants to include/linux/tpm_command.h (David Howell's suggestion.) - trusted_defined.c: replaced kzalloc with kmalloc, added pcrlock failure error handling, added const qualifiers where appropriate. - moved to late_initcall - updated from hash to shash (suggestion by David Howells) - reduced worst stack usage (tpm_seal) from 530 to 312 bytes - moved documentation to Documentation directory (suggestion by David Howells) - all the other code cleanups suggested by David Howells - Add pcrlock CAP_SYS_ADMIN dependency (based on comment by Jason Gunthorpe) - New options: migratable, pcrlock, keyhandle, keyauth, blobauth (based on discussions with Jason Gunthorpe) - Free payload on failure to create key(reported/fixed by Roberto Sassu) - Updated Kconfig and other descriptions (based on Serge Hallyn's suggestion) - Replaced kzalloc() with kmalloc() (reported by Serge Hallyn) Signed-off-by: David Safford Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar Signed-off-by: James Morris --- include/linux/tpm_command.h | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/tpm_command.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tpm_command.h b/include/linux/tpm_command.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..727512e249b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/tpm_command.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#ifndef __LINUX_TPM_COMMAND_H__ +#define __LINUX_TPM_COMMAND_H__ + +/* + * TPM Command constants from specifications at + * http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org + */ + +/* Command TAGS */ +#define TPM_TAG_RQU_COMMAND 193 +#define TPM_TAG_RQU_AUTH1_COMMAND 194 +#define TPM_TAG_RQU_AUTH2_COMMAND 195 +#define TPM_TAG_RSP_COMMAND 196 +#define TPM_TAG_RSP_AUTH1_COMMAND 197 +#define TPM_TAG_RSP_AUTH2_COMMAND 198 + +/* Command Ordinals */ +#define TPM_ORD_GETRANDOM 70 +#define TPM_ORD_OSAP 11 +#define TPM_ORD_OIAP 10 +#define TPM_ORD_SEAL 23 +#define TPM_ORD_UNSEAL 24 + +/* Other constants */ +#define SRKHANDLE 0x40000000 +#define TPM_NONCE_SIZE 20 + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From bf26414510103448ad3dc069c7422462f03ea3d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Fri, 26 Nov 2010 08:36:09 +0000 Subject: xps: Add CONFIG_XPS This patch adds XPS_CONFIG option to enable and disable XPS. This is done in the same manner as RPS_CONFIG. This is also fixes build failure in XPS code when SMP is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 52 +++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------- 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 7c6ae2f4b9ab..9ae4544f0cf0 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -535,30 +535,6 @@ struct rps_map { }; #define RPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct rps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) -/* - * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The - * map is an array of queues. - */ -struct xps_map { - unsigned int len; - unsigned int alloc_len; - struct rcu_head rcu; - u16 queues[0]; -}; -#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) -#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ - / sizeof(u16)) - -/* - * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. - */ -struct xps_dev_maps { - struct rcu_head rcu; - struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; -}; -#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ - (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) - /* * The rps_dev_flow structure contains the mapping of a flow to a CPU and the * tail pointer for that CPU's input queue at the time of last enqueue. @@ -626,6 +602,32 @@ struct netdev_rx_queue { } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; #endif /* CONFIG_RPS */ +#ifdef CONFIG_XPS +/* + * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The + * map is an array of queues. + */ +struct xps_map { + unsigned int len; + unsigned int alloc_len; + struct rcu_head rcu; + u16 queues[0]; +}; +#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ + / sizeof(u16)) + +/* + * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. + */ +struct xps_dev_maps { + struct rcu_head rcu; + struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; +}; +#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ + (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) +#endif /* CONFIG_XPS */ + /* * This structure defines the management hooks for network devices. * The following hooks can be defined; unless noted otherwise, they are @@ -1046,7 +1048,9 @@ struct net_device { unsigned long tx_queue_len; /* Max frames per queue allowed */ spinlock_t tx_global_lock; +#ifdef CONFIG_XPS struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; +#endif /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1ae0affedce1d3e401991fbe7f2674753f0a7641 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Horman Date: Fri, 26 Nov 2010 23:02:58 +0000 Subject: mmc, sh: Correct value for reset This resolves a regression that I introduced in "mmc, sh: Move constants to sh_mmcif.h". Having examined the manual and tested the code on an AP4EVB board it seems that the correct sequence is. 1) Write 1 to bit 31 and zeros to all other bits 2) Write zero to all bits Cc: Yusuke Goda Cc: Magnus Damm Signed-off-by: Simon Horman Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h | 9 +++------ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h index a6bfa5296495..342ec1a38684 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ struct sh_mmcif_plat_data { /* CE_VERSION */ #define SOFT_RST_ON (1 << 31) -#define SOFT_RST_OFF ~SOFT_RST_ON +#define SOFT_RST_OFF 0 static inline u32 sh_mmcif_readl(void __iomem *addr, int reg) { @@ -168,12 +168,9 @@ static inline int sh_mmcif_boot_do_read(void __iomem *base, static inline void sh_mmcif_boot_init(void __iomem *base) { - unsigned long tmp; - /* reset */ - tmp = sh_mmcif_readl(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION); - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp | SOFT_RST_ON); - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, tmp & SOFT_RST_OFF); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, SOFT_RST_ON); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_VERSION, SOFT_RST_OFF); /* byte swap */ sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_BUF_ACC, BUF_ACC_ATYP); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 22efa0fee32d9e7f6f6fbc396a872b5708d86048 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Horman Date: Sat, 27 Nov 2010 00:11:55 +0000 Subject: sh, mmc: Use defines when setting CE_CLK_CTRL The 16-19th bits of CE_CLK_CTRL set the MMC clock frequency. Cc: Yusuke Goda Cc: Magnus Damm Signed-off-by: Simon Horman Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h | 17 +++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h index 342ec1a38684..ffabf8c0a531 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sh_mmcif.h @@ -70,6 +70,9 @@ struct sh_mmcif_plat_data { #define CLK_ENABLE (1 << 24) /* 1: output mmc clock */ #define CLK_CLEAR ((1 << 19) | (1 << 18) | (1 << 17) | (1 << 16)) #define CLK_SUP_PCLK ((1 << 19) | (1 << 18) | (1 << 17) | (1 << 16)) +#define CLKDIV_4 (1<<16) /* mmc clock frequency. + * n: bus clock/(2^(n+1)) */ +#define CLKDIV_256 (7<<16) /* mmc clock frequency. (see above) */ #define SRSPTO_256 ((1 << 13) | (0 << 12)) /* resp timeout */ #define SRBSYTO_29 ((1 << 11) | (1 << 10) | \ (1 << 9) | (1 << 8)) /* resp busy timeout */ @@ -178,14 +181,10 @@ static inline void sh_mmcif_boot_init(void __iomem *base) /* Set block size in MMCIF hardware */ sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_BLOCK_SET, SH_MMCIF_BBS); - /* Enable the clock, set it to Bus clock/256 (about 325Khz). - * It is unclear where 0x70000 comes from or if it is even needed. - * It is there for byte-compatibility with code that is known to - * work. - */ + /* Enable the clock, set it to Bus clock/256 (about 325Khz). */ sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_CLK_CTRL, - CLK_ENABLE | SRSPTO_256 | SRBSYTO_29 | SRWDTO_29 | - SCCSTO_29 | 0x70000); + CLK_ENABLE | CLKDIV_256 | SRSPTO_256 | + SRBSYTO_29 | SRWDTO_29 | SCCSTO_29); /* CMD0 */ sh_mmcif_boot_cmd(base, 0x00000040, 0); @@ -210,7 +209,9 @@ static inline void sh_mmcif_boot_slurp(void __iomem *base, unsigned long tmp; /* In data transfer mode: Set clock to Bus clock/4 (about 20Mhz) */ - sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_CLK_CTRL, 0x01012fff); + sh_mmcif_writel(base, MMCIF_CE_CLK_CTRL, + CLK_ENABLE | CLKDIV_4 | SRSPTO_256 | + SRBSYTO_29 | SRWDTO_29 | SCCSTO_29); /* CMD9 - Get CSD */ sh_mmcif_boot_cmd(base, 0x09806000, 0x00010000); -- cgit v1.2.3 From a41778694806ac1ccd4b1dafed1abef8d5ba98ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Sun, 28 Nov 2010 21:43:02 +0000 Subject: xps: add __rcu annotations Avoid sparse warnings : add __rcu annotations and use rcu_dereference_protected() where necessary. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 9ae4544f0cf0..4b0c7f3aa32b 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ struct xps_map { */ struct xps_dev_maps { struct rcu_head rcu; - struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; + struct xps_map __rcu *cpu_map[0]; }; #define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ struct net_device { spinlock_t tx_global_lock; #ifdef CONFIG_XPS - struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; + struct xps_dev_maps __rcu *xps_maps; #endif /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 62a8c3a32e4143812ed8e0f3783ef1ea40dc87e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Cox Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 19:33:43 +0000 Subject: Staging: sep: handle the rar definition stuff in the header SEP isn't the only driver that may need to handle both cases easily Signed-off-by: Alan Cox Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/rar_register.h | 16 ++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rar_register.h b/include/linux/rar_register.h index ffa805780f85..5c6118189363 100644 --- a/include/linux/rar_register.h +++ b/include/linux/rar_register.h @@ -34,11 +34,27 @@ struct rar_device; +#if defined(CONFIG_RAR_REGISTER) int register_rar(int num, int (*callback)(unsigned long data), unsigned long data); void unregister_rar(int num); int rar_get_address(int rar_index, dma_addr_t *start, dma_addr_t *end); int rar_lock(int rar_index); +#else +extern void unregister_rar(int num) { } +extern int rar_lock(int rar_index) { return -EIO; } + +extern inline int register_rar(int num, + int (*callback)(unsigned long data), unsigned long data) +{ + return -ENODEV; +} + +extern int rar_get_address(int rar_index, dma_addr_t *start, dma_addr_t *end) +{ + return -ENODEV; +} +#endif /* RAR_REGISTER */ #endif /* __KERNEL__ */ #endif /* _RAR_REGISTER_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f7ca38dfe58c20cb1aa2ed9643187e8b194b5bae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 25 Nov 2010 10:02:29 +0100 Subject: nl80211/cfg80211: extend mgmt-tx API for off-channel With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit a frame (typically an action frame) on another channel than the current channel. Enable this through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait for a response. A new command allows that wait to be aborted. However, allow userspace to specify whether or not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may actually want to use the same channel only. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 25 ++++++++++++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index d706bf3badc8..5cfa579df476 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -358,11 +358,16 @@ * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and * optionally %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE) is used to indicate on - * which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was received. This - * channel has to be the current channel (remain-on-channel or the - * operational channel). When called, this operation returns a cookie - * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the TX status event - * pertaining to the TX request. + * which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was received. If this + * channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel or the + * operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel and + * transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time + * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation + * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the + * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. + * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this + * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait + * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies @@ -493,6 +498,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, + NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -828,6 +835,12 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS * + * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be + * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match + * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this + * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an + * nl80211 capability flag. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1002,6 +1015,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, + NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 24278d148316d2180be6df40e06db013d8b232b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Paul E. McKenney" Date: Mon, 27 Sep 2010 17:25:23 -0700 Subject: rcu: priority boosting for TINY_PREEMPT_RCU Add priority boosting, but only for TINY_PREEMPT_RCU. This is enabled by the default-off RCU_BOOST kernel parameter. The priority to which to boost preempted RCU readers is controlled by the RCU_BOOST_PRIO kernel parameter (defaulting to real-time priority 1) and the time to wait before boosting the readers blocking a given grace period is controlled by the RCU_BOOST_DELAY kernel parameter (defaulting to 500 milliseconds). Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/init_task.h | 9 ++++++++- include/linux/sched.h | 11 +++++++++-- 2 files changed, 17 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/init_task.h b/include/linux/init_task.h index 2fea6c8ef6ba..69f91aacdeee 100644 --- a/include/linux/init_task.h +++ b/include/linux/init_task.h @@ -81,6 +81,12 @@ extern struct group_info init_groups; */ # define CAP_INIT_BSET CAP_FULL_SET +#ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST +#define INIT_TASK_RCU_BOOST() \ + .rcu_boost_mutex = NULL, +#else +#define INIT_TASK_RCU_BOOST() +#endif #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU #define INIT_TASK_RCU_TREE_PREEMPT() \ .rcu_blocked_node = NULL, @@ -92,7 +98,8 @@ extern struct group_info init_groups; .rcu_read_lock_nesting = 0, \ .rcu_read_unlock_special = 0, \ .rcu_node_entry = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.rcu_node_entry), \ - INIT_TASK_RCU_TREE_PREEMPT() + INIT_TASK_RCU_TREE_PREEMPT() \ + INIT_TASK_RCU_BOOST() #else #define INIT_TASK_RCU_PREEMPT(tsk) #endif diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index e18473f0eb78..ed1a9bc52b2f 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1210,6 +1210,9 @@ struct task_struct { #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU struct rcu_node *rcu_blocked_node; #endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU */ +#ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST + struct rt_mutex *rcu_boost_mutex; +#endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST */ #if defined(CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS) || defined(CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT) struct sched_info sched_info; @@ -1745,7 +1748,8 @@ extern void thread_group_times(struct task_struct *p, cputime_t *ut, cputime_t * #ifdef CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU #define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_BLOCKED (1 << 0) /* blocked while in RCU read-side. */ -#define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_NEED_QS (1 << 1) /* RCU core needs CPU response. */ +#define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_BOOSTED (1 << 1) /* boosted while in RCU read-side. */ +#define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_NEED_QS (1 << 2) /* RCU core needs CPU response. */ static inline void rcu_copy_process(struct task_struct *p) { @@ -1753,7 +1757,10 @@ static inline void rcu_copy_process(struct task_struct *p) p->rcu_read_unlock_special = 0; #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU p->rcu_blocked_node = NULL; -#endif +#endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU */ +#ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST + p->rcu_boost_mutex = NULL; +#endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST */ INIT_LIST_HEAD(&p->rcu_node_entry); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7b27d5475f86186914e54e4a6bb994e9a985337b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lai Jiangshan Date: Thu, 21 Oct 2010 11:29:05 +0800 Subject: rcu,cleanup: move synchronize_sched_expedited() out of sched.c The first version of synchronize_sched_expedited() used the migration code in the scheduler, and was therefore implemented in kernel/sched.c. However, the more recent version of this code no longer uses the migration code, so this commit moves it to the main RCU source files. Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rcupdate.h | 1 - include/linux/rcutiny.h | 5 +++++ include/linux/rcutree.h | 1 + 3 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rcupdate.h b/include/linux/rcupdate.h index 7142ee3304ab..49e8e16308e1 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcupdate.h +++ b/include/linux/rcupdate.h @@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ extern void call_rcu_sched(struct rcu_head *head, extern void synchronize_sched(void); extern void rcu_barrier_bh(void); extern void rcu_barrier_sched(void); -extern void synchronize_sched_expedited(void); extern int sched_expedited_torture_stats(char *page); static inline void __rcu_read_lock_bh(void) diff --git a/include/linux/rcutiny.h b/include/linux/rcutiny.h index ea025a611fcc..30ebd7c8d874 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutiny.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutiny.h @@ -60,6 +60,11 @@ static inline void synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(void) synchronize_sched(); } +static inline void synchronize_sched_expedited(void) +{ + synchronize_sched(); +} + #ifdef CONFIG_TINY_RCU static inline void rcu_preempt_note_context_switch(void) diff --git a/include/linux/rcutree.h b/include/linux/rcutree.h index c0e96833aa73..3a933482734a 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutree.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutree.h @@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ static inline void exit_rcu(void) #endif /* #else #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU */ extern void synchronize_rcu_bh(void); +extern void synchronize_sched_expedited(void); extern void synchronize_rcu_expedited(void); static inline void synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(void) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9833c39400c3e6ee19daeded6910df648741611e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mika Westerberg Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 09:29:24 +0100 Subject: ARM: 6485/5: proc/vmcore - allow archs to override vmcore_elf_check_arch() Allow architectures to redefine this macro if needed. This is useful for example in architectures where 64-bit ELF vmcores are not supported. Specifying zero vmcore_elf64_check_arch() allows compiler to optimize away unnecessary parts of parse_crash_elf64_headers(). We also rename the macro to vmcore_elf64_check_arch() to reflect that it is used for 64-bit vmcores only. Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/crash_dump.h | 9 ++++++++- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/crash_dump.h b/include/linux/crash_dump.h index 0026f267da20..088cd4ace4ef 100644 --- a/include/linux/crash_dump.h +++ b/include/linux/crash_dump.h @@ -20,7 +20,14 @@ extern ssize_t copy_oldmem_page(unsigned long, char *, size_t, #define vmcore_elf_check_arch_cross(x) 0 #endif -#define vmcore_elf_check_arch(x) (elf_check_arch(x) || vmcore_elf_check_arch_cross(x)) +/* + * Architecture code can redefine this if there are any special checks + * needed for 64-bit ELF vmcores. In case of 32-bit only architecture, + * this can be set to zero. + */ +#ifndef vmcore_elf64_check_arch +#define vmcore_elf64_check_arch(x) (elf_check_arch(x) || vmcore_elf_check_arch_cross(x)) +#endif /* * is_kdump_kernel() checks whether this kernel is booting after a panic of -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5091faa449ee0b7d73bc296a93bca9540fc51d0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Galbraith Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 14:18:03 +0100 Subject: sched: Add 'autogroup' scheduling feature: automated per session task groups A recurring complaint from CFS users is that parallel kbuild has a negative impact on desktop interactivity. This patch implements an idea from Linus, to automatically create task groups. Currently, only per session autogroups are implemented, but the patch leaves the way open for enhancement. Implementation: each task's signal struct contains an inherited pointer to a refcounted autogroup struct containing a task group pointer, the default for all tasks pointing to the init_task_group. When a task calls setsid(), a new task group is created, the process is moved into the new task group, and a reference to the preveious task group is dropped. Child processes inherit this task group thereafter, and increase it's refcount. When the last thread of a process exits, the process's reference is dropped, such that when the last process referencing an autogroup exits, the autogroup is destroyed. At runqueue selection time, IFF a task has no cgroup assignment, its current autogroup is used. Autogroup bandwidth is controllable via setting it's nice level through the proc filesystem: cat /proc//autogroup Displays the task's group and the group's nice level. echo > /proc//autogroup Sets the task group's shares to the weight of nice task. Setting nice level is rate limited for !admin users due to the abuse risk of task group locking. The feature is enabled from boot by default if CONFIG_SCHED_AUTOGROUP=y is selected, but can be disabled via the boot option noautogroup, and can also be turned on/off on the fly via: echo [01] > /proc/sys/kernel/sched_autogroup_enabled ... which will automatically move tasks to/from the root task group. Signed-off-by: Mike Galbraith Acked-by: Linus Torvalds Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Markus Trippelsdorf Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers Cc: Paul Turner Cc: Oleg Nesterov [ Removed the task_group_path() debug code, and fixed !EVENTFD build failure. ] Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar LKML-Reference: <1290281700.28711.9.camel@maggy.simson.net> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 23 +++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index a5b92c70c737..9c2d46da486e 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -509,6 +509,8 @@ struct thread_group_cputimer { spinlock_t lock; }; +struct autogroup; + /* * NOTE! "signal_struct" does not have it's own * locking, because a shared signal_struct always @@ -576,6 +578,9 @@ struct signal_struct { struct tty_struct *tty; /* NULL if no tty */ +#ifdef CONFIG_SCHED_AUTOGROUP + struct autogroup *autogroup; +#endif /* * Cumulative resource counters for dead threads in the group, * and for reaped dead child processes forked by this group. @@ -1927,6 +1932,24 @@ int sched_rt_handler(struct ctl_table *table, int write, extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_compat_yield; +#ifdef CONFIG_SCHED_AUTOGROUP +extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_autogroup_enabled; + +extern void sched_autogroup_create_attach(struct task_struct *p); +extern void sched_autogroup_detach(struct task_struct *p); +extern void sched_autogroup_fork(struct signal_struct *sig); +extern void sched_autogroup_exit(struct signal_struct *sig); +#ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS +extern void proc_sched_autogroup_show_task(struct task_struct *p, struct seq_file *m); +extern int proc_sched_autogroup_set_nice(struct task_struct *p, int *nice); +#endif +#else +static inline void sched_autogroup_create_attach(struct task_struct *p) { } +static inline void sched_autogroup_detach(struct task_struct *p) { } +static inline void sched_autogroup_fork(struct signal_struct *sig) { } +static inline void sched_autogroup_exit(struct signal_struct *sig) { } +#endif + #ifdef CONFIG_RT_MUTEXES extern int rt_mutex_getprio(struct task_struct *p); extern void rt_mutex_setprio(struct task_struct *p, int prio); -- cgit v1.2.3 From c320c7b7d380e630f595de1236d9d085b035d5b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 12:50:11 -0200 Subject: perf events: Precalculate the header space for PERF_SAMPLE_ fields MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit PERF_SAMPLE_{CALLCHAIN,RAW} have variable lenghts per sample, but the others can be precalculated, reducing a bit the per sample cost. Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Frédéric Weisbecker Cc: Ian Munsie Cc: Mike Galbraith Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Paul Mackerras Cc: Stephane Eranian LKML-Reference: Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index cbf04cc1e630..adf6d9931643 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -758,6 +758,8 @@ struct perf_event { u64 shadow_ctx_time; struct perf_event_attr attr; + u16 header_size; + u16 read_size; struct hw_perf_event hw; struct perf_event_context *ctx; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 498cb95175c29ed96bf32f30df2d11ec1c7f3879 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 14:11:49 -0800 Subject: OMAP: Serial: Define OMAP uart MDR1 reg and remove magic numbers Define MDR1 register serial definitions used in serial and bluetooth drivers. Change magic number to ones defined in serial_reg for omap1/2 serial driver. Remove redefined MDR1 register definitions in omap-serial driver. Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Acked-by: G, Manjunath Kondaiah Acked-by: Govindraj.R Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren --- include/linux/serial_reg.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_reg.h b/include/linux/serial_reg.h index c7a0ce11cd47..6f3823474e6c 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_reg.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_reg.h @@ -341,5 +341,17 @@ #define UART_OMAP_SYSS 0x16 /* System status register */ #define UART_OMAP_WER 0x17 /* Wake-up enable register */ +/* + * These are the definitions for the MDR1 register + */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_16X_MODE 0x00 /* UART 16x mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_SIR_MODE 0x01 /* SIR mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_16X_ABAUD_MODE 0x02 /* UART 16x auto-baud */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_13X_MODE 0x03 /* UART 13x mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_MIR_MODE 0x04 /* MIR mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_FIR_MODE 0x05 /* FIR mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_CIR_MODE 0x06 /* CIR mode */ +#define UART_OMAP_MDR1_DISABLE 0x07 /* Disable (default state) */ + #endif /* _LINUX_SERIAL_REG_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 662b083a87a3489f3f19c6e0651c1b99b0de5df0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrei Emeltchenko Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 14:11:49 -0800 Subject: omap: Serial: Define register access modes in LCR MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Access to some registers depends on register access mode Three different modes are available for OMAP (at least) • Operational mode LCR_REG[7] = 0x0 • Configuration mode A LCR_REG[7] = 0x1 and LCR_REG[7:0]! = 0xBF • Configuration mode B LCR_REG[7] = 0x1 and LCR_REG[7:0] = 0xBF Define access modes and remove redefinitions and magic numbers in serial drivers (and later in bluetooth driver). Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko Acked-by: Govindraj.R Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren --- include/linux/serial_reg.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_reg.h b/include/linux/serial_reg.h index 6f3823474e6c..3ecb71a9e505 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_reg.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_reg.h @@ -99,6 +99,13 @@ #define UART_LCR_WLEN7 0x02 /* Wordlength: 7 bits */ #define UART_LCR_WLEN8 0x03 /* Wordlength: 8 bits */ +/* + * Access to some registers depends on register access / configuration + * mode. + */ +#define UART_LCR_CONF_MODE_A UART_LCR_DLAB /* Configutation mode A */ +#define UART_LCR_CONF_MODE_B 0xBF /* Configutation mode B */ + #define UART_MCR 4 /* Out: Modem Control Register */ #define UART_MCR_CLKSEL 0x80 /* Divide clock by 4 (TI16C752, EFR[4]=1) */ #define UART_MCR_TCRTLR 0x40 /* Access TCR/TLR (TI16C752, EFR[4]=1) */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ad9c2b048b605fbc8d50526e330b88abdd631ab2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tetsuo Handa Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 11:06:47 +0900 Subject: security: Fix comment of security_key_permission Comment for return value of security_key_permission() has been wrong since it was added in 2.6.15. Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa Signed-off-by: James Morris --- include/linux/security.h | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/security.h b/include/linux/security.h index fd4d55fb8845..e7d89b0c1fd8 100644 --- a/include/linux/security.h +++ b/include/linux/security.h @@ -1058,8 +1058,7 @@ static inline void security_free_mnt_opts(struct security_mnt_opts *opts) * @cred points to the credentials to provide the context against which to * evaluate the security data on the key. * @perm describes the combination of permissions required of this key. - * Return 1 if permission granted, 0 if permission denied and -ve it the - * normal permissions model should be effected. + * Return 0 if permission is granted, -ve error otherwise. * @key_getsecurity: * Get a textual representation of the security context attached to a key * for the purposes of honouring KEYCTL_GETSECURITY. This function -- cgit v1.2.3 From c41ab6a1b9028de33e74101cb0aae13098a56fdb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Paris Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 15:47:09 -0500 Subject: flex_array: fix flex_array_put_ptr macro to be valid C MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Using flex_array_put_ptr() results in a compile error "error: lvalue required as unary ‘&’ operand" fix the casting order to fix this. Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/linux/flex_array.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/flex_array.h b/include/linux/flex_array.h index 631b77f2ac70..70e4efabe0fb 100644 --- a/include/linux/flex_array.h +++ b/include/linux/flex_array.h @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ void *flex_array_get(struct flex_array *fa, unsigned int element_nr); int flex_array_shrink(struct flex_array *fa); #define flex_array_put_ptr(fa, nr, src, gfp) \ - flex_array_put(fa, nr, &(void *)(src), gfp) + flex_array_put(fa, nr, (void *)&(src), gfp) void *flex_array_get_ptr(struct flex_array *fa, unsigned int element_nr); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7fc56f0d9908fe140a01387d59954e3d0a2e7744 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Luo Andy Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 10:41:21 +0800 Subject: usb: gadget: langwell_udc: add usb test mode support This patch adds test mode support for Langwell gadget driver. Signed-off-by: Henry Yuan Signed-off-by: Andy Luo Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/ch9.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/ch9.h b/include/linux/usb/ch9.h index f917bbbc8901..ab461948b579 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/ch9.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/ch9.h @@ -123,6 +123,16 @@ #define USB_DEVICE_A_ALT_HNP_SUPPORT 5 /* (otg) other RH port does */ #define USB_DEVICE_DEBUG_MODE 6 /* (special devices only) */ +/* + * Test Mode Selectors + * See USB 2.0 spec Table 9-7 + */ +#define TEST_J 1 +#define TEST_K 2 +#define TEST_SE0_NAK 3 +#define TEST_PACKET 4 +#define TEST_FORCE_EN 5 + /* * New Feature Selectors as added by USB 3.0 * See USB 3.0 spec Table 9-6 -- cgit v1.2.3 From b029ffafe89cf4b97cf39e0225a5205cbbf9e02f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hemanth V Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 23:03:54 -0800 Subject: Input: add CMA3000 accelerometer driver Add support for CMA3000 Tri-axis accelerometer, which supports Motion detect, Measurement and Free fall modes. CMA3000 supports both I2C/SPI bus for communication, currently the driver supports I2C based communication. Signed-off-by: Hemanth V Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron Reviewed-by: Sergio Aguirre Reviewed-by: Shubhrajyoti Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov --- include/linux/input/cma3000.h | 59 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 59 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/input/cma3000.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/input/cma3000.h b/include/linux/input/cma3000.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cbbaac27d311 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/input/cma3000.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* + * VTI CMA3000_Dxx Accelerometer driver + * + * Copyright (C) 2010 Texas Instruments + * Author: Hemanth V + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by + * the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT + * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + * more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with + * this program. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef _LINUX_CMA3000_H +#define _LINUX_CMA3000_H + +#define CMAMODE_DEFAULT 0 +#define CMAMODE_MEAS100 1 +#define CMAMODE_MEAS400 2 +#define CMAMODE_MEAS40 3 +#define CMAMODE_MOTDET 4 +#define CMAMODE_FF100 5 +#define CMAMODE_FF400 6 +#define CMAMODE_POFF 7 + +#define CMARANGE_2G 2000 +#define CMARANGE_8G 8000 + +/** + * struct cma3000_i2c_platform_data - CMA3000 Platform data + * @fuzz_x: Noise on X Axis + * @fuzz_y: Noise on Y Axis + * @fuzz_z: Noise on Z Axis + * @g_range: G range in milli g i.e 2000 or 8000 + * @mode: Operating mode + * @mdthr: Motion detect threshold value + * @mdfftmr: Motion detect and free fall time value + * @ffthr: Free fall threshold value + */ + +struct cma3000_platform_data { + int fuzz_x; + int fuzz_y; + int fuzz_z; + int g_range; + uint8_t mode; + uint8_t mdthr; + uint8_t mdfftmr; + uint8_t ffthr; + unsigned long irqflags; +}; + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8348c259dd6a6019a8fa01b0a3443409480f7b9d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 17:12:15 -0800 Subject: arm/pxa2xx: reorgazine SSP and SPI header files The PXA-SPI driver relies on some files / defines which are arm specific and are within the ARM tree. The CE4100 SoC which is x86 has also the SPI core. This patch moves the ssp and spi files from arm/mach-pxa and plat-pxa to include/linux where the CE4100 can access them. This move got verified by building the following defconfigs: cm_x2xx_defconfig corgi_defconfig em_x270_defconfig ezx_defconfig imote2_defconfig pxa3xx_defconfig spitz_defconfig zeus_defconfig raumfeld_defconfig magician_defconfig Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Signed-off-by: Dirk Brandewie --- include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h | 187 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h | 49 +++++++++++ 2 files changed, 236 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h create mode 100644 include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..84465d4a51b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* + * pxa2xx_ssp.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2003 Russell King, All Rights Reserved. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This driver supports the following PXA CPU/SSP ports:- + * + * PXA250 SSP + * PXA255 SSP, NSSP + * PXA26x SSP, NSSP, ASSP + * PXA27x SSP1, SSP2, SSP3 + * PXA3xx SSP1, SSP2, SSP3, SSP4 + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_SSP_H +#define __LINUX_SSP_H + +#include +#include + +/* + * SSP Serial Port Registers + * PXA250, PXA255, PXA26x and PXA27x SSP controllers are all slightly different. + * PXA255, PXA26x and PXA27x have extra ports, registers and bits. + */ + +#define SSCR0 (0x00) /* SSP Control Register 0 */ +#define SSCR1 (0x04) /* SSP Control Register 1 */ +#define SSSR (0x08) /* SSP Status Register */ +#define SSITR (0x0C) /* SSP Interrupt Test Register */ +#define SSDR (0x10) /* SSP Data Write/Data Read Register */ + +#define SSTO (0x28) /* SSP Time Out Register */ +#define SSPSP (0x2C) /* SSP Programmable Serial Protocol */ +#define SSTSA (0x30) /* SSP Tx Timeslot Active */ +#define SSRSA (0x34) /* SSP Rx Timeslot Active */ +#define SSTSS (0x38) /* SSP Timeslot Status */ +#define SSACD (0x3C) /* SSP Audio Clock Divider */ +#define SSACDD (0x40) /* SSP Audio Clock Dither Divider */ + +/* Common PXA2xx bits first */ +#define SSCR0_DSS (0x0000000f) /* Data Size Select (mask) */ +#define SSCR0_DataSize(x) ((x) - 1) /* Data Size Select [4..16] */ +#define SSCR0_FRF (0x00000030) /* FRame Format (mask) */ +#define SSCR0_Motorola (0x0 << 4) /* Motorola's Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) */ +#define SSCR0_TI (0x1 << 4) /* Texas Instruments' Synchronous Serial Protocol (SSP) */ +#define SSCR0_National (0x2 << 4) /* National Microwire */ +#define SSCR0_ECS (1 << 6) /* External clock select */ +#define SSCR0_SSE (1 << 7) /* Synchronous Serial Port Enable */ +#define SSCR0_SCR(x) ((x) << 8) /* Serial Clock Rate (mask) */ + +/* PXA27x, PXA3xx */ +#define SSCR0_EDSS (1 << 20) /* Extended data size select */ +#define SSCR0_NCS (1 << 21) /* Network clock select */ +#define SSCR0_RIM (1 << 22) /* Receive FIFO overrrun interrupt mask */ +#define SSCR0_TUM (1 << 23) /* Transmit FIFO underrun interrupt mask */ +#define SSCR0_FRDC (0x07000000) /* Frame rate divider control (mask) */ +#define SSCR0_SlotsPerFrm(x) (((x) - 1) << 24) /* Time slots per frame [1..8] */ +#define SSCR0_FPCKE (1 << 29) /* FIFO packing enable */ +#define SSCR0_ACS (1 << 30) /* Audio clock select */ +#define SSCR0_MOD (1 << 31) /* Mode (normal or network) */ + + +#define SSCR1_RIE (1 << 0) /* Receive FIFO Interrupt Enable */ +#define SSCR1_TIE (1 << 1) /* Transmit FIFO Interrupt Enable */ +#define SSCR1_LBM (1 << 2) /* Loop-Back Mode */ +#define SSCR1_SPO (1 << 3) /* Motorola SPI SSPSCLK polarity setting */ +#define SSCR1_SPH (1 << 4) /* Motorola SPI SSPSCLK phase setting */ +#define SSCR1_MWDS (1 << 5) /* Microwire Transmit Data Size */ +#define SSCR1_TFT (0x000003c0) /* Transmit FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_TxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 6) /* level [1..16] */ +#define SSCR1_RFT (0x00003c00) /* Receive FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_RxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 10) /* level [1..16] */ + +#define SSSR_TNF (1 << 2) /* Transmit FIFO Not Full */ +#define SSSR_RNE (1 << 3) /* Receive FIFO Not Empty */ +#define SSSR_BSY (1 << 4) /* SSP Busy */ +#define SSSR_TFS (1 << 5) /* Transmit FIFO Service Request */ +#define SSSR_RFS (1 << 6) /* Receive FIFO Service Request */ +#define SSSR_ROR (1 << 7) /* Receive FIFO Overrun */ +#define SSSR_TFL_MASK (0xf << 8) /* Transmit FIFO Level mask */ +#define SSSR_RFL_MASK (0xf << 12) /* Receive FIFO Level mask */ + +/* extra bits in PXA255, PXA26x and PXA27x SSP ports */ +#define SSCR0_TISSP (1 << 4) /* TI Sync Serial Protocol */ +#define SSCR0_PSP (3 << 4) /* PSP - Programmable Serial Protocol */ +#define SSCR1_TTELP (1 << 31) /* TXD Tristate Enable Last Phase */ +#define SSCR1_TTE (1 << 30) /* TXD Tristate Enable */ +#define SSCR1_EBCEI (1 << 29) /* Enable Bit Count Error interrupt */ +#define SSCR1_SCFR (1 << 28) /* Slave Clock free Running */ +#define SSCR1_ECRA (1 << 27) /* Enable Clock Request A */ +#define SSCR1_ECRB (1 << 26) /* Enable Clock request B */ +#define SSCR1_SCLKDIR (1 << 25) /* Serial Bit Rate Clock Direction */ +#define SSCR1_SFRMDIR (1 << 24) /* Frame Direction */ +#define SSCR1_RWOT (1 << 23) /* Receive Without Transmit */ +#define SSCR1_TRAIL (1 << 22) /* Trailing Byte */ +#define SSCR1_TSRE (1 << 21) /* Transmit Service Request Enable */ +#define SSCR1_RSRE (1 << 20) /* Receive Service Request Enable */ +#define SSCR1_TINTE (1 << 19) /* Receiver Time-out Interrupt enable */ +#define SSCR1_PINTE (1 << 18) /* Peripheral Trailing Byte Interupt Enable */ +#define SSCR1_IFS (1 << 16) /* Invert Frame Signal */ +#define SSCR1_STRF (1 << 15) /* Select FIFO or EFWR */ +#define SSCR1_EFWR (1 << 14) /* Enable FIFO Write/Read */ + +#define SSSR_BCE (1 << 23) /* Bit Count Error */ +#define SSSR_CSS (1 << 22) /* Clock Synchronisation Status */ +#define SSSR_TUR (1 << 21) /* Transmit FIFO Under Run */ +#define SSSR_EOC (1 << 20) /* End Of Chain */ +#define SSSR_TINT (1 << 19) /* Receiver Time-out Interrupt */ +#define SSSR_PINT (1 << 18) /* Peripheral Trailing Byte Interrupt */ + + +#define SSPSP_SCMODE(x) ((x) << 0) /* Serial Bit Rate Clock Mode */ +#define SSPSP_SFRMP (1 << 2) /* Serial Frame Polarity */ +#define SSPSP_ETDS (1 << 3) /* End of Transfer data State */ +#define SSPSP_STRTDLY(x) ((x) << 4) /* Start Delay */ +#define SSPSP_DMYSTRT(x) ((x) << 7) /* Dummy Start */ +#define SSPSP_SFRMDLY(x) ((x) << 9) /* Serial Frame Delay */ +#define SSPSP_SFRMWDTH(x) ((x) << 16) /* Serial Frame Width */ +#define SSPSP_DMYSTOP(x) ((x) << 23) /* Dummy Stop */ +#define SSPSP_FSRT (1 << 25) /* Frame Sync Relative Timing */ + +/* PXA3xx */ +#define SSPSP_EDMYSTRT(x) ((x) << 26) /* Extended Dummy Start */ +#define SSPSP_EDMYSTOP(x) ((x) << 28) /* Extended Dummy Stop */ +#define SSPSP_TIMING_MASK (0x7f8001f0) + +#define SSACD_SCDB (1 << 3) /* SSPSYSCLK Divider Bypass */ +#define SSACD_ACPS(x) ((x) << 4) /* Audio clock PLL select */ +#define SSACD_ACDS(x) ((x) << 0) /* Audio clock divider select */ +#define SSACD_SCDX8 (1 << 7) /* SYSCLK division ratio select */ + +enum pxa_ssp_type { + SSP_UNDEFINED = 0, + PXA25x_SSP, /* pxa 210, 250, 255, 26x */ + PXA25x_NSSP, /* pxa 255, 26x (including ASSP) */ + PXA27x_SSP, + PXA168_SSP, +}; + +struct ssp_device { + struct platform_device *pdev; + struct list_head node; + + struct clk *clk; + void __iomem *mmio_base; + unsigned long phys_base; + + const char *label; + int port_id; + int type; + int use_count; + int irq; + int drcmr_rx; + int drcmr_tx; +}; + +/** + * pxa_ssp_write_reg - Write to a SSP register + * + * @dev: SSP device to access + * @reg: Register to write to + * @val: Value to be written. + */ +static inline void pxa_ssp_write_reg(struct ssp_device *dev, u32 reg, u32 val) +{ + __raw_writel(val, dev->mmio_base + reg); +} + +/** + * pxa_ssp_read_reg - Read from a SSP register + * + * @dev: SSP device to access + * @reg: Register to read from + */ +static inline u32 pxa_ssp_read_reg(struct ssp_device *dev, u32 reg) +{ + return __raw_readl(dev->mmio_base + reg); +} + +struct ssp_device *pxa_ssp_request(int port, const char *label); +void pxa_ssp_free(struct ssp_device *); +#endif diff --git a/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h b/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..471ed6889113 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2005 Stephen Street / StreetFire Sound Labs + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ +#ifndef __linux_pxa2xx_spi_h +#define __linux_pxa2xx_spi_h + +#include +#include + +#define PXA2XX_CS_ASSERT (0x01) +#define PXA2XX_CS_DEASSERT (0x02) + +/* device.platform_data for SSP controller devices */ +struct pxa2xx_spi_master { + u32 clock_enable; + u16 num_chipselect; + u8 enable_dma; +}; + +/* spi_board_info.controller_data for SPI slave devices, + * copied to spi_device.platform_data ... mostly for dma tuning + */ +struct pxa2xx_spi_chip { + u8 tx_threshold; + u8 rx_threshold; + u8 dma_burst_size; + u32 timeout; + u8 enable_loopback; + int gpio_cs; + void (*cs_control)(u32 command); +}; + +extern void pxa2xx_set_spi_info(unsigned id, struct pxa2xx_spi_master *info); + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From d6ea3df0d470fb9260db93883f97764cf9f0e562 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 10:17:14 +0100 Subject: spi/pxa2xx: Add CE4100 support Sodaville's SPI controller is very much the same as in PXA25x. The difference: - The RX/TX FIFO is only 4 words deep instead of 16 - No DMA support - The SPI controller offers a CS functionality Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Signed-off-by: Dirk Brandewie --- include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h | 105 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 104 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h b/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h index 471ed6889113..d3e1075f7b60 100644 --- a/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h +++ b/include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h @@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ #define __linux_pxa2xx_spi_h #include -#include #define PXA2XX_CS_ASSERT (0x01) #define PXA2XX_CS_DEASSERT (0x02) @@ -44,6 +43,110 @@ struct pxa2xx_spi_chip { void (*cs_control)(u32 command); }; +#ifdef CONFIG_ARCH_PXA + +#include +#include + extern void pxa2xx_set_spi_info(unsigned id, struct pxa2xx_spi_master *info); +#else +/* + * This is the implemtation for CE4100 on x86. ARM defines them in mach/ or + * plat/ include path. + * The CE4100 does not provide DMA support. This bits are here to let the driver + * compile and will never be used. Maybe we get DMA support at a later point in + * time. + */ + +#define DCSR(n) (n) +#define DSADR(n) (n) +#define DTADR(n) (n) +#define DCMD(n) (n) +#define DRCMR(n) (n) + +#define DCSR_RUN (1 << 31) /* Run Bit */ +#define DCSR_NODESC (1 << 30) /* No-Descriptor Fetch */ +#define DCSR_STOPIRQEN (1 << 29) /* Stop Interrupt Enable */ +#define DCSR_REQPEND (1 << 8) /* Request Pending (read-only) */ +#define DCSR_STOPSTATE (1 << 3) /* Stop State (read-only) */ +#define DCSR_ENDINTR (1 << 2) /* End Interrupt */ +#define DCSR_STARTINTR (1 << 1) /* Start Interrupt */ +#define DCSR_BUSERR (1 << 0) /* Bus Error Interrupt */ + +#define DCSR_EORIRQEN (1 << 28) /* End of Receive Interrupt Enable */ +#define DCSR_EORJMPEN (1 << 27) /* Jump to next descriptor on EOR */ +#define DCSR_EORSTOPEN (1 << 26) /* STOP on an EOR */ +#define DCSR_SETCMPST (1 << 25) /* Set Descriptor Compare Status */ +#define DCSR_CLRCMPST (1 << 24) /* Clear Descriptor Compare Status */ +#define DCSR_CMPST (1 << 10) /* The Descriptor Compare Status */ +#define DCSR_EORINTR (1 << 9) /* The end of Receive */ + +#define DRCMR_MAPVLD (1 << 7) /* Map Valid */ +#define DRCMR_CHLNUM 0x1f /* mask for Channel Number */ + +#define DDADR_DESCADDR 0xfffffff0 /* Address of next descriptor */ +#define DDADR_STOP (1 << 0) /* Stop */ + +#define DCMD_INCSRCADDR (1 << 31) /* Source Address Increment Setting. */ +#define DCMD_INCTRGADDR (1 << 30) /* Target Address Increment Setting. */ +#define DCMD_FLOWSRC (1 << 29) /* Flow Control by the source. */ +#define DCMD_FLOWTRG (1 << 28) /* Flow Control by the target. */ +#define DCMD_STARTIRQEN (1 << 22) /* Start Interrupt Enable */ +#define DCMD_ENDIRQEN (1 << 21) /* End Interrupt Enable */ +#define DCMD_ENDIAN (1 << 18) /* Device Endian-ness. */ +#define DCMD_BURST8 (1 << 16) /* 8 byte burst */ +#define DCMD_BURST16 (2 << 16) /* 16 byte burst */ +#define DCMD_BURST32 (3 << 16) /* 32 byte burst */ +#define DCMD_WIDTH1 (1 << 14) /* 1 byte width */ +#define DCMD_WIDTH2 (2 << 14) /* 2 byte width (HalfWord) */ +#define DCMD_WIDTH4 (3 << 14) /* 4 byte width (Word) */ +#define DCMD_LENGTH 0x01fff /* length mask (max = 8K - 1) */ + +/* + * Descriptor structure for PXA's DMA engine + * Note: this structure must always be aligned to a 16-byte boundary. + */ + +typedef enum { + DMA_PRIO_HIGH = 0, + DMA_PRIO_MEDIUM = 1, + DMA_PRIO_LOW = 2 +} pxa_dma_prio; + +/* + * DMA registration + */ + +static inline int pxa_request_dma(char *name, + pxa_dma_prio prio, + void (*irq_handler)(int, void *), + void *data) +{ + return -ENODEV; +} + +static inline void pxa_free_dma(int dma_ch) +{ +} + +/* + * The CE4100 does not have the clk framework implemented and SPI clock can + * not be switched on/off or the divider changed. + */ +static inline void clk_disable(struct clk *clk) +{ +} + +static inline int clk_enable(struct clk *clk) +{ + return 0; +} + +static inline unsigned long clk_get_rate(struct clk *clk) +{ + return 3686400; +} + +#endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From d0777f2c3eda180e3fc549e0efbe741014f17689 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 17:12:16 -0800 Subject: spi/pxa2xx: Consider CE4100's FIFO depth For PXA the default threshold is FIFO_DEPTH / 2. Adjust this value for CE4100. Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Signed-off-by: Dirk Brandewie --- include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h | 32 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++------ 1 file changed, 26 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h index 84465d4a51b7..c3aa334cbb9b 100644 --- a/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h +++ b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h @@ -71,10 +71,6 @@ #define SSCR1_SPO (1 << 3) /* Motorola SPI SSPSCLK polarity setting */ #define SSCR1_SPH (1 << 4) /* Motorola SPI SSPSCLK phase setting */ #define SSCR1_MWDS (1 << 5) /* Microwire Transmit Data Size */ -#define SSCR1_TFT (0x000003c0) /* Transmit FIFO Threshold (mask) */ -#define SSCR1_TxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 6) /* level [1..16] */ -#define SSCR1_RFT (0x00003c00) /* Receive FIFO Threshold (mask) */ -#define SSCR1_RxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 10) /* level [1..16] */ #define SSSR_TNF (1 << 2) /* Transmit FIFO Not Full */ #define SSSR_RNE (1 << 3) /* Receive FIFO Not Empty */ @@ -82,8 +78,32 @@ #define SSSR_TFS (1 << 5) /* Transmit FIFO Service Request */ #define SSSR_RFS (1 << 6) /* Receive FIFO Service Request */ #define SSSR_ROR (1 << 7) /* Receive FIFO Overrun */ -#define SSSR_TFL_MASK (0xf << 8) /* Transmit FIFO Level mask */ -#define SSSR_RFL_MASK (0xf << 12) /* Receive FIFO Level mask */ + +#ifdef CONFIG_ARCH_PXA +#define RX_THRESH_DFLT 8 +#define TX_THRESH_DFLT 8 + +#define SSSR_TFL_MASK (0xf << 8) /* Transmit FIFO Level mask */ +#define SSSR_RFL_MASK (0xf << 12) /* Receive FIFO Level mask */ + +#define SSCR1_TFT (0x000003c0) /* Transmit FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_TxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 6) /* level [1..16] */ +#define SSCR1_RFT (0x00003c00) /* Receive FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_RxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 10) /* level [1..16] */ + +#else + +#define RX_THRESH_DFLT 2 +#define TX_THRESH_DFLT 2 + +#define SSSR_TFL_MASK (0x3 << 8) /* Transmit FIFO Level mask */ +#define SSSR_RFL_MASK (0x3 << 12) /* Receive FIFO Level mask */ + +#define SSCR1_TFT (0x000000c0) /* Transmit FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_TxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 6) /* level [1..4] */ +#define SSCR1_RFT (0x00000c00) /* Receive FIFO Threshold (mask) */ +#define SSCR1_RxTresh(x) (((x) - 1) << 10) /* level [1..4] */ +#endif /* extra bits in PXA255, PXA26x and PXA27x SSP ports */ #define SSCR0_TISSP (1 << 4) /* TI Sync Serial Protocol */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f2cd2d3e9b3ef960612e362f0ad129d735452df2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 08:14:37 +0000 Subject: net sched: use xps information for qdisc NUMA affinity Allocate qdisc memory according to NUMA properties of cpus included in xps map. To be effective, qdisc should be (re)setup after changes of /sys/class/net/eth/queues/tx-/xps_cpus I added a numa_node field in struct netdev_queue, containing NUMA node if all cpus included in xps_cpus share same node, else -1. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Ben Hutchings Cc: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 20 +++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 4b0c7f3aa32b..a9ac5dc26e3c 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -508,7 +508,9 @@ struct netdev_queue { #ifdef CONFIG_RPS struct kobject kobj; #endif - +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + int numa_node; +#endif /* * write mostly part */ @@ -523,6 +525,22 @@ struct netdev_queue { u64 tx_dropped; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; +static inline int netdev_queue_numa_node_read(const struct netdev_queue *q) +{ +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + return q->numa_node; +#else + return -1; +#endif +} + +static inline void netdev_queue_numa_node_write(struct netdev_queue *q, int node) +{ +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + q->numa_node = node; +#endif +} + #ifdef CONFIG_RPS /* * This structure holds an RPS map which can be of variable length. The -- cgit v1.2.3 From 676dac4b1bee0469d6932f698aeb77e8489f5861 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Casey Schaufler Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 06:43:39 -0800 Subject: This patch adds a new security attribute to Smack called SMACK64EXEC. It defines label that is used while task is running. Exception: in smack_task_wait() child task is checked for write access to parent task using label inherited from the task that forked it. Fixed issues from previous submit: - SMACK64EXEC was not read when SMACK64 was not set. - inode security blob was not updated after setting SMACK64EXEC - inode security blob was not updated when removing SMACK64EXEC --- include/linux/xattr.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/xattr.h b/include/linux/xattr.h index f1e5bde4b35a..351c7901d74a 100644 --- a/include/linux/xattr.h +++ b/include/linux/xattr.h @@ -40,9 +40,11 @@ #define XATTR_SMACK_SUFFIX "SMACK64" #define XATTR_SMACK_IPIN "SMACK64IPIN" #define XATTR_SMACK_IPOUT "SMACK64IPOUT" +#define XATTR_SMACK_EXEC "SMACK64EXEC" #define XATTR_NAME_SMACK XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_SUFFIX #define XATTR_NAME_SMACKIPIN XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_IPIN #define XATTR_NAME_SMACKIPOUT XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_IPOUT +#define XATTR_NAME_SMACKEXEC XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_EXEC #define XATTR_CAPS_SUFFIX "capability" #define XATTR_NAME_CAPS XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_CAPS_SUFFIX -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2a8626a9e2d86d114a2d9f813a1acebf9d53dd10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 17:12:17 -0800 Subject: spi/pxa2xx: Add chipselect support for Sodaville The SPI core on Sodaville supports chip selects. Its configuration moved into the SSSR register at bit 0 and 1. Thus Sodaville can be hooked up with up to 4 devices. This patch ensures that the bits which are otherwiese reserved are only touched on Sodaville and not on any other PXAs. Also it makes sure that the status register does not lose the CS information while clearing the ROR bit. Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Signed-off-by: Dirk Brandewie --- include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h index c3aa334cbb9b..2f691e4e6222 100644 --- a/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h +++ b/include/linux/pxa2xx_ssp.h @@ -72,6 +72,7 @@ #define SSCR1_SPH (1 << 4) /* Motorola SPI SSPSCLK phase setting */ #define SSCR1_MWDS (1 << 5) /* Microwire Transmit Data Size */ +#define SSSR_ALT_FRM_MASK 3 /* Masks the SFRM signal number */ #define SSSR_TNF (1 << 2) /* Transmit FIFO Not Full */ #define SSSR_RNE (1 << 3) /* Receive FIFO Not Empty */ #define SSSR_BSY (1 << 4) /* SSP Busy */ @@ -160,6 +161,7 @@ enum pxa_ssp_type { PXA25x_NSSP, /* pxa 255, 26x (including ASSP) */ PXA27x_SSP, PXA168_SSP, + CE4100_SSP, }; struct ssp_device { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 172c69a47675dc1ca9c7243c031d8d77701bccc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Rafa=C5=82=20Mi=C5=82ecki?= Date: Sun, 28 Nov 2010 10:39:35 +0100 Subject: ssb: extract indexes for power tables MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki Acked-by: Michael Buesch Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ssb/ssb.h | 4 ++++ include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h | 40 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h b/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h index 623b704fdc42..9659eff52ca2 100644 --- a/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h +++ b/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h @@ -55,6 +55,10 @@ struct ssb_sprom { u8 tri5gl; /* 5.2GHz TX isolation */ u8 tri5g; /* 5.3GHz TX isolation */ u8 tri5gh; /* 5.8GHz TX isolation */ + u8 txpid2g[4]; /* 2GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5gl[4]; /* 4.9 - 5.1GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5g[4]; /* 5.1 - 5.5GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5gh[4]; /* 5.5 - ...GHz TX power index */ u8 rxpo2g; /* 2GHz RX power offset */ u8 rxpo5g; /* 5GHz RX power offset */ u8 rssisav2g; /* 2GHz RSSI params */ diff --git a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h index 11daf9c140e7..489f7b6d61c5 100644 --- a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h +++ b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h @@ -299,6 +299,46 @@ #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN2_SHIFT 0 #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN3 0xFF00 /* Antenna 3 */ #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G01 0x0062 /* TX Power Index 2GHz */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G23 0x0064 /* TX Power Index 2GHz */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G01 0x0066 /* TX Power Index 5GHz middle subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G23 0x0068 /* TX Power Index 5GHz middle subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL01 0x006A /* TX Power Index 5GHz low subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL23 0x006C /* TX Power Index 5GHz low subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH01 0x006E /* TX Power Index 5GHz high subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH23 0x0070 /* TX Power Index 5GHz high subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH3_SHIFT 8 #define SSB_SPROM4_MAXP_BG 0x0080 /* Max Power BG in path 1 */ #define SSB_SPROM4_MAXP_BG_MASK 0x00FF /* Mask for Max Power BG */ #define SSB_SPROM4_ITSSI_BG 0xFF00 /* Mask for path 1 itssi_bg */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 87de5ac782761a3ebf806e434e8c9cc205a87274 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Mon, 20 Sep 2010 17:42:46 -0700 Subject: timers: Introduce timerlist infrastructure. The timerlist infrastructure is a thin layer over the rbtree code that implements a simple list of timers sorted by an expires value, and a getnext function that provides a pointer to the earliest timer. This infrastructure allows drivers and other kernel infrastructure to easily implement timers without duplicating code. Signed-off-by: John Stultz LKML Reference: <1290136329-18291-2-git-send-email-john.stultz@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner CC: Alessandro Zummo CC: Thomas Gleixner CC: Richard Cochran --- include/linux/timerlist.h | 37 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 37 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/timerlist.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timerlist.h b/include/linux/timerlist.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c46b28ae6e4d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/timerlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H +#define _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H + +#include +#include + + +struct timerlist_node { + struct rb_node node; + ktime_t expires; +}; + +struct timerlist_head { + struct rb_root head; + struct timerlist_node *next; +}; + + +extern void timerlist_add(struct timerlist_head *head, + struct timerlist_node *node); +extern void timerlist_del(struct timerlist_head *head, + struct timerlist_node *node); +extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_getnext(struct timerlist_head *head); +extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_iterate_next( + struct timerlist_node *node); + +static inline void timerlist_init(struct timerlist_node *node) +{ + RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); +} + +static inline void timerlist_init_head(struct timerlist_head *head) +{ + head->head = RB_ROOT; + head->next = NULL; +} +#endif /* _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 287050d390264402e11bea8b811859e42e8faa29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Steven Rostedt Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 16:46:18 -0500 Subject: tracing: Add TRACE_EVENT_CONDITIONAL() There are instances in the kernel that we only want to trace a tracepoint when a certain condition is set. But we do not want to test for that condition in the core kernel. If we test for that condition before calling the tracepoin, then we will be performing that test even when tracing is not enabled. This is 99.99% of the time. We currently can just filter out on that condition, but that happens after we write to the trace buffer. We just wasted time writing to the ring buffer for an event we never cared about. This patch adds: TRACE_EVENT_CONDITION() and DEFINE_EVENT_CONDITION() These have a new TP_CONDITION() argument that comes right after the TP_ARGS(). This condition can use the parameters of TP_ARGS() in the TRACE_EVENT() to determine if the tracepoint should be traced or not. The TP_CONDITION() will be placed in a if (cond) trace; For example, for the tracepoint sched_wakeup, it is useless to trace a wakeup event where the caller never actually wakes anything up (where success == 0). So adding: TP_CONDITION(success), which uses the "success" parameter of the wakeup tracepoint will have it only trace when we have successfully woken up a task. Acked-by: Mathieu Desnoyers Acked-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Arjan van de Ven Cc: Thomas Gleixner Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt --- include/linux/tracepoint.h | 29 +++++++++++++++++++++++------ 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tracepoint.h b/include/linux/tracepoint.h index 5a6074fcd81d..d3e4f87e95c0 100644 --- a/include/linux/tracepoint.h +++ b/include/linux/tracepoint.h @@ -106,6 +106,7 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, #define TP_PROTO(args...) args #define TP_ARGS(args...) args +#define TP_CONDITION(args...) args #ifdef CONFIG_TRACEPOINTS @@ -119,12 +120,14 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, * as "(void *, void)". The DECLARE_TRACE_NOARGS() will pass in just * "void *data", where as the DECLARE_TRACE() will pass in "void *data, proto". */ -#define __DO_TRACE(tp, proto, args) \ +#define __DO_TRACE(tp, proto, args, cond) \ do { \ struct tracepoint_func *it_func_ptr; \ void *it_func; \ void *__data; \ \ + if (!(cond)) \ + return; \ rcu_read_lock_sched_notrace(); \ it_func_ptr = rcu_dereference_sched((tp)->funcs); \ if (it_func_ptr) { \ @@ -142,7 +145,7 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, * not add unwanted padding between the beginning of the section and the * structure. Force alignment to the same alignment as the section start. */ -#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, data_proto, data_args) \ +#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, cond, data_proto, data_args) \ extern struct tracepoint __tracepoint_##name; \ static inline void trace_##name(proto) \ { \ @@ -151,7 +154,8 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, do_trace: \ __DO_TRACE(&__tracepoint_##name, \ TP_PROTO(data_proto), \ - TP_ARGS(data_args)); \ + TP_ARGS(data_args), \ + TP_CONDITION(cond)); \ } \ static inline int \ register_trace_##name(void (*probe)(data_proto), void *data) \ @@ -186,7 +190,7 @@ do_trace: \ EXPORT_SYMBOL(__tracepoint_##name) #else /* !CONFIG_TRACEPOINTS */ -#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, data_proto, data_args) \ +#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, cond, data_proto, data_args) \ static inline void trace_##name(proto) \ { } \ static inline int \ @@ -227,13 +231,18 @@ do_trace: \ * "void *__data, proto" as the callback prototype. */ #define DECLARE_TRACE_NOARGS(name) \ - __DECLARE_TRACE(name, void, , void *__data, __data) + __DECLARE_TRACE(name, void, , 1, void *__data, __data) #define DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args) \ - __DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args), \ + __DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args), 1, \ PARAMS(void *__data, proto), \ PARAMS(__data, args)) +#define DECLARE_TRACE_CONDITION(name, proto, args, cond) \ + __DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args), PARAMS(cond), \ + PARAMS(void *__data, proto), \ + PARAMS(__data, args)) + #define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) #endif /* DECLARE_TRACE */ @@ -349,12 +358,20 @@ do_trace: \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) #define DEFINE_EVENT_PRINT(template, name, proto, args, print) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) +#define DEFINE_EVENT_CONDITION(template, name, proto, \ + args, cond) \ + DECLARE_TRACE_CONDITION(name, PARAMS(proto), \ + PARAMS(args), PARAMS(cond)) #define TRACE_EVENT(name, proto, args, struct, assign, print) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) #define TRACE_EVENT_FN(name, proto, args, struct, \ assign, print, reg, unreg) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) +#define TRACE_EVENT_CONDITION(name, proto, args, cond, \ + struct, assign, print) \ + DECLARE_TRACE_CONDITION(name, PARAMS(proto), \ + PARAMS(args), PARAMS(cond)) #define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6844c09d849aeb00e8ddfe9525e8567a531c22d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 16:36:35 -0200 Subject: perf events: Separate the routines handling the PERF_SAMPLE_ identity fields MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Those will be made available in sample like events like MMAP, EXEC, etc in a followup patch. So precalculate the extra id header space and have a separate routine to fill them up. V2: Thomas noticed that the id header needs to be precalculated at inherit_events too: LKML-Reference: Tested-by: Thomas Gleixner Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner Acked-by: Ian Munsie Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Frédéric Weisbecker Cc: Ian Munsie Cc: Mike Galbraith Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Paul Mackerras Cc: Stephane Eranian Cc: Thomas Gleixner LKML-Reference: <1291318772-30880-2-git-send-email-acme@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index adf6d9931643..b9950b1620d8 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -759,6 +759,7 @@ struct perf_event { struct perf_event_attr attr; u16 header_size; + u16 id_header_size; u16 read_size; struct hw_perf_event hw; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c980d1091810df13f21aabbce545fd98f545bbf7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Date: Sat, 4 Dec 2010 23:02:20 -0200 Subject: perf events: Make sample_type identity fields available in all PERF_RECORD_ events MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit If perf_event_attr.sample_id_all is set it will add the PERF_SAMPLE_ identity info: TID, TIME, ID, CPU, STREAM_ID As a trailer, so that older perf tools can process new files, just ignoring the extra payload. With this its possible to do further analysis on problems in the event stream, like detecting reordering of MMAP and FORK events, etc. V2: Fixup header size in comm, mmap and task processing, as we have to take into account different sample_types for each matching event, noticed by Thomas Gleixner. Thomas also noticed a problem in v2 where if we didn't had space in the buffer we wouldn't restore the header size. Tested-by: Thomas Gleixner Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner Acked-by: Ian Munsie Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Frédéric Weisbecker Cc: Ian Munsie Cc: Mike Galbraith Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Paul Mackerras Cc: Stephane Eranian Cc: Thomas Gleixner LKML-Reference: Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 12 +++++++++++- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index b9950b1620d8..2814ead4adb8 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -215,8 +215,9 @@ struct perf_event_attr { */ precise_ip : 2, /* skid constraint */ mmap_data : 1, /* non-exec mmap data */ + sample_id_all : 1, /* sample_type all events */ - __reserved_1 : 46; + __reserved_1 : 45; union { __u32 wakeup_events; /* wakeup every n events */ @@ -327,6 +328,15 @@ struct perf_event_header { enum perf_event_type { /* + * If perf_event_attr.sample_id_all is set then all event types will + * have the sample_type selected fields related to where/when + * (identity) an event took place (TID, TIME, ID, CPU, STREAM_ID) + * described in PERF_RECORD_SAMPLE below, it will be stashed just after + * the perf_event_header and the fields already present for the existing + * fields, i.e. at the end of the payload. That way a newer perf.data + * file will be supported by older perf tools, with these new optional + * fields being ignored. + * * The MMAP events record the PROT_EXEC mappings so that we can * correlate userspace IPs to code. They have the following structure: * -- cgit v1.2.3 From cd7ebe2298ff1c3112232878678ce5fe6be8a15b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Masami Hiramatsu Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 18:54:28 +0900 Subject: kprobes: Use text_poke_smp_batch for optimizing Use text_poke_smp_batch() in optimization path for reducing the number of stop_machine() issues. If the number of optimizing probes is more than MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES(=256), kprobes optimizes first MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES probes and kicks optimizer for remaining probes. Changes in v5: - Use kick_kprobe_optimizer() instead of directly calling schedule_delayed_work(). - Rescheduling optimizer outside of kprobe mutex lock. Changes in v2: - Allocate code buffer and parameters in arch_init_kprobes() instead of using static arraies. - Merge previous max optimization limit patch into this patch. So, this patch introduces upper limit of optimization at once. Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu Cc: Rusty Russell Cc: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli Cc: Jason Baron Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers Cc: 2nddept-manager@sdl.hitachi.co.jp Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Steven Rostedt LKML-Reference: <20101203095428.2961.8994.stgit@ltc236.sdl.hitachi.co.jp> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/kprobes.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/kprobes.h b/include/linux/kprobes.h index e7d1b2e0070d..fe157ba6aa0e 100644 --- a/include/linux/kprobes.h +++ b/include/linux/kprobes.h @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ extern int arch_prepared_optinsn(struct arch_optimized_insn *optinsn); extern int arch_check_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern int arch_prepare_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern void arch_remove_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); -extern int arch_optimize_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); +extern void arch_optimize_kprobes(struct list_head *oplist); extern void arch_unoptimize_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern kprobe_opcode_t *get_optinsn_slot(void); extern void free_optinsn_slot(kprobe_opcode_t *slot, int dirty); -- cgit v1.2.3 From f984ba4eb575e4a27ed28a76d4126d2aa9233c32 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Masami Hiramatsu Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 18:54:34 +0900 Subject: kprobes: Use text_poke_smp_batch for unoptimizing Use text_poke_smp_batch() on unoptimization path for reducing the number of stop_machine() issues. If the number of unoptimizing probes is more than MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES(=256), kprobes unoptimizes first MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES probes and kicks optimizer for remaining probes. Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu Cc: Rusty Russell Cc: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli Cc: Jason Baron Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers Cc: 2nddept-manager@sdl.hitachi.co.jp Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Steven Rostedt LKML-Reference: <20101203095434.2961.22657.stgit@ltc236.sdl.hitachi.co.jp> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/kprobes.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/kprobes.h b/include/linux/kprobes.h index fe157ba6aa0e..b78edb58ee66 100644 --- a/include/linux/kprobes.h +++ b/include/linux/kprobes.h @@ -276,6 +276,8 @@ extern int arch_check_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern int arch_prepare_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern void arch_remove_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern void arch_optimize_kprobes(struct list_head *oplist); +extern void arch_unoptimize_kprobes(struct list_head *oplist, + struct list_head *done_list); extern void arch_unoptimize_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern kprobe_opcode_t *get_optinsn_slot(void); extern void free_optinsn_slot(kprobe_opcode_t *slot, int dirty); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3110f5f5545a645c50ef66b1f705d08dfd1df404 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Matt Carlson Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 08:28:50 +0000 Subject: tg3: Move EEE definitions into mdio.h In commit 52b02d04c801fff51ca49ad033210846d1713253 entitled "tg3: Add EEE support", Ben Hutchings had commented that the EEE advertisement register will be in a standard location. This patch moves that definition into mdio.h and changes the code to use it. Signed-off-by: Matt Carlson Reviewed-by: Benjamin Li Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mdio.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h index c779b49a1fda..b1494aced217 100644 --- a/include/linux/mdio.h +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ #define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT2 33 /* 10GBASE-R/-T PCS status 2 */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL 32 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation control */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT 33 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation status */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV 60 /* EEE advertisement */ /* LASI (Link Alarm Status Interrupt) registers, defined by XENPAK MSA. */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RXCTRL 0x9000 /* RX_ALARM control */ @@ -235,6 +236,10 @@ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MS 0x4000 /* Master/slave config */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MSFLT 0x8000 /* Master/slave config fault */ +/* AN EEE Advertisement register. */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_100TX 0x0002 /* Advertise 100TX EEE cap */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_1000T 0x0004 /* Advertise 1000T EEE cap */ + /* LASI RX_ALARM control/status registers. */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PHYXSLFLT 0x0001 /* PHY XS RX local fault */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PCSLFLT 0x0008 /* PCS RX local fault */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From af5568843594fb71055debe36e521fa8072fcecc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 19:50:37 +0900 Subject: lib: Improve EWMA efficiency by using bitshifts Using bitshifts instead of division and multiplication should improve performance. That requires weight and factor to be powers of two, but i think this is something we can live with. Thanks to Peter Zijlstra for the improved formula! Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf -- v2: use log2.h functions Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/average.h | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/average.h b/include/linux/average.h index 7706e40f95fa..c6028fd742c1 100644 --- a/include/linux/average.h +++ b/include/linux/average.h @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_AVERAGE_H #define _LINUX_AVERAGE_H -#include - /* Exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) */ /* For more documentation see lib/average.c */ @@ -26,7 +24,7 @@ extern struct ewma *ewma_add(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long val); */ static inline unsigned long ewma_read(const struct ewma *avg) { - return DIV_ROUND_CLOSEST(avg->internal, avg->factor); + return avg->internal >> avg->factor; } #endif /* _LINUX_AVERAGE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 073285fd392f6dc901da7c698d46e1e2a7e26436 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Orishko Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 23:23:27 +0000 Subject: usbnet: changes for upcoming cdc_ncm driver Changes: include/linux/usb/usbnet.h: - a new flag to indicate driver's capability to accumulate IP packets in Tx direction and extract several packets from single skb in Rx direction. drivers/net/usb/usbnet.c: - the procedure of counting packets in usbnet was updated due to the accumulating of IP packets in the driver - no short packets are sent if indicated by the flag in driver_info structure Signed-off-by: Alexey Orishko Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/usb/usbnet.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h b/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h index 7ae27a473818..44842c8d38c0 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h @@ -97,6 +97,12 @@ struct driver_info { #define FLAG_LINK_INTR 0x0800 /* updates link (carrier) status */ +/* + * Indicates to usbnet, that USB driver accumulates multiple IP packets. + * Affects statistic (counters) and short packet handling. + */ +#define FLAG_MULTI_PACKET 0x1000 + /* init device ... can sleep, or cause probe() failure */ int (*bind)(struct usbnet *, struct usb_interface *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From da2033c282264bfba4e339b7cb3df62adb5c5fc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 21:45:56 +0000 Subject: filter: add SKF_AD_RXHASH and SKF_AD_CPU Add SKF_AD_RXHASH and SKF_AD_CPU to filter ancillary mechanism, to be able to build advanced filters. This can help spreading packets on several sockets with a fast selection, after RPS dispatch to N cpus for example, or to catch a percentage of flows in one queue. tcpdump -s 500 "cpu = 1" : [0] ld CPU [1] jeq #1 jt 2 jf 3 [2] ret #500 [3] ret #0 # take 12.5 % of flows (average) tcpdump -s 1000 "rxhash & 7 = 2" : [0] ld RXHASH [1] and #7 [2] jeq #2 jt 3 jf 4 [3] ret #1000 [4] ret #0 Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Rui Acked-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 447a775878fb..5334adaf4072 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -124,7 +124,9 @@ struct sock_fprog { /* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */ #define SKF_AD_MARK 20 #define SKF_AD_QUEUE 24 #define SKF_AD_HATYPE 28 -#define SKF_AD_MAX 32 +#define SKF_AD_RXHASH 32 +#define SKF_AD_CPU 36 +#define SKF_AD_MAX 40 #define SKF_NET_OFF (-0x100000) #define SKF_LL_OFF (-0x200000) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 06a9701f4b3e3381dea96fee1cc8a3bb41b0a1f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 01:37:42 +0000 Subject: __in_dev_get_rtnl() can use rtnl_dereference() If caller holds RTNL, we dont need a memory barrier (smp_read_barrier_depends) included in rcu_dereference(). Just use rtnl_dereference() to properly document the assertions. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index 2b86eaf11773..ae8fdc54e0c0 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ static inline struct in_device *in_dev_get(const struct net_device *dev) static inline struct in_device *__in_dev_get_rtnl(const struct net_device *dev) { - return rcu_dereference_check(dev->ip_ptr, lockdep_rtnl_is_held()); + return rtnl_dereference(dev->ip_ptr); } extern void in_dev_finish_destroy(struct in_device *idev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 45904f21655cf4f0ae7d0fab5906fe51bf56ecf4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 09:20:40 +0100 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: define and allow configuring mesh element TTL The TTL in path selection information elements is different from the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 5cfa579df476..9e541452d805 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1547,6 +1547,9 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh * point. * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a + * source mesh point for path selection elements. + * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically * open peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. * @@ -1593,6 +1596,7 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, + NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, /* keep last */ __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 29cbe68c516a48a9a88b3226878570c6cbd83c02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 09:20:44 +0100 Subject: cfg80211/mac80211: add mesh join/leave commands Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up, add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured when the device goes up. Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to start the mesh on interface up. We now allow querying mesh parameters before the mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults. Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is only allowed while connected. Specify them with the new mesh join command instead where needed. In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done by testing the mesh ID. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 9e541452d805..410a06ea551b 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -394,6 +394,11 @@ * * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. * + * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial + * mesh config parameters may be given. + * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the + * network is determined by the network interface. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -500,6 +505,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, + NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, + NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 871a2c16c21b988688b4ab1a78eadd969765c0a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tomasz Grobelny Date: Sat, 4 Dec 2010 13:38:01 +0100 Subject: dccp: Policy-based packet dequeueing infrastructure This patch adds a generic infrastructure for policy-based dequeueing of TX packets and provides two policies: * a simple FIFO policy (which is the default) and * a priority based policy (set via socket options). Both policies honour the tx_qlen sysctl for the maximum size of the write queue (can be overridden via socket options). The priority policy uses skb->priority internally to assign an u32 priority identifier, using the same ranking as SO_PRIORITY. The skb->priority field is set to 0 when the packet leaves DCCP. The priority is supplied as ancillary data using cmsg(3), the patch also provides the requisite parsing routines. Signed-off-by: Tomasz Grobelny Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker --- include/linux/dccp.h | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dccp.h b/include/linux/dccp.h index eed52bcd35d0..010e2d87ed75 100644 --- a/include/linux/dccp.h +++ b/include/linux/dccp.h @@ -197,6 +197,21 @@ enum dccp_feature_numbers { DCCPF_MAX_CCID_SPECIFIC = 255, }; +/* DCCP socket control message types for cmsg */ +enum dccp_cmsg_type { + DCCP_SCM_PRIORITY = 1, + DCCP_SCM_QPOLICY_MAX = 0xFFFF, + /* ^-- Up to here reserved exclusively for qpolicy parameters */ + DCCP_SCM_MAX +}; + +/* DCCP priorities for outgoing/queued packets */ +enum dccp_packet_dequeueing_policy { + DCCPQ_POLICY_SIMPLE, + DCCPQ_POLICY_PRIO, + DCCPQ_POLICY_MAX +}; + /* DCCP socket options */ #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_PACKET_SIZE 1 /* XXX deprecated, without effect */ #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_SERVICE 2 @@ -210,6 +225,8 @@ enum dccp_feature_numbers { #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID 13 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_TX_CCID 14 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_RX_CCID 15 +#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_QPOLICY_ID 16 +#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_QPOLICY_TXQLEN 17 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID_RX_INFO 128 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID_TX_INFO 192 @@ -458,6 +475,8 @@ struct dccp_ackvec; * @dccps_hc_rx_ccid - CCID used for the receiver (or receiving half-connection) * @dccps_hc_tx_ccid - CCID used for the sender (or sending half-connection) * @dccps_options_received - parsed set of retrieved options + * @dccps_qpolicy - TX dequeueing policy, one of %dccp_packet_dequeueing_policy + * @dccps_tx_qlen - maximum length of the TX queue * @dccps_role - role of this sock, one of %dccp_role * @dccps_hc_rx_insert_options - receiver wants to add options when acking * @dccps_hc_tx_insert_options - sender wants to add options when sending @@ -500,6 +519,8 @@ struct dccp_sock { struct ccid *dccps_hc_rx_ccid; struct ccid *dccps_hc_tx_ccid; struct dccp_options_received dccps_options_received; + __u8 dccps_qpolicy; + __u32 dccps_tx_qlen; enum dccp_role dccps_role:2; __u8 dccps_hc_rx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_hc_tx_insert_options:1; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 02c048b919455aaa38628563cdcc2e691c8a9f53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Miklos Szeredi Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 20:16:56 +0100 Subject: fuse: allow batching of FORGET requests Terje Malmedal reports that a fuse filesystem with 32 million inodes on a machine with lots of memory can take up to 30 minutes to process FORGET requests when all those inodes are evicted from the icache. To solve this, create a BATCH_FORGET request that allows up to about 8000 FORGET requests to be sent in a single message. This request is only sent if userspace supports interface version 7.16 or later, otherwise fall back to sending individual FORGET messages. Reported-by: Terje Malmedal Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi --- include/linux/fuse.h | 16 +++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fuse.h b/include/linux/fuse.h index c3c578e09833..cf11881f4938 100644 --- a/include/linux/fuse.h +++ b/include/linux/fuse.h @@ -41,6 +41,9 @@ * 7.15 * - add store notify * - add retrieve notify + * + * 7.16 + * - add BATCH_FORGET request */ #ifndef _LINUX_FUSE_H @@ -72,7 +75,7 @@ #define FUSE_KERNEL_VERSION 7 /** Minor version number of this interface */ -#define FUSE_KERNEL_MINOR_VERSION 15 +#define FUSE_KERNEL_MINOR_VERSION 16 /** The node ID of the root inode */ #define FUSE_ROOT_ID 1 @@ -256,6 +259,7 @@ enum fuse_opcode { FUSE_IOCTL = 39, FUSE_POLL = 40, FUSE_NOTIFY_REPLY = 41, + FUSE_BATCH_FORGET = 42, /* CUSE specific operations */ CUSE_INIT = 4096, @@ -290,6 +294,16 @@ struct fuse_forget_in { __u64 nlookup; }; +struct fuse_forget_one { + __u64 nodeid; + __u64 nlookup; +}; + +struct fuse_batch_forget_in { + __u32 count; + __u32 dummy; +}; + struct fuse_getattr_in { __u32 getattr_flags; __u32 dummy; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1baa26b2be92fe9917e2f7ef46d423b5dfa4da71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Miklos Szeredi Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 20:16:56 +0100 Subject: fuse: fix ioctl ABI In kernel ABI version 7.16 and later FUSE_IOCTL_RETRY reply from a unrestricted IOCTL request shall return with an array of 'struct fuse_ioctl_iovec' instead of 'struct iovec'. This fixes the ABI ambiguity of 32bit vs. 64bit. Reported-by: "ccmail111" Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi CC: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/fuse.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fuse.h b/include/linux/fuse.h index cf11881f4938..d464de53db43 100644 --- a/include/linux/fuse.h +++ b/include/linux/fuse.h @@ -44,6 +44,9 @@ * * 7.16 * - add BATCH_FORGET request + * - FUSE_IOCTL_UNRESTRICTED shall now return with array of 'struct + * fuse_ioctl_iovec' instead of ambiguous 'struct iovec' + * - add FUSE_IOCTL_32BIT flag */ #ifndef _LINUX_FUSE_H @@ -203,12 +206,14 @@ struct fuse_file_lock { * FUSE_IOCTL_COMPAT: 32bit compat ioctl on 64bit machine * FUSE_IOCTL_UNRESTRICTED: not restricted to well-formed ioctls, retry allowed * FUSE_IOCTL_RETRY: retry with new iovecs + * FUSE_IOCTL_32BIT: 32bit ioctl * * FUSE_IOCTL_MAX_IOV: maximum of in_iovecs + out_iovecs */ #define FUSE_IOCTL_COMPAT (1 << 0) #define FUSE_IOCTL_UNRESTRICTED (1 << 1) #define FUSE_IOCTL_RETRY (1 << 2) +#define FUSE_IOCTL_32BIT (1 << 3) #define FUSE_IOCTL_MAX_IOV 256 @@ -524,6 +529,11 @@ struct fuse_ioctl_in { __u32 out_size; }; +struct fuse_ioctl_iovec { + __u64 base; + __u64 len; +}; + struct fuse_ioctl_out { __s32 result; __u32 flags; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 541a45a142df281c974d74eac2066138fc107b23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 19:12:43 +0900 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. -- v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 410a06ea551b..8e28053ea423 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1191,6 +1191,7 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * station) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (u32, to this station) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (u32, to this station) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) */ enum nl80211_sta_info { __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, @@ -1206,6 +1207,7 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, + NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, /* keep last */ __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5c6d1125f8dbd1bfef39e38fbc2837003be78a59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jarkko Sakkinen Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 13:34:01 +0200 Subject: Smack: Transmute labels on specified directories In a situation where Smack access rules allow processes with multiple labels to write to a directory it is easy to get into a situation where the directory gets cluttered with files that the owner can't deal with because while they could be written to the directory a process at the label of the directory can't write them. This is generally the desired behavior, but when it isn't it is a real issue. This patch introduces a new attribute SMACK64TRANSMUTE that instructs Smack to create the file with the label of the directory under certain circumstances. A new access mode, "t" for transmute, is made available to Smack access rules, which are expanded from "rwxa" to "rwxat". If a file is created in a directory marked as transmutable and if access was granted to perform the operation by a rule that included the transmute mode, then the file gets the Smack label of the directory instead of the Smack label of the creating process. Note that this is equivalent to creating an empty file at the label of the directory and then having the other process write to it. The transmute scheme requires that both the access rule allows transmutation and that the directory be explicitly marked. Signed-off-by: Jarkko Sakkinen Signed-off-by: Casey Schaufler --- include/linux/xattr.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/xattr.h b/include/linux/xattr.h index 351c7901d74a..e6131ef98d8f 100644 --- a/include/linux/xattr.h +++ b/include/linux/xattr.h @@ -41,10 +41,12 @@ #define XATTR_SMACK_IPIN "SMACK64IPIN" #define XATTR_SMACK_IPOUT "SMACK64IPOUT" #define XATTR_SMACK_EXEC "SMACK64EXEC" +#define XATTR_SMACK_TRANSMUTE "SMACK64TRANSMUTE" #define XATTR_NAME_SMACK XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_SUFFIX #define XATTR_NAME_SMACKIPIN XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_IPIN #define XATTR_NAME_SMACKIPOUT XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_IPOUT #define XATTR_NAME_SMACKEXEC XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_EXEC +#define XATTR_NAME_SMACKTRANSMUTE XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_SMACK_TRANSMUTE #define XATTR_CAPS_SUFFIX "capability" #define XATTR_NAME_CAPS XATTR_SECURITY_PREFIX XATTR_CAPS_SUFFIX -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5bea7660bba973dc5e8e9d92b11fb1dd5b524ebf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dmitry Torokhov Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 23:02:48 -0800 Subject: HID: add hid_hw_open/close/power() handlers Instead of exposing the guts of hid->ll_driver relationship to HID sub-drivers provide these helpers to encapsulate the details. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina --- include/linux/hid.h | 43 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 43 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/hid.h b/include/linux/hid.h index bb0f56f5c01e..e2af195d8b46 100644 --- a/include/linux/hid.h +++ b/include/linux/hid.h @@ -820,6 +820,49 @@ static inline void hid_hw_stop(struct hid_device *hdev) hdev->ll_driver->stop(hdev); } +/** + * hid_hw_open - signal underlaying HW to start delivering events + * + * @hdev: hid device + * + * Tell underlying HW to start delivering events from the device. + * This function should be called sometime after successful call + * to hid_hiw_start(). + */ +static inline int __must_check hid_hw_open(struct hid_device *hdev) +{ + return hdev->ll_driver->open(hdev); +} + +/** + * hid_hw_close - signal underlaying HW to stop delivering events + * + * @hdev: hid device + * + * This function indicates that we are not interested in the events + * from this device anymore. Delivery of events may or may not stop, + * depending on the number of users still outstanding. + */ +static inline void hid_hw_close(struct hid_device *hdev) +{ + hdev->ll_driver->close(hdev); +} + +/** + * hid_hw_power - requests underlying HW to go into given power mode + * + * @hdev: hid device + * @level: requested power level (one of %PM_HINT_* defines) + * + * This function requests underlying hardware to enter requested power + * mode. + */ + +static inline int hid_hw_power(struct hid_device *hdev, int level) +{ + return hdev->ll_driver->power ? hdev->ll_driver->power(hdev, level) : 0; +} + void hid_report_raw_event(struct hid_device *hid, int type, u8 *data, int size, int interrupt); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 941666c2e3e0f9f6a1cb5808d02352d445bd702c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Sun, 5 Dec 2010 01:23:53 +0000 Subject: net: RCU conversion of dev_getbyhwaddr() and arp_ioctl() MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Le dimanche 05 décembre 2010 à 09:19 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit : > Hmm.. > > If somebody can explain why RTNL is held in arp_ioctl() (and therefore > in arp_req_delete()), we might first remove RTNL use in arp_ioctl() so > that your patch can be applied. > > Right now it is not good, because RTNL wont be necessarly held when you > are going to call arp_invalidate() ? While doing this analysis, I found a refcount bug in llc, I'll send a patch for net-2.6 Meanwhile, here is the patch for net-next-2.6 Your patch then can be applied after mine. Thanks [PATCH] net: RCU conversion of dev_getbyhwaddr() and arp_ioctl() dev_getbyhwaddr() was called under RTNL. Rename it to dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu() and change all its caller to now use RCU locking instead of RTNL. Change arp_ioctl() to use RCU instead of RTNL locking. Note: this fix a dev refcount bug in llc Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index a9ac5dc26e3c..d31bc3c94717 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1360,7 +1360,8 @@ static inline struct net_device *first_net_device(struct net *net) extern int netdev_boot_setup_check(struct net_device *dev); extern unsigned long netdev_boot_base(const char *prefix, int unit); -extern struct net_device *dev_getbyhwaddr(struct net *net, unsigned short type, char *hwaddr); +extern struct net_device *dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu(struct net *net, unsigned short type, + const char *hwaddr); extern struct net_device *dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type); extern struct net_device *__dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type); extern void dev_add_pack(struct packet_type *pt); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 62ab0812137ec4f9884dd7de346238841ac03283 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 20:50:09 +0000 Subject: filter: constify sk_run_filter() sk_run_filter() doesnt write on skb, change its prototype to reflect this. Fix two af_packet comments. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 5334adaf4072..45266b75409a 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ struct sk_buff; struct sock; extern int sk_filter(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb); -extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(struct sk_buff *skb, +extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(const struct sk_buff *skb, const struct sock_filter *filter); extern int sk_attach_filter(struct sock_fprog *fprog, struct sock *sk); extern int sk_detach_filter(struct sock *sk); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 806c09a7db457be3758e14b1f152761135d89af5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dario Faggioli Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 19:51:33 +0100 Subject: sched: Make pushable_tasks CONFIG_SMP dependant As noted by Peter Zijlstra at https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/10/391 (while reviewing other stuff, though), tracking pushable tasks only makes sense on SMP systems. Signed-off-by: Dario Faggioli Acked-by: Steven Rostedt Acked-by: Gregory Haskins Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1291143093.2697.298.camel@Palantir> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/init_task.h | 9 ++++++++- include/linux/sched.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/init_task.h b/include/linux/init_task.h index 1f8c06ce0fa6..6ed8812bfe2d 100644 --- a/include/linux/init_task.h +++ b/include/linux/init_task.h @@ -12,6 +12,13 @@ #include #include +#ifdef CONFIG_SMP +# define INIT_PUSHABLE_TASKS(tsk) \ + .pushable_tasks = PLIST_NODE_INIT(tsk.pushable_tasks, MAX_PRIO), +#else +# define INIT_PUSHABLE_TASKS(tsk) +#endif + extern struct files_struct init_files; extern struct fs_struct init_fs; @@ -137,7 +144,7 @@ extern struct cred init_cred; .nr_cpus_allowed = NR_CPUS, \ }, \ .tasks = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.tasks), \ - .pushable_tasks = PLIST_NODE_INIT(tsk.pushable_tasks, MAX_PRIO), \ + INIT_PUSHABLE_TASKS(tsk) \ .ptraced = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.ptraced), \ .ptrace_entry = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.ptrace_entry), \ .real_parent = &tsk, \ diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 9c2d46da486e..4f92a239c14d 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1240,7 +1240,9 @@ struct task_struct { #endif struct list_head tasks; +#ifdef CONFIG_SMP struct plist_node pushable_tasks; +#endif struct mm_struct *mm, *active_mm; #if defined(SPLIT_RSS_COUNTING) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 50b12f597be354a5a224f05c65c54c0667e57aec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Helmut Schaa Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 12:40:25 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: Add new BSS attribute ht_opmode Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode. Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in AP mode. Cc: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 8e28053ea423..380421253d16 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -849,6 +849,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an * nl80211 capability flag. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HTOPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1025,6 +1027,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, + NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From b7e8941b2df518186d9f7679c007f6b619bb4e89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Amitkumar Karwar Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 13:43:03 -0800 Subject: cfg80211: add some element IDs in enum ieee80211_eid 1)WLAN_EID_BSS_COEX_2040 2)WLAN_EID_OVERLAP_BSS_SCAN_PARAM 3)WLAN_EID_EXT_CAPABILITY Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index ed5a03cbe184..351c0ab4e284 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -1223,6 +1223,9 @@ enum ieee80211_eid { WLAN_EID_BSS_AC_ACCESS_DELAY = 68, WLAN_EID_RRM_ENABLED_CAPABILITIES = 70, WLAN_EID_MULTIPLE_BSSID = 71, + WLAN_EID_BSS_COEX_2040 = 72, + WLAN_EID_OVERLAP_BSS_SCAN_PARAM = 74, + WLAN_EID_EXT_CAPABILITY = 127, WLAN_EID_MOBILITY_DOMAIN = 54, WLAN_EID_FAST_BSS_TRANSITION = 55, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 96a84c20d635fb1e98ab92f9fc517c4441f5c424 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 17:07:16 -0500 Subject: lockup detector: Compile fixes from removing the old x86 nmi watchdog My patch that removed the old x86 nmi watchdog broke other arches. This change reverts a piece of that patch and puts the change in the correct spot. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Reviewed-by: Cyrill Gorcunov Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com Cc: yinghai@kernel.org LKML-Reference: <1291068437-5331-2-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 1c451e6ecc17..17ccf44e7dcb 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ */ #ifdef ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG #include -#endif +extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); +#else #ifndef CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) { @@ -25,6 +26,7 @@ static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) #else extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #endif +#endif /* * Create trigger_all_cpu_backtrace() out of the arch-provided -- cgit v1.2.3 From 60d509c823cca21e77d537bd356785f7cfe8f0d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jozsef Kadlecsik Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 02:39:01 +0000 Subject: The new jhash implementation The current jhash.h implements the lookup2() hash function by Bob Jenkins. However, lookup2() is outdated as Bob wrote a new hash function called lookup3(). The patch replaces the lookup2() implementation of the 'jhash*' functions with that of lookup3(). You can read a longer comparison of the two and other hash functions at http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/doobs.html. Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik Acked-by: Rusty Russell Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/jhash.h | 183 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------- 1 file changed, 105 insertions(+), 78 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/jhash.h b/include/linux/jhash.h index ced1159fa4f2..47cb09edec1a 100644 --- a/include/linux/jhash.h +++ b/include/linux/jhash.h @@ -3,129 +3,156 @@ /* jhash.h: Jenkins hash support. * - * Copyright (C) 1996 Bob Jenkins (bob_jenkins@burtleburtle.net) + * Copyright (C) 2006. Bob Jenkins (bob_jenkins@burtleburtle.net) * * http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/ * * These are the credits from Bob's sources: * - * lookup2.c, by Bob Jenkins, December 1996, Public Domain. - * hash(), hash2(), hash3, and mix() are externally useful functions. - * Routines to test the hash are included if SELF_TEST is defined. - * You can use this free for any purpose. It has no warranty. + * lookup3.c, by Bob Jenkins, May 2006, Public Domain. * - * Copyright (C) 2003 David S. Miller (davem@redhat.com) + * These are functions for producing 32-bit hashes for hash table lookup. + * hashword(), hashlittle(), hashlittle2(), hashbig(), mix(), and final() + * are externally useful functions. Routines to test the hash are included + * if SELF_TEST is defined. You can use this free for any purpose. It's in + * the public domain. It has no warranty. + * + * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Jozsef Kadlecsik (kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu) * * I've modified Bob's hash to be useful in the Linux kernel, and - * any bugs present are surely my fault. -DaveM + * any bugs present are my fault. + * Jozsef */ +#include +#include + +/* Best hash sizes are of power of two */ +#define jhash_size(n) ((u32)1<<(n)) +/* Mask the hash value, i.e (value & jhash_mask(n)) instead of (value % n) */ +#define jhash_mask(n) (jhash_size(n)-1) + +/* __jhash_mix -- mix 3 32-bit values reversibly. */ +#define __jhash_mix(a, b, c) \ +{ \ + a -= c; a ^= rol32(c, 4); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rol32(a, 6); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rol32(b, 8); b += a; \ + a -= c; a ^= rol32(c, 16); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rol32(a, 19); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rol32(b, 4); b += a; \ +} -/* NOTE: Arguments are modified. */ -#define __jhash_mix(a, b, c) \ -{ \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>13); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<8); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>13); \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>12); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<16); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>5); \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>3); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<10); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>15); \ +/* __jhash_final - final mixing of 3 32-bit values (a,b,c) into c */ +#define __jhash_final(a, b, c) \ +{ \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 14); \ + a ^= c; a -= rol32(c, 11); \ + b ^= a; b -= rol32(a, 25); \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 16); \ + a ^= c; a -= rol32(c, 4); \ + b ^= a; b -= rol32(a, 14); \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 24); \ } -/* The golden ration: an arbitrary value */ -#define JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO 0x9e3779b9 +/* An arbitrary initial parameter */ +#define JHASH_INITVAL 0xdeadbeef -/* The most generic version, hashes an arbitrary sequence - * of bytes. No alignment or length assumptions are made about - * the input key. +/* jhash - hash an arbitrary key + * @k: sequence of bytes as key + * @length: the length of the key + * @initval: the previous hash, or an arbitray value + * + * The generic version, hashes an arbitrary sequence of bytes. + * No alignment or length assumptions are made about the input key. + * + * Returns the hash value of the key. The result depends on endianness. */ static inline u32 jhash(const void *key, u32 length, u32 initval) { - u32 a, b, c, len; + u32 a, b, c; const u8 *k = key; - len = length; - a = b = JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - c = initval; - - while (len >= 12) { - a += (k[0] +((u32)k[1]<<8) +((u32)k[2]<<16) +((u32)k[3]<<24)); - b += (k[4] +((u32)k[5]<<8) +((u32)k[6]<<16) +((u32)k[7]<<24)); - c += (k[8] +((u32)k[9]<<8) +((u32)k[10]<<16)+((u32)k[11]<<24)); - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Set up the internal state */ + a = b = c = JHASH_INITVAL + length + initval; + /* All but the last block: affect some 32 bits of (a,b,c) */ + while (length > 12) { + a += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k); + b += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k + 4); + c += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k + 8); + __jhash_mix(a, b, c); + length -= 12; k += 12; - len -= 12; } - - c += length; - switch (len) { - case 11: c += ((u32)k[10]<<24); - case 10: c += ((u32)k[9]<<16); - case 9 : c += ((u32)k[8]<<8); - case 8 : b += ((u32)k[7]<<24); - case 7 : b += ((u32)k[6]<<16); - case 6 : b += ((u32)k[5]<<8); - case 5 : b += k[4]; - case 4 : a += ((u32)k[3]<<24); - case 3 : a += ((u32)k[2]<<16); - case 2 : a += ((u32)k[1]<<8); - case 1 : a += k[0]; - }; - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Last block: affect all 32 bits of (c) */ + /* All the case statements fall through */ + switch (length) { + case 12: c += (u32)k[11]<<24; + case 11: c += (u32)k[10]<<16; + case 10: c += (u32)k[9]<<8; + case 9: c += k[8]; + case 8: b += (u32)k[7]<<24; + case 7: b += (u32)k[6]<<16; + case 6: b += (u32)k[5]<<8; + case 5: b += k[4]; + case 4: a += (u32)k[3]<<24; + case 3: a += (u32)k[2]<<16; + case 2: a += (u32)k[1]<<8; + case 1: a += k[0]; + __jhash_final(a, b, c); + case 0: /* Nothing left to add */ + break; + } return c; } -/* A special optimized version that handles 1 or more of u32s. - * The length parameter here is the number of u32s in the key. +/* jhash2 - hash an array of u32's + * @k: the key which must be an array of u32's + * @length: the number of u32's in the key + * @initval: the previous hash, or an arbitray value + * + * Returns the hash value of the key. */ static inline u32 jhash2(const u32 *k, u32 length, u32 initval) { - u32 a, b, c, len; + u32 a, b, c; - a = b = JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - c = initval; - len = length; + /* Set up the internal state */ + a = b = c = JHASH_INITVAL + (length<<2) + initval; - while (len >= 3) { + /* Handle most of the key */ + while (length > 3) { a += k[0]; b += k[1]; c += k[2]; __jhash_mix(a, b, c); - k += 3; len -= 3; + length -= 3; + k += 3; } - c += length * 4; - - switch (len) { - case 2 : b += k[1]; - case 1 : a += k[0]; - }; - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Handle the last 3 u32's: all the case statements fall through */ + switch (length) { + case 3: c += k[2]; + case 2: b += k[1]; + case 1: a += k[0]; + __jhash_final(a, b, c); + case 0: /* Nothing left to add */ + break; + } return c; } -/* A special ultra-optimized versions that knows they are hashing exactly - * 3, 2 or 1 word(s). - * - * NOTE: In particular the "c += length; __jhash_mix(a,b,c);" normally - * done at the end is not done here. - */ +/* jhash_3words - hash exactly 3, 2 or 1 word(s) */ static inline u32 jhash_3words(u32 a, u32 b, u32 c, u32 initval) { - a += JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - b += JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; + a += JHASH_INITVAL; + b += JHASH_INITVAL; c += initval; - __jhash_mix(a, b, c); + __jhash_final(a, b, c); return c; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 05ac10dd6862a3fcce33d2203fbb2ef285e3ca87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felipe Balbi Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 08:49:26 +0200 Subject: usb: musb: trivial search and replace patch change all ocurrences of musb_hdrc to musb-hdrc. We will call glue layer drivers musb-, so in order to keep things somewhat standard, let's change the underscore into a dash. Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi --- include/linux/usb/musb.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/musb.h b/include/linux/usb/musb.h index ee2dd1d506ed..e2191d4db4dd 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/musb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/musb.h @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ * Inventra (Multidrop) Highspeed Dual-Role Controllers: (M)HDRC. * * Board initialization should put one of these into dev->platform_data, - * probably on some platform_device named "musb_hdrc". It encapsulates + * probably on some platform_device named "musb-hdrc". It encapsulates * key configuration differences between boards. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f7ec94370f417fedad4db1054228ef958d48b926 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felipe Balbi Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 09:48:58 +0200 Subject: usb: musb: pass platform_ops via platform_data ... then we don't need to export any symbols from glue layer to musb_core. Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi --- include/linux/usb/musb.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/musb.h b/include/linux/usb/musb.h index e2191d4db4dd..6f4e5014cf5e 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/musb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/musb.h @@ -126,6 +126,9 @@ struct musb_hdrc_platform_data { /* Architecture specific board data */ void *board_data; + + /* Platform specific struct musb_ops pointer */ + const void *platform_ops; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3b7029670d39d22f288ece95254e9ba5ceddd6ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felipe Balbi Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 09:51:00 +0200 Subject: usb: musb: mark ->set_clock deprecated ... we will completely drop that need by moving clock handling to platform glue layer. Marking as deprecated will allow us to catch all users easily. Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi --- include/linux/usb/musb.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/musb.h b/include/linux/usb/musb.h index 6f4e5014cf5e..0b72b5741645 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/musb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/musb.h @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ struct musb_hdrc_platform_data { int (*set_power)(int state); /* Turn device clock on or off */ - int (*set_clock)(struct clk *clock, int is_on); + int (*set_clock)(struct clk *clock, int is_on) __deprecated; /* MUSB configuration-specific details */ struct musb_hdrc_config *config; -- cgit v1.2.3 From fa56df915d101770a495569473b4c13b1904087b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felipe Balbi Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 10:55:29 +0200 Subject: usb: musb: drop the set_clock magic now that platform glue layer handles clock completely, that function is completely useless for us. Drop it. Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi --- include/linux/usb/musb.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/musb.h b/include/linux/usb/musb.h index 0b72b5741645..0b0e383035e5 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/musb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/musb.h @@ -118,9 +118,6 @@ struct musb_hdrc_platform_data { /* Power the device on or off */ int (*set_power)(int state); - /* Turn device clock on or off */ - int (*set_clock)(struct clk *clock, int is_on) __deprecated; - /* MUSB configuration-specific details */ struct musb_hdrc_config *config; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e70357e35c522776d9f56f6800af4ed7a5bdbaaf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hema HK Date: Fri, 10 Dec 2010 18:09:52 +0530 Subject: mfd: TWL6030: OMAP4: Registering the TWL6030-usb device Registering the twl6030-usb transceiver device as a child to twl6030 core. Removed the NOP transceiver init call from board file. Populated twl4030_usb_data platform data structure with the function pointers for OMAP4430 internal PHY operation to be used by twl630-usb driver. Signed-off-by: Hema HK Cc: Samuel Ortiz Cc: Tony Lindgren Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi --- include/linux/i2c/twl.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/i2c/twl.h b/include/linux/i2c/twl.h index c760991b354a..61b9609e55f2 100644 --- a/include/linux/i2c/twl.h +++ b/include/linux/i2c/twl.h @@ -593,6 +593,13 @@ enum twl4030_usb_mode { struct twl4030_usb_data { enum twl4030_usb_mode usb_mode; + + int (*phy_init)(struct device *dev); + int (*phy_exit)(struct device *dev); + /* Power on/off the PHY */ + int (*phy_power)(struct device *dev, int iD, int on); + /* enable/disable phy clocks */ + int (*phy_set_clock)(struct device *dev, int on); }; struct twl4030_ins { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4291ee305e9bb0699504a66f0e2b7aefcf0512a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joe Perches Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 19:29:03 -0800 Subject: HID: Add and use hid_: dev_ equivalents Neaten current uses of dev_ by adding and using hid specific hid_ macros. Convert existing uses of dev_ uses to hid_. Convert hid-pidff printk uses to hid_. Remove err_hid and use hid_err instead. Add missing newlines to logging messages where necessary. Coalesce format strings. Add and use pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt Other miscellaneous changes: Add const struct hid_device * argument to hid-core functions extract() and implement() so hid_ can be used by them. Fix bad indentation in hid-core hid_input_field function that calls extract() function above. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina --- include/linux/hid.h | 32 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++------ 1 file changed, 26 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/hid.h b/include/linux/hid.h index e2af195d8b46..20b9801f669b 100644 --- a/include/linux/hid.h +++ b/include/linux/hid.h @@ -881,12 +881,32 @@ int hid_pidff_init(struct hid_device *hid); #define hid_pidff_init NULL #endif -#define dbg_hid(format, arg...) if (hid_debug) \ - printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: " format ,\ - __FILE__ , ## arg) -#define err_hid(format, arg...) printk(KERN_ERR "%s: " format "\n" , \ - __FILE__ , ## arg) -#endif /* HID_FF */ +#define dbg_hid(format, arg...) \ +do { \ + if (hid_debug) \ + printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: " format, __FILE__, ##arg); \ +} while (0) + +#define hid_printk(level, hid, fmt, arg...) \ + dev_printk(level, &(hid)->dev, fmt, ##arg) +#define hid_emerg(hid, fmt, arg...) \ + dev_emerg(&(hid)->dev, fmt, ##arg) +#define hid_crit(hid, fmt, arg...) \ + dev_crit(&(hid)->dev, fmt, ##arg) +#define hid_alert(hid, fmt, arg...) \ + dev_alert(&(hid)->dev, fmt, ##arg) +#define hid_err(hid, fmt, arg...) \ + dev_err(&(hid)->dev, fmt, ##arg) +#define hid_notice(hid, fmt, arg...) \ + dev_notice(&(hid)->dev, fmt, ##arg) +#define hid_warn(hid, fmt, arg...) \ + dev_warn(&(hid)->dev, fmt, ##arg) +#define hid_info(hid, fmt, arg...) \ + dev_info(&(hid)->dev, fmt, ##arg) +#define hid_dbg(hid, fmt, arg...) \ + dev_dbg(&(hid)->dev, fmt, ##arg) + +#endif /* __KERNEL__ */ #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1f5a24794a54588ea3a9efd521be31d826e0b9d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 12:02:18 -0800 Subject: timers: Rename timerlist infrastructure to timerqueue Thomas pointed out a namespace collision between the new timerlist infrastructure I introduced and the existing timer_list.c So to avoid confusion, I've renamed the timerlist infrastructure to timerqueue. Reported-by: Thomas Gleixner Signed-off-by: John Stultz --- include/linux/timerlist.h | 37 ------------------------------------- include/linux/timerqueue.h | 37 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 37 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/linux/timerlist.h create mode 100644 include/linux/timerqueue.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timerlist.h b/include/linux/timerlist.h deleted file mode 100644 index c46b28ae6e4d..000000000000 --- a/include/linux/timerlist.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H -#define _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H - -#include -#include - - -struct timerlist_node { - struct rb_node node; - ktime_t expires; -}; - -struct timerlist_head { - struct rb_root head; - struct timerlist_node *next; -}; - - -extern void timerlist_add(struct timerlist_head *head, - struct timerlist_node *node); -extern void timerlist_del(struct timerlist_head *head, - struct timerlist_node *node); -extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_getnext(struct timerlist_head *head); -extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_iterate_next( - struct timerlist_node *node); - -static inline void timerlist_init(struct timerlist_node *node) -{ - RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); -} - -static inline void timerlist_init_head(struct timerlist_head *head) -{ - head->head = RB_ROOT; - head->next = NULL; -} -#endif /* _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/timerqueue.h b/include/linux/timerqueue.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..406b103894bd --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/timerqueue.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_TIMERQUEUE_H +#define _LINUX_TIMERQUEUE_H + +#include +#include + + +struct timerqueue_node { + struct rb_node node; + ktime_t expires; +}; + +struct timerqueue_head { + struct rb_root head; + struct timerqueue_node *next; +}; + + +extern void timerqueue_add(struct timerqueue_head *head, + struct timerqueue_node *node); +extern void timerqueue_del(struct timerqueue_head *head, + struct timerqueue_node *node); +extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_getnext(struct timerqueue_head *head); +extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_iterate_next( + struct timerqueue_node *node); + +static inline void timerqueue_init(struct timerqueue_node *node) +{ + RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); +} + +static inline void timerqueue_init_head(struct timerqueue_head *head) +{ + head->head = RB_ROOT; + head->next = NULL; +} +#endif /* _LINUX_TIMERQUEUE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 998adc3dda59f811966b3ccb21eb223680b25ec4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Mon, 20 Sep 2010 19:19:17 -0700 Subject: hrtimers: Convert hrtimers to use timerlist infrastructure Converts the hrtimer code to use the new timerlist infrastructure Signed-off-by: John Stultz LKML Reference: <1290136329-18291-3-git-send-email-john.stultz@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner CC: Alessandro Zummo CC: Thomas Gleixner CC: Richard Cochran --- include/linux/hrtimer.h | 32 +++++++++++++++----------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/hrtimer.h b/include/linux/hrtimer.h index dd9954b79342..330586ffffbb 100644 --- a/include/linux/hrtimer.h +++ b/include/linux/hrtimer.h @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include #include #include - +#include struct hrtimer_clock_base; struct hrtimer_cpu_base; @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ enum hrtimer_restart { /** * struct hrtimer - the basic hrtimer structure - * @node: red black tree node for time ordered insertion - * @_expires: the absolute expiry time in the hrtimers internal + * @node: timerqueue node, which also manages node.expires, + * the absolute expiry time in the hrtimers internal * representation. The time is related to the clock on * which the timer is based. Is setup by adding * slack to the _softexpires value. For non range timers @@ -101,8 +101,7 @@ enum hrtimer_restart { * The hrtimer structure must be initialized by hrtimer_init() */ struct hrtimer { - struct rb_node node; - ktime_t _expires; + struct timerqueue_node node; ktime_t _softexpires; enum hrtimer_restart (*function)(struct hrtimer *); struct hrtimer_clock_base *base; @@ -141,8 +140,7 @@ struct hrtimer_sleeper { struct hrtimer_clock_base { struct hrtimer_cpu_base *cpu_base; clockid_t index; - struct rb_root active; - struct rb_node *first; + struct timerqueue_head active; ktime_t resolution; ktime_t (*get_time)(void); ktime_t softirq_time; @@ -183,43 +181,43 @@ struct hrtimer_cpu_base { static inline void hrtimer_set_expires(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time) { - timer->_expires = time; + timer->node.expires = time; timer->_softexpires = time; } static inline void hrtimer_set_expires_range(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time, ktime_t delta) { timer->_softexpires = time; - timer->_expires = ktime_add_safe(time, delta); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_safe(time, delta); } static inline void hrtimer_set_expires_range_ns(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time, unsigned long delta) { timer->_softexpires = time; - timer->_expires = ktime_add_safe(time, ns_to_ktime(delta)); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_safe(time, ns_to_ktime(delta)); } static inline void hrtimer_set_expires_tv64(struct hrtimer *timer, s64 tv64) { - timer->_expires.tv64 = tv64; + timer->node.expires.tv64 = tv64; timer->_softexpires.tv64 = tv64; } static inline void hrtimer_add_expires(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time) { - timer->_expires = ktime_add_safe(timer->_expires, time); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_safe(timer->node.expires, time); timer->_softexpires = ktime_add_safe(timer->_softexpires, time); } static inline void hrtimer_add_expires_ns(struct hrtimer *timer, u64 ns) { - timer->_expires = ktime_add_ns(timer->_expires, ns); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_ns(timer->node.expires, ns); timer->_softexpires = ktime_add_ns(timer->_softexpires, ns); } static inline ktime_t hrtimer_get_expires(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return timer->_expires; + return timer->node.expires; } static inline ktime_t hrtimer_get_softexpires(const struct hrtimer *timer) @@ -229,7 +227,7 @@ static inline ktime_t hrtimer_get_softexpires(const struct hrtimer *timer) static inline s64 hrtimer_get_expires_tv64(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return timer->_expires.tv64; + return timer->node.expires.tv64; } static inline s64 hrtimer_get_softexpires_tv64(const struct hrtimer *timer) { @@ -238,12 +236,12 @@ static inline s64 hrtimer_get_softexpires_tv64(const struct hrtimer *timer) static inline s64 hrtimer_get_expires_ns(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return ktime_to_ns(timer->_expires); + return ktime_to_ns(timer->node.expires); } static inline ktime_t hrtimer_expires_remaining(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return ktime_sub(timer->_expires, timer->base->get_time()); + return ktime_sub(timer->node.expires, timer->base->get_time()); } #ifdef CONFIG_HIGH_RES_TIMERS -- cgit v1.2.3 From 352a337832774a6929c16b569abe9cedc3db01cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 22:46:29 +0100 Subject: USB: otg: fix link breakage, when the NOP USB Xceiver is a module If the NOP USB OTG transceiver driver is built as a module, the otg.h header declares external functions, but if they are referenced from the kernel proper, as, e.g., in the OMAP3 case, where the omap3evm board is calling the usb_nop_xceiv_register() function, linkage breaks. This patch fixes this problem. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/otg.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/otg.h b/include/linux/usb/otg.h index 0a5b3711e502..a1a1e7a73ec9 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/otg.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/otg.h @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ struct otg_transceiver { /* for board-specific init logic */ extern int otg_set_transceiver(struct otg_transceiver *); -#if defined(CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV) || defined(CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV_MODULE) +#if defined(CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV) || (defined(CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV_MODULE) && defined(MODULE)) /* sometimes transceivers are accessed only through e.g. ULPI */ extern void usb_nop_xceiv_register(void); extern void usb_nop_xceiv_unregister(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From e0c201f339fe7fc38d1b0f6f4755ff627686c7e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pavankumar Kondeti Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 17:53:55 +0530 Subject: USB: Add MSM OTG Controller driver This driver implements PHY initialization, clock management, ULPI IO ops and simple OTG state machine to kick host/peripheral based on Id/VBUS line status. VBUS/Id lines are tied to a reference voltage on some boards. Hence provide debugfs interface to select host/peripheral mode. Signed-off-by: Pavankumar Kondeti Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h | 108 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h | 56 ++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 164 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h create mode 100644 include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b796df94ec72 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* linux/include/asm-arm/arch-msm/hsusb.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 Google, Inc. + * Author: Brian Swetland + * Copyright (c) 2009-2010, Code Aurora Forum. All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public + * License version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation, and + * may be copied, distributed, and modified under those terms. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + */ + +#ifndef __ASM_ARCH_MSM_HSUSB_H +#define __ASM_ARCH_MSM_HSUSB_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * Supported USB modes + * + * USB_PERIPHERAL Only peripheral mode is supported. + * USB_HOST Only host mode is supported. + * USB_OTG OTG mode is supported. + * + */ +enum usb_mode_type { + USB_NONE = 0, + USB_PERIPHERAL, + USB_HOST, + USB_OTG, +}; + +/** + * OTG control + * + * OTG_NO_CONTROL Id/VBUS notifications not required. Useful in host + * only configuration. + * OTG_PHY_CONTROL Id/VBUS notifications comes form USB PHY. + * OTG_PMIC_CONTROL Id/VBUS notifications comes from PMIC hardware. + * OTG_USER_CONTROL Id/VBUS notifcations comes from User via sysfs. + * + */ +enum otg_control_type { + OTG_NO_CONTROL = 0, + OTG_PHY_CONTROL, + OTG_PMIC_CONTROL, + OTG_USER_CONTROL, +}; + +/** + * struct msm_otg_platform_data - platform device data + * for msm72k_otg driver. + * @phy_init_seq: PHY configuration sequence. val, reg pairs + * terminated by -1. + * @vbus_power: VBUS power on/off routine. + * @power_budget: VBUS power budget in mA (0 will be treated as 500mA). + * @mode: Supported mode (OTG/peripheral/host). + * @otg_control: OTG switch controlled by user/Id pin + * @default_mode: Default operational mode. Applicable only if + * OTG switch is controller by user. + * + */ +struct msm_otg_platform_data { + int *phy_init_seq; + void (*vbus_power)(bool on); + unsigned power_budget; + enum usb_mode_type mode; + enum otg_control_type otg_control; + enum usb_mode_type default_mode; + void (*setup_gpio)(enum usb_otg_state state); +}; + +/** + * struct msm_otg: OTG driver data. Shared by HCD and DCD. + * @otg: USB OTG Transceiver structure. + * @pdata: otg device platform data. + * @irq: IRQ number assigned for HSUSB controller. + * @clk: clock struct of usb_hs_clk. + * @pclk: clock struct of usb_hs_pclk. + * @phy_reset_clk: clock struct of usb_phy_clk. + * @core_clk: clock struct of usb_hs_core_clk. + * @regs: ioremapped register base address. + * @inputs: OTG state machine inputs(Id, SessValid etc). + * @sm_work: OTG state machine work. + * + */ +struct msm_otg { + struct otg_transceiver otg; + struct msm_otg_platform_data *pdata; + int irq; + struct clk *clk; + struct clk *pclk; + struct clk *phy_reset_clk; + struct clk *core_clk; + void __iomem *regs; +#define ID 0 +#define B_SESS_VLD 1 + unsigned long inputs; + struct work_struct sm_work; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b061cffcf048 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Google, Inc. + * Author: Brian Swetland + * + * This software is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public + * License version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation, and + * may be copied, distributed, and modified under those terms. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_USB_GADGET_MSM72K_UDC_H__ +#define __LINUX_USB_GADGET_MSM72K_UDC_H__ + +#ifdef CONFIG_ARCH_MSM7X00A +#define USB_SBUSCFG (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0090) +#else +#define USB_AHBBURST (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0090) +#define USB_AHBMODE (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0098) +#endif +#define USB_CAPLENGTH (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0100) /* 8 bit */ + +#define USB_USBCMD (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0140) +#define USB_PORTSC (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0184) +#define USB_OTGSC (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x01A4) +#define USB_USBMODE (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x01A8) + +#define USBCMD_RESET 2 +#define USB_USBINTR (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0148) + +#define PORTSC_PHCD (1 << 23) /* phy suspend mode */ +#define PORTSC_PTS_MASK (3 << 30) +#define PORTSC_PTS_ULPI (3 << 30) + +#define USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT (MSM_USB_BASE + 0x0170) +#define ULPI_RUN (1 << 30) +#define ULPI_WRITE (1 << 29) +#define ULPI_READ (0 << 29) +#define ULPI_ADDR(n) (((n) & 255) << 16) +#define ULPI_DATA(n) ((n) & 255) +#define ULPI_DATA_READ(n) (((n) >> 8) & 255) + +/* OTG definitions */ +#define OTGSC_INTSTS_MASK (0x7f << 16) +#define OTGSC_ID (1 << 8) +#define OTGSC_BSV (1 << 11) +#define OTGSC_IDIS (1 << 16) +#define OTGSC_BSVIS (1 << 19) +#define OTGSC_IDIE (1 << 24) +#define OTGSC_BSVIE (1 << 27) + +#endif /* __LINUX_USB_GADGET_MSM72K_UDC_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 87c0104af742af2acfcbd685f2b9a40f33770dc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pavankumar Kondeti Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 17:53:58 +0530 Subject: USB: OTG: msm: Add support for power management Implement runtime and system pm ops to put hardware into low power mode (LPM). As part of LPM, USB clocks are turned off, PHY is put into suspend state and PHY comparators are turned off if VBUS/Id notifications are not required from PHY. Signed-off-by: Pavankumar Kondeti Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h | 4 ++++ include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h index b796df94ec72..3675e03b1539 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb.h @@ -88,6 +88,8 @@ struct msm_otg_platform_data { * @regs: ioremapped register base address. * @inputs: OTG state machine inputs(Id, SessValid etc). * @sm_work: OTG state machine work. + * @in_lpm: indicates low power mode (LPM) state. + * @async_int: Async interrupt arrived. * */ struct msm_otg { @@ -103,6 +105,8 @@ struct msm_otg { #define B_SESS_VLD 1 unsigned long inputs; struct work_struct sm_work; + atomic_t in_lpm; + int async_int; }; #endif diff --git a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h index b061cffcf048..b92e17349c7b 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/msm_hsusb_hw.h @@ -44,6 +44,9 @@ #define ULPI_DATA(n) ((n) & 255) #define ULPI_DATA_READ(n) (((n) >> 8) & 255) +#define ASYNC_INTR_CTRL (1 << 29) /* Enable async interrupt */ +#define ULPI_STP_CTRL (1 << 30) /* Block communication with PHY */ + /* OTG definitions */ #define OTGSC_INTSTS_MASK (0x7f << 16) #define OTGSC_ID (1 << 8) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 35d2856b4693e8de5d616307b56cef296b839157 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Willi Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 04:37:49 +0000 Subject: xfrm: Add Traffic Flow Confidentiality padding XFRM attribute The XFRMA_TFCPAD attribute for XFRM state installation configures Traffic Flow Confidentiality by padding ESP packets to a specified length. Signed-off-by: Martin Willi Acked-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/xfrm.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/xfrm.h b/include/linux/xfrm.h index b971e3848493..930fdd2de79c 100644 --- a/include/linux/xfrm.h +++ b/include/linux/xfrm.h @@ -283,6 +283,7 @@ enum xfrm_attr_type_t { XFRMA_KMADDRESS, /* struct xfrm_user_kmaddress */ XFRMA_ALG_AUTH_TRUNC, /* struct xfrm_algo_auth */ XFRMA_MARK, /* struct xfrm_mark */ + XFRMA_TFCPAD, /* __u32 */ __XFRMA_MAX #define XFRMA_MAX (__XFRMA_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From a3ae0fc34f58e7163b7724feb3d77aa4603f0dc3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jamie Iles Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 23:39:36 +0000 Subject: 8250: add a UPIO_DWAPB32 for 32 bit accesses Some platforms contain a Synopsys DesignWare APB UART that is attached to a 32-bit APB bus where sub-word accesses are not allowed. Add a new IO type (UPIO_DWAPB32) that performs 32 bit acccesses to the UART. v2: - don't test for 32 bit in the output fast path, provide a separate dwabp32_serial_out() function. Refactor dwabp_serial_out() so that we can reuse the LCR saving code. v3: - rebased on top of "8250: use container_of() instead of casting" Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/serial_core.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_core.h b/include/linux/serial_core.h index 9ff9b7db293b..7a6daf189995 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_core.h @@ -314,6 +314,7 @@ struct uart_port { #define UPIO_TSI (5) /* Tsi108/109 type IO */ #define UPIO_DWAPB (6) /* DesignWare APB UART */ #define UPIO_RM9000 (7) /* RM9000 type IO */ +#define UPIO_DWAPB32 (8) /* DesignWare APB UART (32 bit accesses) */ unsigned int read_status_mask; /* driver specific */ unsigned int ignore_status_mask; /* driver specific */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e596e6e4d578f2639416e620d367a3af34814a40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 12:08:35 +0000 Subject: ethtool: Report link-down while interface is down While an interface is down, many implementations of ethtool_ops::get_link, including the default, ethtool_op_get_link(), will report the last link state seen while the interface was up. In general the current physical link state is not available if the interface is down. Define ETHTOOL_GLINK to reflect whether the interface *and* any physical port have a working link, and consistently return 0 when the interface is down. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ethtool.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ethtool.h b/include/linux/ethtool.h index 6628a507fd3b..1908929204a9 100644 --- a/include/linux/ethtool.h +++ b/include/linux/ethtool.h @@ -691,7 +691,9 @@ struct ethtool_ops { #define ETHTOOL_GMSGLVL 0x00000007 /* Get driver message level */ #define ETHTOOL_SMSGLVL 0x00000008 /* Set driver msg level. */ #define ETHTOOL_NWAY_RST 0x00000009 /* Restart autonegotiation. */ -#define ETHTOOL_GLINK 0x0000000a /* Get link status (ethtool_value) */ +/* Get link status for host, i.e. whether the interface *and* the + * physical port (if there is one) are up (ethtool_value). */ +#define ETHTOOL_GLINK 0x0000000a #define ETHTOOL_GEEPROM 0x0000000b /* Get EEPROM data */ #define ETHTOOL_SEEPROM 0x0000000c /* Set EEPROM data. */ #define ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE 0x0000000e /* Get coalesce config */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6610e0893b8bc6f59b14fed7f089c5997f035f88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Thu, 23 Sep 2010 15:07:34 -0700 Subject: RTC: Rework RTC code to use timerqueue for events This patch reworks a large portion of the generic RTC code to in-effect virtualize the rtc interrupt code. The current RTC interface is very much a raw hardware interface. Via the proc, /dev/, or sysfs interfaces, applciations can set the hardware to trigger interrupts in one of three modes: AIE: Alarm interrupt UIE: Update interrupt (ie: once per second) PIE: Periodic interrupt (sub-second irqs) The problem with this interface is that it limits the RTC hardware so it can only be used by one application at a time. The purpose of this patch is to extend the RTC code so that we can multiplex multiple applications event needs onto a single RTC device. This is done by utilizing the timerqueue infrastructure to manage a list of events, which cause the RTC hardware to be programmed to fire an interrupt for the next event in the list. In order to preserve the functionality of the exsting proc,/dev/ and sysfs interfaces, we emulate the different interrupt modes as follows: AIE: We create a rtc_timer dedicated to AIE mode interrupts. There is only one per device, so we don't change existing interface semantics. UIE: Again, a dedicated rtc_timer, set for periodic mode, is used to emulate UIE interrupts. Again, only one per device. PIE: Since PIE mode interrupts fire faster then the RTC's clock read granularity, we emulate PIE mode interrupts using a hrtimer. Again, one per device. With this patch, the rtctest.c application in Documentation/rtc.txt passes fine on x86 hardware. However, there may very well still be bugs, so greatly I'd appreciate any feedback or testing! Signed-off-by: John Stultz LKML Reference: <1290136329-18291-4-git-send-email-john.stultz@linaro.org> Acked-by: Alessandro Zummo Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner CC: Alessandro Zummo CC: Thomas Gleixner CC: Richard Cochran --- include/linux/rtc.h | 43 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 38 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rtc.h b/include/linux/rtc.h index 14dbc83ded20..a3421abca703 100644 --- a/include/linux/rtc.h +++ b/include/linux/rtc.h @@ -107,12 +107,17 @@ extern int rtc_year_days(unsigned int day, unsigned int month, unsigned int year extern int rtc_valid_tm(struct rtc_time *tm); extern int rtc_tm_to_time(struct rtc_time *tm, unsigned long *time); extern void rtc_time_to_tm(unsigned long time, struct rtc_time *tm); +ktime_t rtc_tm_to_ktime(struct rtc_time tm); +struct rtc_time rtc_ktime_to_tm(ktime_t kt); + #include #include #include #include #include +#include +#include extern struct class *rtc_class; @@ -151,7 +156,19 @@ struct rtc_class_ops { }; #define RTC_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE 20 -struct rtc_task; +typedef struct rtc_task { + void (*func)(void *private_data); + void *private_data; +} rtc_task_t; + + +struct rtc_timer { + struct rtc_task task; + struct timerqueue_node node; + ktime_t period; + int enabled; +}; + /* flags */ #define RTC_DEV_BUSY 0 @@ -179,6 +196,15 @@ struct rtc_device spinlock_t irq_task_lock; int irq_freq; int max_user_freq; + + struct timerqueue_head timerqueue; + struct rtc_timer aie_timer; + struct rtc_timer uie_rtctimer; + struct hrtimer pie_timer; /* sub second exp, so needs hrtimer */ + int pie_enabled; + struct work_struct irqwork; + + #ifdef CONFIG_RTC_INTF_DEV_UIE_EMUL struct work_struct uie_task; struct timer_list uie_timer; @@ -224,15 +250,22 @@ extern int rtc_alarm_irq_enable(struct rtc_device *rtc, unsigned int enabled); extern int rtc_dev_update_irq_enable_emul(struct rtc_device *rtc, unsigned int enabled); -typedef struct rtc_task { - void (*func)(void *private_data); - void *private_data; -} rtc_task_t; +void rtc_aie_update_irq(void *private); +void rtc_uie_update_irq(void *private); +enum hrtimer_restart rtc_pie_update_irq(struct hrtimer *timer); int rtc_register(rtc_task_t *task); int rtc_unregister(rtc_task_t *task); int rtc_control(rtc_task_t *t, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg); +void rtctimer_enqueue(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer *timer); +void rtctimer_remove(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer *timer); +void rtctimer_init(struct rtc_timer *timer, void (*f)(void* p), void* data); +int rtctimer_start(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer* timer, + ktime_t expires, ktime_t period); +int rtctimer_cancel(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer* timer); +void rtctimer_do_work(struct work_struct *work); + static inline bool is_leap_year(unsigned int year) { return (!(year % 4) && (year % 100)) || !(year % 400); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 042620a018afcfba1d678062b62e463b9e43a68d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Thu, 14 Oct 2010 16:22:33 -0700 Subject: RTC: Remove UIE emulation Since we provide UIE interrupts via a rtc_timer, the old emulation code can be removed. Signed-off-by: John Stultz LKML Reference: <1290136329-18291-5-git-send-email-john.stultz@linaro.org> Acked-by: Alessandro Zummo Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner CC: Alessandro Zummo CC: Thomas Gleixner CC: Richard Cochran --- include/linux/rtc.h | 12 ------------ 1 file changed, 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rtc.h b/include/linux/rtc.h index a3421abca703..44e18a2523a3 100644 --- a/include/linux/rtc.h +++ b/include/linux/rtc.h @@ -203,18 +203,6 @@ struct rtc_device struct hrtimer pie_timer; /* sub second exp, so needs hrtimer */ int pie_enabled; struct work_struct irqwork; - - -#ifdef CONFIG_RTC_INTF_DEV_UIE_EMUL - struct work_struct uie_task; - struct timer_list uie_timer; - /* Those fields are protected by rtc->irq_lock */ - unsigned int oldsecs; - unsigned int uie_irq_active:1; - unsigned int stop_uie_polling:1; - unsigned int uie_task_active:1; - unsigned int uie_timer_active:1; -#endif }; #define to_rtc_device(d) container_of(d, struct rtc_device, dev) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 45f74264e18449cf3c93cccaf098ee6e9524ab78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Gleixner Date: Sat, 11 Dec 2010 12:34:34 +0100 Subject: timerqueue: Make timerqueue_getnext() static inline No point in calling a function just to dereference a pointer. Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner Cc: John Stultz --- include/linux/timerqueue.h | 15 ++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timerqueue.h b/include/linux/timerqueue.h index 406b103894bd..d24aabaca474 100644 --- a/include/linux/timerqueue.h +++ b/include/linux/timerqueue.h @@ -20,10 +20,23 @@ extern void timerqueue_add(struct timerqueue_head *head, struct timerqueue_node *node); extern void timerqueue_del(struct timerqueue_head *head, struct timerqueue_node *node); -extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_getnext(struct timerqueue_head *head); extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_iterate_next( struct timerqueue_node *node); +/** + * timerqueue_getnext - Returns the timer with the earlies expiration time + * + * @head: head of timerqueue + * + * Returns a pointer to the timer node that has the + * earliest expiration time. + */ +static inline +struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_getnext(struct timerqueue_head *head) +{ + return head->next; +} + static inline void timerqueue_init(struct timerqueue_node *node) { RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); -- cgit v1.2.3 From dbd2fd656f2060abfd3a16257f8b51ec60f6d2ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 19:58:59 +0100 Subject: cfg80211/nl80211: separate unicast/multicast default TX keys Allow userspace to specify that a given key is default only for unicast and/or multicast transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both, WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast only. For more future flexibility, allow to specify all combiations. Wireless extensions can only set both so use nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still possible). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 27 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 27 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 380421253d16..b8fa25d741ba 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -851,6 +851,10 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HTOPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) * + * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags + * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. + * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1029,6 +1033,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, + NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1774,6 +1780,23 @@ enum nl80211_wpa_versions { NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, }; +/** + * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types + * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default + * unicast key + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default + * multicast key + * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types + */ +enum nl80211_key_default_types { + __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, + + NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES +}; + /** * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid @@ -1790,6 +1813,9 @@ enum nl80211_wpa_versions { * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was * given with the command using the key or not (u32) + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags + * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. + * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute */ @@ -1802,6 +1828,7 @@ enum nl80211_key_attributes { NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, NL80211_KEY_TYPE, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, /* keep last */ __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 44316cb1e97a1e7f76eb3f07e5b0ba91d72e9693 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bing Zhao Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 18:24:41 -0800 Subject: ieee80211: add Parameter Set Count bitmask WMM IE QoS Info field lower 4 bits: Parameter Set Count Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 351c0ab4e284..7f2354534242 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ /* U-APSD queue for WMM IEs sent by AP */ #define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_AP_QOSINFO_UAPSD (1<<7) +#define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_AP_QOSINFO_PARAM_SET_CNT_MASK 0x0f /* U-APSD queues for WMM IEs sent by STA */ #define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_VO (1<<0) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 96c8f06a0fb359a9a89701a7afab6d837e466ab0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Gleixner Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 22:45:48 +0100 Subject: rtc: Namespace fixup rtctimer_* is already occupied by sound/core/rtctimer.c. Instead of fiddling with that, rename the new functions to rtc_timer_* which reads nicer anyway. Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner Cc: John Stultz --- include/linux/rtc.h | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rtc.h b/include/linux/rtc.h index 44e18a2523a3..3c995b4d742c 100644 --- a/include/linux/rtc.h +++ b/include/linux/rtc.h @@ -246,13 +246,13 @@ int rtc_register(rtc_task_t *task); int rtc_unregister(rtc_task_t *task); int rtc_control(rtc_task_t *t, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg); -void rtctimer_enqueue(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer *timer); -void rtctimer_remove(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer *timer); -void rtctimer_init(struct rtc_timer *timer, void (*f)(void* p), void* data); -int rtctimer_start(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer* timer, +void rtc_timer_enqueue(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer *timer); +void rtc_timer_remove(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer *timer); +void rtc_timer_init(struct rtc_timer *timer, void (*f)(void* p), void* data); +int rtc_timer_start(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer* timer, ktime_t expires, ktime_t period); -int rtctimer_cancel(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer* timer); -void rtctimer_do_work(struct work_struct *work); +int rtc_timer_cancel(struct rtc_device *rtc, struct rtc_timer* timer); +void rtc_timer_do_work(struct work_struct *work); static inline bool is_leap_year(unsigned int year) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From ba9effa2ecdc08325bd297d541b4207b2df38184 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Kirill A. Shutemov" Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 19:10:29 +0200 Subject: kbuild: export linux/{a.out,kvm,kvm_para}.h on headers_install_all Export linux/a.out.h, linux/kvm.h and linux/kvm_para.h on headers_install_all if at least one architecture has appropriate files in arch-dependent headers. Signed-off-by: Kirill A. Shutemov Signed-off-by: Michal Marek --- include/linux/Kbuild | 9 ++++++--- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/Kbuild b/include/linux/Kbuild index 97319a8fc1e0..ae31f9521a6d 100644 --- a/include/linux/Kbuild +++ b/include/linux/Kbuild @@ -20,15 +20,18 @@ header-y += wimax/ objhdr-y += version.h ifneq ($(wildcard $(srctree)/arch/$(SRCARCH)/include/asm/a.out.h \ - $(srctree)/include/asm-$(SRCARCH)/a.out.h),) + $(srctree)/include/asm-$(SRCARCH)/a.out.h \ + $(INSTALL_HDR_PATH)/include/asm-*/a.out.h),) header-y += a.out.h endif ifneq ($(wildcard $(srctree)/arch/$(SRCARCH)/include/asm/kvm.h \ - $(srctree)/include/asm-$(SRCARCH)/kvm.h),) + $(srctree)/include/asm-$(SRCARCH)/kvm.h \ + $(INSTALL_HDR_PATH)/include/asm-*/kvm.h),) header-y += kvm.h endif ifneq ($(wildcard $(srctree)/arch/$(SRCARCH)/include/asm/kvm_para.h \ - $(srctree)/include/asm-$(SRCARCH)/kvm_para.h),) + $(srctree)/include/asm-$(SRCARCH)/kvm_para.h \ + $(INSTALL_HDR_PATH)/include/asm-*/kvm_para.h),) header-y += kvm_para.h endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From ed41390fa57a21d06e6e3a3c4bc238bab8957fbb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tejun Heo Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 16:23:10 +0100 Subject: workqueue: deprecate cancel_rearming_delayed_work[queue]() There's no in-kernel user left for these two obsolete functions. Mark them deprecated and schedule for removal during 2.6.39 cycle. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo Acked-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/workqueue.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/workqueue.h b/include/linux/workqueue.h index 0c0771f06bfa..6b5193d70268 100644 --- a/include/linux/workqueue.h +++ b/include/linux/workqueue.h @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ static inline bool __cancel_delayed_work(struct delayed_work *work) } /* Obsolete. use cancel_delayed_work_sync() */ -static inline +static inline __deprecated void cancel_rearming_delayed_workqueue(struct workqueue_struct *wq, struct delayed_work *work) { @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ void cancel_rearming_delayed_workqueue(struct workqueue_struct *wq, } /* Obsolete. use cancel_delayed_work_sync() */ -static inline +static inline __deprecated void cancel_rearming_delayed_work(struct delayed_work *work) { cancel_delayed_work_sync(work); -- cgit v1.2.3 From a293911d4fd5e8593dbf478399a77f990d466269 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 17:54:28 +0100 Subject: nl80211: advertise maximum remain-on-channel duration With the upcoming hardware offload implementation, some devices will have a different maximum duration for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index b8fa25d741ba..1cee56b3a79a 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -773,6 +773,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * cache, a wiphy attribute. * * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. + * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that + * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the + * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. * * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. * @@ -1035,6 +1038,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, + NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 47c78e891323513e9909729b44033e2c6649e2b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henrik Rydberg Date: Sat, 27 Nov 2010 09:16:48 +0100 Subject: input: mt: Break out slots handling In preparation for common code to handle a larger set of MT slots devices, move the slots handling over to a separate file. Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg --- include/linux/input.h | 16 ---------------- include/linux/input/mt.h | 44 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) create mode 100644 include/linux/input/mt.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index 51af441f3a21..99e2a52c0509 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -1082,14 +1082,6 @@ struct ff_effect { #include #include -/** - * struct input_mt_slot - represents the state of an input MT slot - * @abs: holds current values of ABS_MT axes for this slot - */ -struct input_mt_slot { - int abs[ABS_MT_LAST - ABS_MT_FIRST + 1]; -}; - /** * struct input_dev - represents an input device * @name: name of the device @@ -1461,11 +1453,6 @@ static inline void input_mt_sync(struct input_dev *dev) input_event(dev, EV_SYN, SYN_MT_REPORT, 0); } -static inline void input_mt_slot(struct input_dev *dev, int slot) -{ - input_event(dev, EV_ABS, ABS_MT_SLOT, slot); -} - void input_set_capability(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int type, unsigned int code); /** @@ -1578,8 +1565,5 @@ int input_ff_erase(struct input_dev *dev, int effect_id, struct file *file); int input_ff_create_memless(struct input_dev *dev, void *data, int (*play_effect)(struct input_dev *, void *, struct ff_effect *)); -int input_mt_create_slots(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int num_slots); -void input_mt_destroy_slots(struct input_dev *dev); - #endif #endif diff --git a/include/linux/input/mt.h b/include/linux/input/mt.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4f5e9d0e2eae --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/input/mt.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#ifndef _INPUT_MT_H +#define _INPUT_MT_H + +/* + * Input Multitouch Library + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 Henrik Rydberg + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by + * the Free Software Foundation. + */ + +#include + +/** + * struct input_mt_slot - represents the state of an input MT slot + * @abs: holds current values of ABS_MT axes for this slot + */ +struct input_mt_slot { + int abs[ABS_MT_LAST - ABS_MT_FIRST + 1]; +}; + +static inline void input_mt_set_value(struct input_mt_slot *slot, + unsigned code, int value) +{ + slot->abs[code - ABS_MT_FIRST] = value; +} + +static inline int input_mt_get_value(const struct input_mt_slot *slot, + unsigned code) +{ + return slot->abs[code - ABS_MT_FIRST]; +} + +int input_mt_create_slots(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int num_slots); +void input_mt_destroy_slots(struct input_dev *dev); + +static inline void input_mt_slot(struct input_dev *dev, int slot) +{ + input_event(dev, EV_ABS, ABS_MT_SLOT, slot); +} + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8cde81001626c4c60b26ef2eb5fc522885ed9fd0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henrik Rydberg Date: Sat, 27 Nov 2010 10:50:54 +0100 Subject: input: mt: Collect slots initialization code The MT slots devices all follow the same initialization pattern of creating slots and hinting about buffer size. Let drivers call an initialization function instead, and make sure it can be called repeatedly without side effects. Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg --- include/linux/input/mt.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/input/mt.h b/include/linux/input/mt.h index 4f5e9d0e2eae..d7f6518e3222 100644 --- a/include/linux/input/mt.h +++ b/include/linux/input/mt.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ static inline int input_mt_get_value(const struct input_mt_slot *slot, return slot->abs[code - ABS_MT_FIRST]; } -int input_mt_create_slots(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int num_slots); +int input_mt_init_slots(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int num_slots); void input_mt_destroy_slots(struct input_dev *dev); static inline void input_mt_slot(struct input_dev *dev, int slot) -- cgit v1.2.3 From c5f4dec1ceb6ab773bbbefbe64a7c990c7d6b17f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henrik Rydberg Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 13:50:34 +0100 Subject: input: mt: Move tracking and pointer emulation to input-mt The drivers using the type B protocol all report tracking information the same way. The contact id is semantically equivalent to ABS_MT_SLOT, and the handling of ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID only complicates the driver. The situation can be improved upon by providing a common pointer emulation code, thereby removing the need for the tracking id in the driver. This patch moves all tracking event handling over to the input core, simplifying both the existing drivers and the ones currently in preparation. Acked-by: Ping Cheng Acked-by: Jiri Kosina Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg --- include/linux/input.h | 3 +++ include/linux/input/mt.h | 13 +++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 16 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index 99e2a52c0509..6de145df4c1c 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -848,6 +848,7 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { */ #define MT_TOOL_FINGER 0 #define MT_TOOL_PEN 1 +#define MT_TOOL_MAX 1 /* * Values describing the status of a force-feedback effect @@ -1122,6 +1123,7 @@ struct ff_effect { * of tracked contacts * @mtsize: number of MT slots the device uses * @slot: MT slot currently being transmitted + * @trkid: stores MT tracking ID for the current contact * @absinfo: array of &struct absinfo elements holding information * about absolute axes (current value, min, max, flat, fuzz, * resolution) @@ -1206,6 +1208,7 @@ struct input_dev { struct input_mt_slot *mt; int mtsize; int slot; + int trkid; struct input_absinfo *absinfo; diff --git a/include/linux/input/mt.h b/include/linux/input/mt.h index d7f6518e3222..b3ac06a4435d 100644 --- a/include/linux/input/mt.h +++ b/include/linux/input/mt.h @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ #include +#define TRKID_MAX 0xffff + /** * struct input_mt_slot - represents the state of an input MT slot * @abs: holds current values of ABS_MT axes for this slot @@ -36,9 +38,20 @@ static inline int input_mt_get_value(const struct input_mt_slot *slot, int input_mt_init_slots(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int num_slots); void input_mt_destroy_slots(struct input_dev *dev); +static inline int input_mt_new_trkid(struct input_dev *dev) +{ + return dev->trkid++ & TRKID_MAX; +} + static inline void input_mt_slot(struct input_dev *dev, int slot) { input_event(dev, EV_ABS, ABS_MT_SLOT, slot); } +void input_mt_report_slot_state(struct input_dev *dev, + unsigned int tool_type, bool active); + +void input_mt_report_finger_count(struct input_dev *dev, int count); +void input_mt_report_pointer_emulation(struct input_dev *dev, bool use_count); + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From e42a98b520bb22535687ead3120e80edc268279a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henrik Rydberg Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 10:05:43 +0100 Subject: input: mt: Add hovering distance axis Touch devices capable of hovering, i.e., fingers detected a distance from the surface, are not supported by the current input MT protocol. This patch adds ABS_MT_DISTANCE, which may be used to indicate the distance between the contact and the surface. Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg --- include/linux/input.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index 6de145df4c1c..b3a1e02080c0 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -733,11 +733,12 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define ABS_MT_BLOB_ID 0x38 /* Group a set of packets as a blob */ #define ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID 0x39 /* Unique ID of initiated contact */ #define ABS_MT_PRESSURE 0x3a /* Pressure on contact area */ +#define ABS_MT_DISTANCE 0x3b /* Contact hover distance */ #ifdef __KERNEL__ /* Implementation details, userspace should not care about these */ #define ABS_MT_FIRST ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR -#define ABS_MT_LAST ABS_MT_PRESSURE +#define ABS_MT_LAST ABS_MT_DISTANCE #endif #define ABS_MAX 0x3f -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2e80a82a49c4c7eca4e35734380f28298ba5db19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 23:17:36 +0100 Subject: perf: Dynamic pmu types Extend the perf_pmu_register() interface to allow for named and dynamic pmu types. Because we need to support the existing static types we cannot use dynamic types for everything, hence provide a type argument. If we want to enumerate the PMUs they need a name, provide one. Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101117222056.259707703@chello.nl> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index 30e50e2c7f30..21206d27466b 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -588,6 +588,9 @@ struct perf_event; struct pmu { struct list_head entry; + char *name; + int type; + int * __percpu pmu_disable_count; struct perf_cpu_context * __percpu pmu_cpu_context; int task_ctx_nr; @@ -916,7 +919,7 @@ struct perf_output_handle { #ifdef CONFIG_PERF_EVENTS -extern int perf_pmu_register(struct pmu *pmu); +extern int perf_pmu_register(struct pmu *pmu, char *name, int type); extern void perf_pmu_unregister(struct pmu *pmu); extern int perf_num_counters(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From abe43400579d5de0078c2d3a760e6598e183f871 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 23:17:37 +0100 Subject: perf: Sysfs enumeration Simple sysfs emumeration of the PMUs. Use a "event_source" bus, and add PMU devices using their name. Each PMU device has a type attribute which contrains the value needed for perf_event_attr::type to identify this PMU. This is the minimal stub needed to start using this interface, we'll consider extending the sysfs usage later. Cc: Kay Sievers Cc: Greg KH Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101117222056.316982569@chello.nl> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index 21206d27466b..dda5b0a3ff60 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -588,6 +588,7 @@ struct perf_event; struct pmu { struct list_head entry; + struct device *dev; char *name; int type; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d9c407b138926132e1f93c01fb2dee50eb0bb615 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chuck Lever Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 14:55:50 +0000 Subject: NFS: Introduce new-style XDR encoding functions for NFSv3 We're interested in taking advantage of the safety benefits of xdr_streams. These data structures allow more careful checking for buffer overflow while encoding. More careful type checking is also introduced in the new functions. For efficiency, we also eventually want to be able to pass xdr_streams from call_encode() to all XDR encoding functions, rather than building an xdr_stream in every XDR encoding function in the kernel. To do this means all encoders must be ready to handle a passed-in xdr_stream. The new encoders follow the modern paradigm for XDR encoders: BUG on error, and always return a zero status code. Static helper functions are left without the "inline" directive. This allows the compiler to choose automatically how to optimize these for size or speed. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs3.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs3.h b/include/linux/nfs3.h index ac33806ec7f9..e2ee14fd0083 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs3.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs3.h @@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ #define NFS3_MAXGROUPS 16 #define NFS3_FHSIZE 64 #define NFS3_COOKIESIZE 4 +#define NFS3_CREATEVERFSIZE 8 +#define NFS3_COOKIEVERFSIZE 8 #define NFS3_FIFO_DEV (-1) #define NFS3MODE_FMT 0170000 #define NFS3MODE_DIR 0040000 -- cgit v1.2.3 From e4f9323409369a3aeb01885c0c4409d2eeec794a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chuck Lever Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 14:56:30 +0000 Subject: NFS: Introduce new-style XDR decoding functions for NFSv2 We'd like to prevent local buffer overflows caused by malicious or broken servers. New xdr_stream style decoders can do that. For efficiency, we also eventually want to be able to pass xdr_streams from call_decode() to all XDR decoding functions, rather than building an xdr_stream in every XDR decoding function in the kernel. Static helper functions are left without the "inline" directive. This allows the compiler to choose automatically how to optimize these for size or speed. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs3.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs3.h b/include/linux/nfs3.h index e2ee14fd0083..6ccfe3b641e1 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs3.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs3.h @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ #define NFS3_COOKIESIZE 4 #define NFS3_CREATEVERFSIZE 8 #define NFS3_COOKIEVERFSIZE 8 +#define NFS3_WRITEVERFSIZE 8 #define NFS3_FIFO_DEV (-1) #define NFS3MODE_FMT 0170000 #define NFS3MODE_DIR 0040000 -- cgit v1.2.3 From d8367c504e39528a057a5d7a267b6724f7fdb4b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chuck Lever Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 14:57:52 +0000 Subject: lockd: Move nlmdbg_cookie2a() to svclock.c Clean up. nlmdbg_cookie2a() is used only in svclock.c. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/lockd/debug.h | 10 ---------- 1 file changed, 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/lockd/debug.h b/include/linux/lockd/debug.h index 34b2b7f33c3b..257d3779f2ab 100644 --- a/include/linux/lockd/debug.h +++ b/include/linux/lockd/debug.h @@ -44,14 +44,4 @@ #define NLMDBG_XDR 0x0100 #define NLMDBG_ALL 0x7fff - -/* - * Support for printing NLM cookies in dprintk() - */ -#ifdef RPC_DEBUG -struct nlm_cookie; -/* Call this function with the BKL held (it uses a static buffer) */ -extern const char *nlmdbg_cookie2a(const struct nlm_cookie *); -#endif - #endif /* LINUX_LOCKD_DEBUG_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 573c4e1ef53a6b891b73cc2257e1604da754a2e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chuck Lever Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 14:58:11 +0000 Subject: NFS: Simplify ->decode_dirent() calling sequence Clean up. The pointer returned by ->decode_dirent() is no longer used as a pointer. The only call site (xdr_decode() in fs/nfs/dir.c) simply extracts the errno value encoded in the pointer. Replace the returned pointer with a standard integer errno return value. Also, pass the "server" argument as part of the nfs_entry instead of as a separate parameter. It's faster to derive "server" in nfs_readdir_xdr_to_array() since we already have the directory's inode handy. "server" ought to be invariant for a set of entries in the same directory, right? The legacy versions of decode_dirent() don't use "server" anyway, so it's wasted work for them to derive and pass "server" for each entry. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs_xdr.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h b/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h index 80f07198a31a..236e7e4b99a0 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h @@ -484,6 +484,7 @@ struct nfs_entry { struct nfs_fh * fh; struct nfs_fattr * fattr; unsigned char d_type; + struct nfs_server * server; }; /* @@ -1089,7 +1090,7 @@ struct nfs_rpc_ops { int (*pathconf) (struct nfs_server *, struct nfs_fh *, struct nfs_pathconf *); int (*set_capabilities)(struct nfs_server *, struct nfs_fh *); - __be32 *(*decode_dirent)(struct xdr_stream *, struct nfs_entry *, struct nfs_server *, int plus); + int (*decode_dirent)(struct xdr_stream *, struct nfs_entry *, int); void (*read_setup) (struct nfs_read_data *, struct rpc_message *); int (*read_done) (struct rpc_task *, struct nfs_read_data *); void (*write_setup) (struct nfs_write_data *, struct rpc_message *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9f06c719f474be7003763284a990bed6377bb0d4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chuck Lever Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 14:59:18 +0000 Subject: SUNRPC: New xdr_streams XDR encoder API Now that all client-side XDR encoder routines use xdr_streams, there should be no need to support the legacy calling sequence [rpc_rqst *, __be32 *, RPC arg *] anywhere. We can construct an xdr_stream in the generic RPC code, instead of in each encoder function. Also, all the client-side encoder functions return 0 now, making a return value superfluous. Take this opportunity to convert them to return void instead. This is a refactoring change. It should not cause different behavior. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/sunrpc/auth.h | 4 ++-- include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h | 2 +- include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h | 9 +++++++-- 3 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/auth.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/auth.h index b2024757edd5..d88cffbaa6df 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/auth.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/auth.h @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ struct rpc_credops { __be32 * (*crmarshal)(struct rpc_task *, __be32 *); int (*crrefresh)(struct rpc_task *); __be32 * (*crvalidate)(struct rpc_task *, __be32 *); - int (*crwrap_req)(struct rpc_task *, kxdrproc_t, + int (*crwrap_req)(struct rpc_task *, kxdreproc_t, void *, __be32 *, void *); int (*crunwrap_resp)(struct rpc_task *, kxdrproc_t, void *, __be32 *, void *); @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ struct rpc_cred * rpcauth_generic_bind_cred(struct rpc_task *, struct rpc_cred * void put_rpccred(struct rpc_cred *); __be32 * rpcauth_marshcred(struct rpc_task *, __be32 *); __be32 * rpcauth_checkverf(struct rpc_task *, __be32 *); -int rpcauth_wrap_req(struct rpc_task *task, kxdrproc_t encode, void *rqstp, __be32 *data, void *obj); +int rpcauth_wrap_req(struct rpc_task *task, kxdreproc_t encode, void *rqstp, __be32 *data, void *obj); int rpcauth_unwrap_resp(struct rpc_task *task, kxdrproc_t decode, void *rqstp, __be32 *data, void *obj); int rpcauth_refreshcred(struct rpc_task *); void rpcauth_invalcred(struct rpc_task *); diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h index a5a55f284b7d..7b19c4e1ce53 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ struct rpc_version { */ struct rpc_procinfo { u32 p_proc; /* RPC procedure number */ - kxdrproc_t p_encode; /* XDR encode function */ + kxdreproc_t p_encode; /* XDR encode function */ kxdrproc_t p_decode; /* XDR decode function */ unsigned int p_arglen; /* argument hdr length (u32) */ unsigned int p_replen; /* reply hdr length (u32) */ diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h index 498ab93a81e4..a21cf5378c1d 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ struct xdr_netobj { }; /* - * This is the generic XDR function. rqstp is either a rpc_rqst (client - * side) or svc_rqst pointer (server side). + * This is the legacy generic XDR function. rqstp is either a rpc_rqst + * (client side) or svc_rqst pointer (server side). * Encode functions always assume there's enough room in the buffer. */ typedef int (*kxdrproc_t)(void *rqstp, __be32 *data, void *obj); @@ -203,6 +203,11 @@ struct xdr_stream { struct kvec *iov; /* pointer to the current kvec */ }; +/* + * This is the xdr_stream style generic XDR function. + */ +typedef void (*kxdreproc_t)(void *rqstp, struct xdr_stream *xdr, void *obj); + extern void xdr_init_encode(struct xdr_stream *xdr, struct xdr_buf *buf, __be32 *p); extern __be32 *xdr_reserve_space(struct xdr_stream *xdr, size_t nbytes); extern void xdr_write_pages(struct xdr_stream *xdr, struct page **pages, -- cgit v1.2.3 From bf2695516db982e90a22fc94f93491b481796bb1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chuck Lever Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 14:59:29 +0000 Subject: SUNRPC: New xdr_streams XDR decoder API Now that all client-side XDR decoder routines use xdr_streams, there should be no need to support the legacy calling sequence [rpc_rqst *, __be32 *, RPC res *] anywhere. We can construct an xdr_stream in the generic RPC code, instead of in each decoder function. This is a refactoring change. It should not cause different behavior. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/sunrpc/auth.h | 4 ++-- include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h | 2 +- include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h | 3 ++- 3 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/auth.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/auth.h index d88cffbaa6df..8521067ed4f7 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/auth.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/auth.h @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ struct rpc_credops { __be32 * (*crvalidate)(struct rpc_task *, __be32 *); int (*crwrap_req)(struct rpc_task *, kxdreproc_t, void *, __be32 *, void *); - int (*crunwrap_resp)(struct rpc_task *, kxdrproc_t, + int (*crunwrap_resp)(struct rpc_task *, kxdrdproc_t, void *, __be32 *, void *); }; @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ void put_rpccred(struct rpc_cred *); __be32 * rpcauth_marshcred(struct rpc_task *, __be32 *); __be32 * rpcauth_checkverf(struct rpc_task *, __be32 *); int rpcauth_wrap_req(struct rpc_task *task, kxdreproc_t encode, void *rqstp, __be32 *data, void *obj); -int rpcauth_unwrap_resp(struct rpc_task *task, kxdrproc_t decode, void *rqstp, __be32 *data, void *obj); +int rpcauth_unwrap_resp(struct rpc_task *task, kxdrdproc_t decode, void *rqstp, __be32 *data, void *obj); int rpcauth_refreshcred(struct rpc_task *); void rpcauth_invalcred(struct rpc_task *); int rpcauth_uptodatecred(struct rpc_task *); diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h index 7b19c4e1ce53..ef9476a36ff7 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ struct rpc_version { struct rpc_procinfo { u32 p_proc; /* RPC procedure number */ kxdreproc_t p_encode; /* XDR encode function */ - kxdrproc_t p_decode; /* XDR decode function */ + kxdrdproc_t p_decode; /* XDR decode function */ unsigned int p_arglen; /* argument hdr length (u32) */ unsigned int p_replen; /* reply hdr length (u32) */ unsigned int p_count; /* call count */ diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h index a21cf5378c1d..9a21e8102c42 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h @@ -204,9 +204,10 @@ struct xdr_stream { }; /* - * This is the xdr_stream style generic XDR function. + * These are the xdr_stream style generic XDR encode and decode functions. */ typedef void (*kxdreproc_t)(void *rqstp, struct xdr_stream *xdr, void *obj); +typedef int (*kxdrdproc_t)(void *rqstp, struct xdr_stream *xdr, void *obj); extern void xdr_init_encode(struct xdr_stream *xdr, struct xdr_buf *buf, __be32 *p); extern __be32 *xdr_reserve_space(struct xdr_stream *xdr, size_t nbytes); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7db836d4a427c3c64406b00b6d8d745d6335d72a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chuck Lever Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 15:05:42 +0000 Subject: lockd: Split nlm_release_call() The nlm_release_call() function is invoked from both the server and the client side. We're about to introduce a distinct server- and client-side nlm_release_host(), so nlm_release_call() must first be split into a client-side and a server-side version. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/lockd/lockd.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h b/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h index 2dee05e5119a..a32ba62455af 100644 --- a/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h +++ b/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ extern u32 nsm_local_state; * Lockd client functions */ struct nlm_rqst * nlm_alloc_call(struct nlm_host *host); -void nlm_release_call(struct nlm_rqst *); int nlm_async_call(struct nlm_rqst *, u32, const struct rpc_call_ops *); int nlm_async_reply(struct nlm_rqst *, u32, const struct rpc_call_ops *); +void nlmclnt_release_call(struct nlm_rqst *); struct nlm_wait * nlmclnt_prepare_block(struct nlm_host *host, struct file_lock *fl); void nlmclnt_finish_block(struct nlm_wait *block); int nlmclnt_block(struct nlm_wait *block, struct nlm_rqst *req, long timeout); @@ -267,6 +267,7 @@ unsigned long nlmsvc_retry_blocked(void); void nlmsvc_traverse_blocks(struct nlm_host *, struct nlm_file *, nlm_host_match_fn_t match); void nlmsvc_grant_reply(struct nlm_cookie *, __be32); +void nlmsvc_release_call(struct nlm_rqst *); /* * File handling for the server personality -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8ea6ecc8b0759756a766c05dc7c98c51ec90de37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chuck Lever Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 15:05:52 +0000 Subject: lockd: Create client-side nlm_host cache NFS clients don't need the garbage collection processing that is performed on nlm_host structures. The client picks up an nlm_host at mount time and holds a reference to it until the file system is unmounted. Servers, on the other hand, don't have a precise way to tell when an nlm_host is no longer being used, so zero refcount nlm_host entries are left to expire in the cache after a time. Basically there's nothing holding a reference to an nlm_host between individual server-side NLM requests, but we can't afford the expense of recreating them for every new NLM request from a client. The nlm_host cache adds some lifetime hysteresis to entries in the cache so the next time a particular nlm_host is needed, it's likely to be discovered by a lookup rather than created from whole cloth. With the new implementation, client nlm_host cache items are no longer garbage collected, and are destroyed directly by a new release function specialized for client entries, nlmclnt_release_host(). They are cached in their own data structure, and have their own lookup logic, simplified and specialized for client nlm_host entries. However, the client nlm_host cache still shares reboot recovery logic with the server nlm_host cache. The NSM "peer rebooted" downcall for clients and servers still come through the same RPC call. This is a legacy formal API that would be difficult to alter, and besides, the user space NSM implementation can't tell the difference between peers that are clients or servers. For this reason, the client cache continues to share the nlm_host_mutex (and reboot recovery logic) with the server cache. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/lockd/lockd.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h b/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h index a32ba62455af..6c2a0e2f298e 100644 --- a/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h +++ b/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h @@ -223,6 +223,7 @@ struct nlm_host *nlmclnt_lookup_host(const struct sockaddr *sap, const u32 version, const char *hostname, int noresvport); +void nlmclnt_release_host(struct nlm_host *); struct nlm_host *nlmsvc_lookup_host(const struct svc_rqst *rqstp, const char *hostname, const size_t hostname_len); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 67216b94d498f5880d8bba2a6b841880739dd524 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chuck Lever Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 15:06:12 +0000 Subject: lockd: Clean up nlmsvc_lookup_host() Clean up. Change nlmsvc_lookup_host() to be purpose-built for server-side nlm_host management. This replaces the generic nlm_lookup_host() helper function, just like on the client side. The lookup logic is specialized for server host lookups. The server side cache also gets its own specialized equivalent of the nlm_release_host() function. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/lockd/lockd.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h b/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h index 6c2a0e2f298e..ff9abff55aa0 100644 --- a/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h +++ b/include/linux/lockd/lockd.h @@ -227,10 +227,10 @@ void nlmclnt_release_host(struct nlm_host *); struct nlm_host *nlmsvc_lookup_host(const struct svc_rqst *rqstp, const char *hostname, const size_t hostname_len); +void nlmsvc_release_host(struct nlm_host *); struct rpc_clnt * nlm_bind_host(struct nlm_host *); void nlm_rebind_host(struct nlm_host *); struct nlm_host * nlm_get_host(struct nlm_host *); -void nlm_release_host(struct nlm_host *); void nlm_shutdown_hosts(void); void nlm_host_rebooted(const struct nlm_reboot *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From cf4e594ea7e55555e81647b74a3a8e8b2826a529 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 00:52:40 +0200 Subject: nl80211: Add notification for dropped Deauth/Disassoc Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to management frame protection being in use. This notification is needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch between an AP and STA. This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP (IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7). IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 1cee56b3a79a..7483a89cee8f 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -399,6 +399,13 @@ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the * network is determined by the network interface. * + * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame + * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected + * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. + * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame + * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected + * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -508,6 +515,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, + NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, + NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6ce5b1ce5f6922db32599e73bcb22f5cdcbf241f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Timur Tabi Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 14:08:53 -0600 Subject: tty: fix typos/errors in tty_driver.h comments Fix various typos and other errors in comments of tty_driver.h. The most significant is the wrong name of a function for the description of TTY_DRIVER_DYNAMIC_DEV. Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/tty_driver.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tty_driver.h b/include/linux/tty_driver.h index 09678ed370f8..c3d43eb4150c 100644 --- a/include/linux/tty_driver.h +++ b/include/linux/tty_driver.h @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ * unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg); * * This routine allows the tty driver to implement - * device-specific ioctl's. If the ioctl number passed in cmd + * device-specific ioctls. If the ioctl number passed in cmd * is not recognized by the driver, it should return ENOIOCTLCMD. * * Optional @@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ * * void (*hangup)(struct tty_struct *tty); * - * This routine notifies the tty driver that it should hangup the + * This routine notifies the tty driver that it should hang up the * tty device. * * Optional: * - * int (*break_ctl)(struct tty_stuct *tty, int state); + * int (*break_ctl)(struct tty_struct *tty, int state); * * This optional routine requests the tty driver to turn on or * off BREAK status on the RS-232 port. If state is -1, @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ static inline struct tty_driver *tty_driver_kref_get(struct tty_driver *d) * overruns, either.) * * TTY_DRIVER_DYNAMIC_DEV --- if set, the individual tty devices need - * to be registered with a call to tty_register_driver() when the + * to be registered with a call to tty_register_device() when the * device is found in the system and unregistered with a call to * tty_unregister_device() so the devices will be show up * properly in sysfs. If not set, driver->num entries will be -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3f960dbb9dfe29ff283810624c4340c79fde87f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Govindraj.R" Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 18:12:47 +0530 Subject: Serial: Avoid unbalanced IRQ wake disable during resume To avoid unbalanced IRQ wake disable, ensure that wakeups are disabled only when wakeups have been successfully enabled. Tested on OMAP3630SDP/ZOOM3. Signed-off-by: Govindraj.R Reported-by: Paul Walmsley Cc: Santosh Shilimkar Acked-by: Kevin Hilman Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/serial_core.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/serial_core.h b/include/linux/serial_core.h index 7a6daf189995..a23fa29d4eb0 100644 --- a/include/linux/serial_core.h +++ b/include/linux/serial_core.h @@ -365,6 +365,7 @@ struct uart_port { struct device *dev; /* parent device */ unsigned char hub6; /* this should be in the 8250 driver */ unsigned char suspended; + unsigned char irq_wake; unsigned char unused[2]; void *private_data; /* generic platform data pointer */ }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From a3d22a68d752ccc1a01bb0a64dd70b7a98bf9e23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vladislav Zolotarov Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 06:27:10 +0000 Subject: bnx2x: Take the distribution range definition out of skb_tx_hash() Move the calcualation of the Tx hash for a given hash range into a separate function and define the skb_tx_hash(), which calculates a Tx hash for a [0; dev->real_num_tx_queues - 1] hash values range, using this function (__skb_tx_hash()). Signed-off-by: Vladislav Zolotarov Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 10 ++++++++++ include/linux/skbuff.h | 5 +++-- 2 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index d31bc3c94717..445e6825f8eb 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1747,6 +1747,16 @@ static inline void netif_wake_subqueue(struct net_device *dev, u16 queue_index) __netif_schedule(txq->qdisc); } +/* + * Returns a Tx hash for the given packet when dev->real_num_tx_queues is used + * as a distribution range limit for the returned value. + */ +static inline u16 skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, + const struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return __skb_tx_hash(dev, skb, dev->real_num_tx_queues); +} + /** * netif_is_multiqueue - test if device has multiple transmit queues * @dev: network device diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 19f37a6ee6c4..4c4bec6316d9 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -2165,8 +2165,9 @@ static inline bool skb_rx_queue_recorded(const struct sk_buff *skb) return skb->queue_mapping != 0; } -extern u16 skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, - const struct sk_buff *skb); +extern u16 __skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, + const struct sk_buff *skb, + unsigned int num_tx_queues); #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM static inline struct sec_path *skb_sec_path(struct sk_buff *skb) -- cgit v1.2.3 From b236da6931e2482bfe44a7865dd4e7bb036f3496 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 03:09:15 +0000 Subject: net: use NUMA_NO_NODE instead of the magic number -1 Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 445e6825f8eb..cc916c5c3279 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ static inline int netdev_queue_numa_node_read(const struct netdev_queue *q) #if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) return q->numa_node; #else - return -1; + return NUMA_NO_NODE; #endif } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 04fb451eff978ca059399eab83d5594b073caf6f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Micha=C5=82=20Miros=C5=82aw?= Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 15:24:08 +0000 Subject: net: Introduce skb_checksum_start_offset() MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Introduce skb_checksum_start_offset() to replace repetitive calculation. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 4c4bec6316d9..20ec0a64cb9f 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -1355,6 +1355,11 @@ static inline void skb_set_mac_header(struct sk_buff *skb, const int offset) } #endif /* NET_SKBUFF_DATA_USES_OFFSET */ +static inline int skb_checksum_start_offset(const struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return skb->csum_start - skb_headroom(skb); +} + static inline int skb_transport_offset(const struct sk_buff *skb) { return skb_transport_header(skb) - skb->data; -- cgit v1.2.3 From fbc92a3455577ab17615cbcb91826399061bd789 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kay Sievers Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 18:51:05 +0100 Subject: tty: add 'active' sysfs attribute to tty0 and console device tty: add 'active' sysfs attribute to tty0 and console device Userspace can query the actual virtual console, and the configured console devices behind /dev/tt0 and /dev/console. The last entry in the list of devices is the active device, analog to the console= kernel command line option. The attribute supports poll(), which is raised when the virtual console is changed or /dev/console is reconfigured. Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman index 0000000..b138b66 --- include/linux/console.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/console.h b/include/linux/console.h index 875cfb1c8132..9774fe6a1a97 100644 --- a/include/linux/console.h +++ b/include/linux/console.h @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ extern int is_console_locked(void); extern int braille_register_console(struct console *, int index, char *console_options, char *braille_options); extern int braille_unregister_console(struct console *); - +extern void console_sysfs_notify(void); extern int console_suspend_enabled; /* Suspend and resume console messages over PM events */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b76834bc1b6db0a0923eed85c81b1113021b0612 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 11:16:25 -0600 Subject: kprobes: Use this_cpu_ops Use this_cpu ops in various places to optimize per cpu data access. Cc: Jason Baron Cc: Namhyung Kim Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/kprobes.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/kprobes.h b/include/linux/kprobes.h index e7d1b2e0070d..0c251e9f0507 100644 --- a/include/linux/kprobes.h +++ b/include/linux/kprobes.h @@ -303,12 +303,12 @@ struct hlist_head * kretprobe_inst_table_head(struct task_struct *tsk); /* kprobe_running() will just return the current_kprobe on this CPU */ static inline struct kprobe *kprobe_running(void) { - return (__get_cpu_var(current_kprobe)); + return (__this_cpu_read(current_kprobe)); } static inline void reset_current_kprobe(void) { - __get_cpu_var(current_kprobe) = NULL; + __this_cpu_write(current_kprobe, NULL); } static inline struct kprobe_ctlblk *get_kprobe_ctlblk(void) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 909ea96468096b07fbb41aaf69be060d92bd9271 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 16:22:55 +0100 Subject: core: Replace __get_cpu_var with __this_cpu_read if not used for an address. __get_cpu_var() can be replaced with this_cpu_read and will then use a single read instruction with implied address calculation to access the correct per cpu instance. However, the address of a per cpu variable passed to __this_cpu_read() cannot be determined (since it's an implied address conversion through segment prefixes). Therefore apply this only to uses of __get_cpu_var where the address of the variable is not used. Cc: Pekka Enberg Cc: Hugh Dickins Cc: Thomas Gleixner Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/elevator.h | 12 +++--------- include/linux/kernel_stat.h | 2 +- 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/elevator.h b/include/linux/elevator.h index 4fd978e7eb83..4d857973d2c9 100644 --- a/include/linux/elevator.h +++ b/include/linux/elevator.h @@ -195,15 +195,9 @@ enum { /* * io context count accounting */ -#define elv_ioc_count_mod(name, __val) \ - do { \ - preempt_disable(); \ - __get_cpu_var(name) += (__val); \ - preempt_enable(); \ - } while (0) - -#define elv_ioc_count_inc(name) elv_ioc_count_mod(name, 1) -#define elv_ioc_count_dec(name) elv_ioc_count_mod(name, -1) +#define elv_ioc_count_mod(name, __val) this_cpu_add(name, __val) +#define elv_ioc_count_inc(name) this_cpu_inc(name) +#define elv_ioc_count_dec(name) this_cpu_dec(name) #define elv_ioc_count_read(name) \ ({ \ diff --git a/include/linux/kernel_stat.h b/include/linux/kernel_stat.h index ad54c846911b..44e83ba12b5b 100644 --- a/include/linux/kernel_stat.h +++ b/include/linux/kernel_stat.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ extern unsigned long long nr_context_switches(void); #ifndef CONFIG_GENERIC_HARDIRQS #define kstat_irqs_this_cpu(irq) \ - (kstat_this_cpu.irqs[irq]) + (this_cpu_read(kstat.irqs[irq]) struct irq_desc; -- cgit v1.2.3 From a663ffff1d2e94a7c549a37d08ed9169ce83bdd6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 11:39:59 -0600 Subject: percpu: Generic support for this_cpu_add, sub, dec, inc_return Introduce generic support for this_cpu_add_return etc. The fallback is to realize these operations with simpler __this_cpu_ops. tj: - Reformatted __cpu_size_call_return2() to make it more consistent with its neighbors. - Dropped unnecessary temp variable ret__ from __this_cpu_generic_add_return(). Reviewed-by: Tejun Heo Reviewed-by: Mathieu Desnoyers Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/percpu.h | 71 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 71 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/percpu.h b/include/linux/percpu.h index 5095b834a6fb..4d593defc47d 100644 --- a/include/linux/percpu.h +++ b/include/linux/percpu.h @@ -240,6 +240,21 @@ extern void __bad_size_call_parameter(void); pscr_ret__; \ }) +#define __pcpu_size_call_return2(stem, variable, ...) \ +({ \ + typeof(variable) pscr2_ret__; \ + __verify_pcpu_ptr(&(variable)); \ + switch(sizeof(variable)) { \ + case 1: pscr2_ret__ = stem##1(variable, __VA_ARGS__); break; \ + case 2: pscr2_ret__ = stem##2(variable, __VA_ARGS__); break; \ + case 4: pscr2_ret__ = stem##4(variable, __VA_ARGS__); break; \ + case 8: pscr2_ret__ = stem##8(variable, __VA_ARGS__); break; \ + default: \ + __bad_size_call_parameter(); break; \ + } \ + pscr2_ret__; \ +}) + #define __pcpu_size_call(stem, variable, ...) \ do { \ __verify_pcpu_ptr(&(variable)); \ @@ -529,6 +544,62 @@ do { \ # define __this_cpu_xor(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call(__this_cpu_xor_, (pcp), (val)) #endif +#define _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) \ +({ \ + typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + preempt_disable(); \ + __this_cpu_add(pcp, val); \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + preempt_enable(); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef this_cpu_add_return +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_1 +# define this_cpu_add_return_1(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_2 +# define this_cpu_add_return_2(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_4 +# define this_cpu_add_return_4(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_8 +# define this_cpu_add_return_8(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# define this_cpu_add_return(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_add_return_, pcp, val) +#endif + +#define this_cpu_sub_return(pcp, val) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -(val)) +#define this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) +#define this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) + +#define __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) \ +({ \ + __this_cpu_add(pcp, val); \ + __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ +}) + +#ifndef __this_cpu_add_return +# ifndef __this_cpu_add_return_1 +# define __this_cpu_add_return_1(pcp, val) __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_add_return_2 +# define __this_cpu_add_return_2(pcp, val) __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_add_return_4 +# define __this_cpu_add_return_4(pcp, val) __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_add_return_8 +# define __this_cpu_add_return_8(pcp, val) __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# define __this_cpu_add_return(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_add_return_, pcp, val) +#endif + +#define __this_cpu_sub_return(pcp, val) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -(val)) +#define __this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) +#define __this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) + /* * IRQ safe versions of the per cpu RMW operations. Note that these operations * are *not* safe against modification of the same variable from another -- cgit v1.2.3 From cfb824349556904b319464139be5c75fce983b0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 11:40:03 -0600 Subject: highmem: Use this_cpu_xx_return() operations Use this_cpu operations to optimize access primitives for highmem. The main effect is the avoidance of address calculations through the use of a segment prefix. V3->V4 - kmap_atomic_idx: Do not return a value. - Use __this_cpu_dec without HIGHMEM_DEBUG Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Catalin Marinas Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/highmem.h | 13 ++++++++----- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/highmem.h b/include/linux/highmem.h index b676c585574e..3a93f73a8acc 100644 --- a/include/linux/highmem.h +++ b/include/linux/highmem.h @@ -81,7 +81,8 @@ DECLARE_PER_CPU(int, __kmap_atomic_idx); static inline int kmap_atomic_idx_push(void) { - int idx = __get_cpu_var(__kmap_atomic_idx)++; + int idx = __this_cpu_inc_return(__kmap_atomic_idx) - 1; + #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_HIGHMEM WARN_ON_ONCE(in_irq() && !irqs_disabled()); BUG_ON(idx > KM_TYPE_NR); @@ -91,16 +92,18 @@ static inline int kmap_atomic_idx_push(void) static inline int kmap_atomic_idx(void) { - return __get_cpu_var(__kmap_atomic_idx) - 1; + return __this_cpu_read(__kmap_atomic_idx) - 1; } -static inline int kmap_atomic_idx_pop(void) +static inline void kmap_atomic_idx_pop(void) { - int idx = --__get_cpu_var(__kmap_atomic_idx); #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_HIGHMEM + int idx = __this_cpu_dec_return(__kmap_atomic_idx); + BUG_ON(idx < 0); +#else + __this_cpu_dec(__kmap_atomic_idx); #endif - return idx; } #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 403047754cf690b012369b8fb563b738b88086e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tejun Heo Date: Fri, 17 Dec 2010 15:47:04 +0100 Subject: percpu,x86: relocate this_cpu_add_return() and friends - include/linux/percpu.h: this_cpu_add_return() and friends were located next to __this_cpu_add_return(). However, the overall organization is to first group by preemption safeness. Relocate this_cpu_add_return() and friends to preemption-safe area. - arch/x86/include/asm/percpu.h: Relocate percpu_add_return_op() after other more basic operations. Relocate [__]this_cpu_add_return_8() so that they're first grouped by preemption safeness. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo Cc: Christoph Lameter --- include/linux/percpu.h | 60 +++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+), 30 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/percpu.h b/include/linux/percpu.h index 4d593defc47d..3484e88d93f8 100644 --- a/include/linux/percpu.h +++ b/include/linux/percpu.h @@ -417,6 +417,36 @@ do { \ # define this_cpu_xor(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call(this_cpu_or_, (pcp), (val)) #endif +#define _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) \ +({ \ + typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + preempt_disable(); \ + __this_cpu_add(pcp, val); \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + preempt_enable(); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef this_cpu_add_return +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_1 +# define this_cpu_add_return_1(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_2 +# define this_cpu_add_return_2(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_4 +# define this_cpu_add_return_4(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_8 +# define this_cpu_add_return_8(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) +# endif +# define this_cpu_add_return(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_add_return_, pcp, val) +#endif + +#define this_cpu_sub_return(pcp, val) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -(val)) +#define this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) +#define this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) + /* * Generic percpu operations that do not require preemption handling. * Either we do not care about races or the caller has the @@ -544,36 +574,6 @@ do { \ # define __this_cpu_xor(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call(__this_cpu_xor_, (pcp), (val)) #endif -#define _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) \ -({ \ - typeof(pcp) ret__; \ - preempt_disable(); \ - __this_cpu_add(pcp, val); \ - ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ - preempt_enable(); \ - ret__; \ -}) - -#ifndef this_cpu_add_return -# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_1 -# define this_cpu_add_return_1(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) -# endif -# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_2 -# define this_cpu_add_return_2(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) -# endif -# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_4 -# define this_cpu_add_return_4(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) -# endif -# ifndef this_cpu_add_return_8 -# define this_cpu_add_return_8(pcp, val) _this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) -# endif -# define this_cpu_add_return(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_add_return_, pcp, val) -#endif - -#define this_cpu_sub_return(pcp, val) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -(val)) -#define this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) -#define this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) - #define __this_cpu_generic_add_return(pcp, val) \ ({ \ __this_cpu_add(pcp, val); \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e27fc9641e8ddc8146f8e01f06e5eba2469698de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tejun Heo Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 21:36:11 -0800 Subject: rcu: increase synchronize_sched_expedited() batching The fix in commit #6a0cc49 requires more than three concurrent instances of synchronize_sched_expedited() before batching is possible. This patch uses a ticket-counter-like approach that is also not unrelated to Lai Jiangshan's Ring RCU to allow sharing of expedited grace periods even when there are only two concurrent instances of synchronize_sched_expedited(). This commit builds on Tejun's original posting, which may be found at http://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/9/204, adding memory barriers, avoiding overflow of signed integers (other than via atomic_t), and fixing the detection of batching. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rcupdate.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rcupdate.h b/include/linux/rcupdate.h index 49e8e16308e1..af5614856285 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcupdate.h +++ b/include/linux/rcupdate.h @@ -47,6 +47,8 @@ extern int rcutorture_runnable; /* for sysctl */ #endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST */ +#define UINT_CMP_GE(a, b) (UINT_MAX / 2 >= (a) - (b)) +#define UINT_CMP_LT(a, b) (UINT_MAX / 2 < (a) - (b)) #define ULONG_CMP_GE(a, b) (ULONG_MAX / 2 >= (a) - (b)) #define ULONG_CMP_LT(a, b) (ULONG_MAX / 2 < (a) - (b)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8a9c1cee26c0ece23b38c45b92b724438878f842 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mariusz Kozlowski Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 23:11:12 +0100 Subject: rculist: fix borked __list_for_each_rcu() macro This restores parentheses blance. Signed-off-by: Mariusz Kozlowski Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rculist.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rculist.h b/include/linux/rculist.h index f31ef61f1c65..70d3ba504d17 100644 --- a/include/linux/rculist.h +++ b/include/linux/rculist.h @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ static inline void list_splice_init_rcu(struct list_head *list, #define __list_for_each_rcu(pos, head) \ for (pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(head)); \ pos != (head); \ - pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu((pos))) + pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(pos))) /** * list_for_each_entry_rcu - iterate over rcu list of given type -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3c2dcf2aed5ea22ecf65a9a871c4963faec421b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Paul E. McKenney" Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 21:12:15 -0800 Subject: rcu: remove unused __list_for_each_rcu() macro Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rculist.h | 5 ----- 1 file changed, 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rculist.h b/include/linux/rculist.h index 70d3ba504d17..2dea94fc4402 100644 --- a/include/linux/rculist.h +++ b/include/linux/rculist.h @@ -241,11 +241,6 @@ static inline void list_splice_init_rcu(struct list_head *list, #define list_first_entry_rcu(ptr, type, member) \ list_entry_rcu((ptr)->next, type, member) -#define __list_for_each_rcu(pos, head) \ - for (pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(head)); \ - pos != (head); \ - pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(pos))) - /** * list_for_each_entry_rcu - iterate over rcu list of given type * @pos: the type * to use as a loop cursor. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2b7124428561c7c3cfa4a58cc4c6feea53f3148e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Sat, 18 Dec 2010 15:54:04 +0100 Subject: percpu: Generic this_cpu_cmpxchg() and this_cpu_xchg support Generic code to provide new per cpu atomic features this_cpu_cmpxchg this_cpu_xchg Fallback occurs to functions using interrupts disable/enable to ensure correct per cpu atomicity. Fallback to regular cmpxchg and xchg is not possible since per cpu atomic semantics include the guarantee that the current cpus per cpu data is accessed atomically. Use of regular cmpxchg and xchg requires the determination of the address of the per cpu data before regular cmpxchg or xchg which therefore cannot be atomically included in an xchg or cmpxchg without segment override. tj: - Relocated new ops to conform better to the general organization. - This patch contains a trivial comment fix. Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/percpu.h | 134 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 133 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/percpu.h b/include/linux/percpu.h index 3484e88d93f8..27c3c6fcfad3 100644 --- a/include/linux/percpu.h +++ b/include/linux/percpu.h @@ -447,6 +447,59 @@ do { \ #define this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) #define this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) +#define _this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) \ +({ typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + preempt_disable(); \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + __this_cpu_write(pcp, nval); \ + preempt_enable(); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef this_cpu_xchg +# ifndef this_cpu_xchg_1 +# define this_cpu_xchg_1(pcp, nval) _this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_xchg_2 +# define this_cpu_xchg_2(pcp, nval) _this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_xchg_4 +# define this_cpu_xchg_4(pcp, nval) _this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_xchg_8 +# define this_cpu_xchg_8(pcp, nval) _this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# define this_cpu_xchg(pcp, nval) \ + __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_xchg_, (pcp), nval) +#endif + +#define _this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ +({ typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + preempt_disable(); \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + if (ret__ == (oval)) \ + __this_cpu_write(pcp, nval); \ + preempt_enable(); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef this_cpu_cmpxchg +# ifndef this_cpu_cmpxchg_1 +# define this_cpu_cmpxchg_1(pcp, oval, nval) _this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_cmpxchg_2 +# define this_cpu_cmpxchg_2(pcp, oval, nval) _this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_cmpxchg_4 +# define this_cpu_cmpxchg_4(pcp, oval, nval) _this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef this_cpu_cmpxchg_8 +# define this_cpu_cmpxchg_8(pcp, oval, nval) _this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# define this_cpu_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ + __pcpu_size_call_return2(this_cpu_cmpxchg_, pcp, oval, nval) +#endif + /* * Generic percpu operations that do not require preemption handling. * Either we do not care about races or the caller has the @@ -600,11 +653,61 @@ do { \ #define __this_cpu_inc_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, 1) #define __this_cpu_dec_return(pcp) this_cpu_add_return(pcp, -1) +#define __this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) \ +({ typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + __this_cpu_write(pcp, nval); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef __this_cpu_xchg +# ifndef __this_cpu_xchg_1 +# define __this_cpu_xchg_1(pcp, nval) __this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_xchg_2 +# define __this_cpu_xchg_2(pcp, nval) __this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_xchg_4 +# define __this_cpu_xchg_4(pcp, nval) __this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_xchg_8 +# define __this_cpu_xchg_8(pcp, nval) __this_cpu_generic_xchg(pcp, nval) +# endif +# define __this_cpu_xchg(pcp, nval) \ + __pcpu_size_call_return2(__this_cpu_xchg_, (pcp), nval) +#endif + +#define __this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ +({ \ + typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + if (ret__ == (oval)) \ + __this_cpu_write(pcp, nval); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef __this_cpu_cmpxchg +# ifndef __this_cpu_cmpxchg_1 +# define __this_cpu_cmpxchg_1(pcp, oval, nval) __this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_cmpxchg_2 +# define __this_cpu_cmpxchg_2(pcp, oval, nval) __this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_cmpxchg_4 +# define __this_cpu_cmpxchg_4(pcp, oval, nval) __this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef __this_cpu_cmpxchg_8 +# define __this_cpu_cmpxchg_8(pcp, oval, nval) __this_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# define __this_cpu_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ + __pcpu_size_call_return2(__this_cpu_cmpxchg_, pcp, oval, nval) +#endif + /* * IRQ safe versions of the per cpu RMW operations. Note that these operations * are *not* safe against modification of the same variable from another * processors (which one gets when using regular atomic operations) - . They are guaranteed to be atomic vs. local interrupts and + * They are guaranteed to be atomic vs. local interrupts and * preemption only. */ #define irqsafe_cpu_generic_to_op(pcp, val, op) \ @@ -691,4 +794,33 @@ do { \ # define irqsafe_cpu_xor(pcp, val) __pcpu_size_call(irqsafe_cpu_xor_, (val)) #endif +#define irqsafe_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ +({ \ + typeof(pcp) ret__; \ + unsigned long flags; \ + local_irq_save(flags); \ + ret__ = __this_cpu_read(pcp); \ + if (ret__ == (oval)) \ + __this_cpu_write(pcp, nval); \ + local_irq_restore(flags); \ + ret__; \ +}) + +#ifndef irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg +# ifndef irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_1 +# define irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_1(pcp, oval, nval) irqsafe_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_2 +# define irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_2(pcp, oval, nval) irqsafe_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_4 +# define irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_4(pcp, oval, nval) irqsafe_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# ifndef irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_8 +# define irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_8(pcp, oval, nval) irqsafe_cpu_generic_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) +# endif +# define irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg(pcp, oval, nval) \ + __pcpu_size_call_return2(irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg_, (pcp), oval, nval) +#endif + #endif /* __LINUX_PERCPU_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c6eda6c5eeb357ff231121619fb49d2bc0605faf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 09:33:12 +0530 Subject: mfd/tc35892: rename tc35892 header to tc3589x Rename the header file to include further variants within the same mfd core driver Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h | 136 -------------------------------------------- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 136 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 136 insertions(+), 136 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h create mode 100644 include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h deleted file mode 100644 index eff3094ca84e..000000000000 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson SA 2010 - * - * License Terms: GNU General Public License, version 2 - */ - -#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H -#define __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H - -#include - -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) - -#define TC35892_IRQST 0x91 - -#define TC35892_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 -#define TC35892_MANFCODE 0x80 -#define TC35892_VERSION 0x81 -#define TC35892_IOCFG 0xA7 - -#define TC35892_CLKMODE 0x88 -#define TC35892_CLKCFG 0x89 -#define TC35892_CLKEN 0x8A - -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL 0x82 -#define TC35892_EXTRSTN 0x83 -#define TC35892_RSTINTCLR 0x84 - -#define TC35892_GPIOIS0 0xC9 -#define TC35892_GPIOIS1 0xCA -#define TC35892_GPIOIS2 0xCB -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE0 0xCC -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE1 0xCD -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE2 0xCE -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV0 0xCF -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE0 0xD2 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE1 0xD3 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE2 0xD4 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS0 0xD6 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS1 0xD7 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS2 0xD8 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS1 0xDA -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS2 0xDB -#define TC35892_GPIOIC0 0xDC -#define TC35892_GPIOIC1 0xDD -#define TC35892_GPIOIC2 0xDE - -#define TC35892_GPIODATA0 0xC0 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA1 0xC2 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA2 0xC4 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 - -#define TC35892_GPIODIR0 0xC6 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR1 0xC7 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR2 0xC8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB - -#define TC35892_GPIOODM0 0xE0 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE0 0xE1 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM1 0xE2 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE1 0xE3 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM2 0xE4 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE2 0xE5 - -#define TC35892_INT_GPIIRQ 0 -#define TC35892_INT_TI0IRQ 1 -#define TC35892_INT_TI1IRQ 2 -#define TC35892_INT_TI2IRQ 3 -#define TC35892_INT_ROTIRQ 5 -#define TC35892_INT_KBDIRQ 6 -#define TC35892_INT_PORIRQ 7 - -#define TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 -#define TC35892_INT_GPIO(x) (TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) - -struct tc35892 { - struct mutex lock; - struct device *dev; - struct i2c_client *i2c; - - int irq_base; - int num_gpio; - struct tc35892_platform_data *pdata; -}; - -extern int tc35892_reg_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 data); -extern int tc35892_reg_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg); -extern int tc35892_block_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, - u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_block_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, - const u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_set_bits(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); - -/** - * struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data - TC35892 GPIO platform data - * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC35892. A maximum of - * %TC35892_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. - * @setup: callback for board-specific initialization - * @remove: callback for board-specific teardown - */ -struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data { - int gpio_base; - void (*setup)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); - void (*remove)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); -}; - -/** - * struct tc35892_platform_data - TC35892 platform data - * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC35892_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. - * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data - */ -struct tc35892_platform_data { - int irq_base; - struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data *gpio; -}; - -#define TC35892_NR_GPIOS 24 -#define TC35892_NR_IRQS TC35892_INT_GPIO(TC35892_NR_GPIOS) - -#endif diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eff3094ca84e --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson SA 2010 + * + * License Terms: GNU General Public License, version 2 + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H +#define __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H + +#include + +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) + +#define TC35892_IRQST 0x91 + +#define TC35892_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 +#define TC35892_MANFCODE 0x80 +#define TC35892_VERSION 0x81 +#define TC35892_IOCFG 0xA7 + +#define TC35892_CLKMODE 0x88 +#define TC35892_CLKCFG 0x89 +#define TC35892_CLKEN 0x8A + +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL 0x82 +#define TC35892_EXTRSTN 0x83 +#define TC35892_RSTINTCLR 0x84 + +#define TC35892_GPIOIS0 0xC9 +#define TC35892_GPIOIS1 0xCA +#define TC35892_GPIOIS2 0xCB +#define TC35892_GPIOIBE0 0xCC +#define TC35892_GPIOIBE1 0xCD +#define TC35892_GPIOIBE2 0xCE +#define TC35892_GPIOIEV0 0xCF +#define TC35892_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 +#define TC35892_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 +#define TC35892_GPIOIE0 0xD2 +#define TC35892_GPIOIE1 0xD3 +#define TC35892_GPIOIE2 0xD4 +#define TC35892_GPIORIS0 0xD6 +#define TC35892_GPIORIS1 0xD7 +#define TC35892_GPIORIS2 0xD8 +#define TC35892_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 +#define TC35892_GPIOMIS1 0xDA +#define TC35892_GPIOMIS2 0xDB +#define TC35892_GPIOIC0 0xDC +#define TC35892_GPIOIC1 0xDD +#define TC35892_GPIOIC2 0xDE + +#define TC35892_GPIODATA0 0xC0 +#define TC35892_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 +#define TC35892_GPIODATA1 0xC2 +#define TC35892_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 +#define TC35892_GPIODATA2 0xC4 +#define TC35892_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 + +#define TC35892_GPIODIR0 0xC6 +#define TC35892_GPIODIR1 0xC7 +#define TC35892_GPIODIR2 0xC8 + +#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 +#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 +#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 + +#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 +#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA +#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB + +#define TC35892_GPIOODM0 0xE0 +#define TC35892_GPIOODE0 0xE1 +#define TC35892_GPIOODM1 0xE2 +#define TC35892_GPIOODE1 0xE3 +#define TC35892_GPIOODM2 0xE4 +#define TC35892_GPIOODE2 0xE5 + +#define TC35892_INT_GPIIRQ 0 +#define TC35892_INT_TI0IRQ 1 +#define TC35892_INT_TI1IRQ 2 +#define TC35892_INT_TI2IRQ 3 +#define TC35892_INT_ROTIRQ 5 +#define TC35892_INT_KBDIRQ 6 +#define TC35892_INT_PORIRQ 7 + +#define TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 +#define TC35892_INT_GPIO(x) (TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) + +struct tc35892 { + struct mutex lock; + struct device *dev; + struct i2c_client *i2c; + + int irq_base; + int num_gpio; + struct tc35892_platform_data *pdata; +}; + +extern int tc35892_reg_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 data); +extern int tc35892_reg_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg); +extern int tc35892_block_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, + u8 *values); +extern int tc35892_block_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, + const u8 *values); +extern int tc35892_set_bits(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); + +/** + * struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data - TC35892 GPIO platform data + * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC35892. A maximum of + * %TC35892_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. + * @setup: callback for board-specific initialization + * @remove: callback for board-specific teardown + */ +struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data { + int gpio_base; + void (*setup)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); + void (*remove)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); +}; + +/** + * struct tc35892_platform_data - TC35892 platform data + * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC35892_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. + * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data + */ +struct tc35892_platform_data { + int irq_base; + struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data *gpio; +}; + +#define TC35892_NR_GPIOS 24 +#define TC35892_NR_IRQS TC35892_INT_GPIO(TC35892_NR_GPIOS) + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 20406ebff4a298e6e3abbc1717a90bb3e55dc820 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 09:33:14 +0530 Subject: mfd/tc3589x: rename tc35892 structs/registers to tc359x Most of the register layout, client IRQ numbers on the TC35892 is shared also by other variants. Make this generic as tc3589x Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 202 ++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------- 1 file changed, 101 insertions(+), 101 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h index eff3094ca84e..ea1918896f5b 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -4,133 +4,133 @@ * License Terms: GNU General Public License, version 2 */ -#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H -#define __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H +#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC3589x_H +#define __LINUX_MFD_TC3589x_H #include -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) - -#define TC35892_IRQST 0x91 - -#define TC35892_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 -#define TC35892_MANFCODE 0x80 -#define TC35892_VERSION 0x81 -#define TC35892_IOCFG 0xA7 - -#define TC35892_CLKMODE 0x88 -#define TC35892_CLKCFG 0x89 -#define TC35892_CLKEN 0x8A - -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL 0x82 -#define TC35892_EXTRSTN 0x83 -#define TC35892_RSTINTCLR 0x84 - -#define TC35892_GPIOIS0 0xC9 -#define TC35892_GPIOIS1 0xCA -#define TC35892_GPIOIS2 0xCB -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE0 0xCC -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE1 0xCD -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE2 0xCE -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV0 0xCF -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE0 0xD2 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE1 0xD3 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE2 0xD4 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS0 0xD6 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS1 0xD7 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS2 0xD8 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS1 0xDA -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS2 0xDB -#define TC35892_GPIOIC0 0xDC -#define TC35892_GPIOIC1 0xDD -#define TC35892_GPIOIC2 0xDE - -#define TC35892_GPIODATA0 0xC0 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA1 0xC2 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA2 0xC4 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 - -#define TC35892_GPIODIR0 0xC6 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR1 0xC7 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR2 0xC8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB - -#define TC35892_GPIOODM0 0xE0 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE0 0xE1 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM1 0xE2 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE1 0xE3 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM2 0xE4 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE2 0xE5 - -#define TC35892_INT_GPIIRQ 0 -#define TC35892_INT_TI0IRQ 1 -#define TC35892_INT_TI1IRQ 2 -#define TC35892_INT_TI2IRQ 3 -#define TC35892_INT_ROTIRQ 5 -#define TC35892_INT_KBDIRQ 6 -#define TC35892_INT_PORIRQ 7 - -#define TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 -#define TC35892_INT_GPIO(x) (TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) - -struct tc35892 { +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) + +#define TC3589x_IRQST 0x91 + +#define TC3589x_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 +#define TC3589x_MANFCODE 0x80 +#define TC3589x_VERSION 0x81 +#define TC3589x_IOCFG 0xA7 + +#define TC3589x_CLKMODE 0x88 +#define TC3589x_CLKCFG 0x89 +#define TC3589x_CLKEN 0x8A + +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL 0x82 +#define TC3589x_EXTRSTN 0x83 +#define TC3589x_RSTINTCLR 0x84 + +#define TC3589x_GPIOIS0 0xC9 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIS1 0xCA +#define TC3589x_GPIOIS2 0xCB +#define TC3589x_GPIOIBE0 0xCC +#define TC3589x_GPIOIBE1 0xCD +#define TC3589x_GPIOIBE2 0xCE +#define TC3589x_GPIOIEV0 0xCF +#define TC3589x_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIE0 0xD2 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIE1 0xD3 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIE2 0xD4 +#define TC3589x_GPIORIS0 0xD6 +#define TC3589x_GPIORIS1 0xD7 +#define TC3589x_GPIORIS2 0xD8 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMIS1 0xDA +#define TC3589x_GPIOMIS2 0xDB +#define TC3589x_GPIOIC0 0xDC +#define TC3589x_GPIOIC1 0xDD +#define TC3589x_GPIOIC2 0xDE + +#define TC3589x_GPIODATA0 0xC0 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 +#define TC3589x_GPIODATA1 0xC2 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 +#define TC3589x_GPIODATA2 0xC4 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 + +#define TC3589x_GPIODIR0 0xC6 +#define TC3589x_GPIODIR1 0xC7 +#define TC3589x_GPIODIR2 0xC8 + +#define TC3589x_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 +#define TC3589x_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 +#define TC3589x_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 + +#define TC3589x_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 +#define TC3589x_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA +#define TC3589x_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB + +#define TC3589x_GPIOODM0 0xE0 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODE0 0xE1 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODM1 0xE2 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODE1 0xE3 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODM2 0xE4 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODE2 0xE5 + +#define TC3589x_INT_GPIIRQ 0 +#define TC3589x_INT_TI0IRQ 1 +#define TC3589x_INT_TI1IRQ 2 +#define TC3589x_INT_TI2IRQ 3 +#define TC3589x_INT_ROTIRQ 5 +#define TC3589x_INT_KBDIRQ 6 +#define TC3589x_INT_PORIRQ 7 + +#define TC3589x_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 +#define TC3589x_INT_GPIO(x) (TC3589x_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) + +struct tc3589x { struct mutex lock; struct device *dev; struct i2c_client *i2c; int irq_base; int num_gpio; - struct tc35892_platform_data *pdata; + struct tc3589x_platform_data *pdata; }; -extern int tc35892_reg_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 data); -extern int tc35892_reg_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg); -extern int tc35892_block_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, +extern int tc3589x_reg_write(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 data); +extern int tc3589x_reg_read(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg); +extern int tc3589x_block_read(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 length, u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_block_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, +extern int tc3589x_block_write(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 length, const u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_set_bits(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); +extern int tc3589x_set_bits(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); /** - * struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data - TC35892 GPIO platform data - * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC35892. A maximum of - * %TC35892_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. + * struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data - TC3589x GPIO platform data + * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC3589x. A maximum of + * %TC3589x_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. * @setup: callback for board-specific initialization * @remove: callback for board-specific teardown */ -struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data { +struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data { int gpio_base; - void (*setup)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); - void (*remove)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); + void (*setup)(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, unsigned gpio_base); + void (*remove)(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, unsigned gpio_base); }; /** - * struct tc35892_platform_data - TC35892 platform data - * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC35892_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. + * struct tc3589x_platform_data - TC3589x platform data + * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC3589x_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data */ -struct tc35892_platform_data { +struct tc3589x_platform_data { int irq_base; - struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data *gpio; + struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data *gpio; }; -#define TC35892_NR_GPIOS 24 -#define TC35892_NR_IRQS TC35892_INT_GPIO(TC35892_NR_GPIOS) +#define TC3589x_NR_GPIOS 24 +#define TC3589x_NR_IRQS TC3589x_INT_GPIO(TC3589x_NR_GPIOS) #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 611b7590afa6e6c6b0942b1d3efef17fbb348ef5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 09:33:15 +0530 Subject: mfd/tc3589x: add block identifier for multiple child devices Add block identifier to be able to add multiple mfd clients to the mfd core Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h index ea1918896f5b..da00958b12d9 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -9,6 +9,11 @@ #include +enum tx3589x_block { + TC3589x_BLOCK_GPIO = 1 << 0, + TC3589x_BLOCK_KEYPAD = 1 << 1, +}; + #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) @@ -122,10 +127,12 @@ struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data { /** * struct tc3589x_platform_data - TC3589x platform data + * @block: bitmask of blocks to enable (use TC3589x_BLOCK_*) * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC3589x_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data */ struct tc3589x_platform_data { + unsigned int block; int irq_base; struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data *gpio; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 85b7720039fc000b561c20fe2aaa3b54cddae4a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henrik Rydberg Date: Sat, 18 Dec 2010 20:51:13 +0100 Subject: Input: introduce device properties Today, userspace sets up an input device based on the data it emits. This is not always enough; a tablet and a touchscreen may emit exactly the same data, for instance, but the former should be set up with a pointer whereas the latter does not need to. Recently, a new type of touchpad has emerged where the buttons are under the pad, which changes logic without changing the emitted data. This patch introduces a new ioctl, EVIOCGPROP, which enables user access to a set of device properties useful during setup. The properties are given as a bitmap in the same fashion as the event types, and are also made available via sysfs, uevent and /proc/bus/input/devices. Acked-by: Ping Cheng Acked-by: Chase Douglas Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov Signed-off-by: Henrik Rydberg --- include/linux/input.h | 16 ++++++++++++++++ include/linux/uinput.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 17 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index b3a1e02080c0..8d9c76cd3c43 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -91,6 +91,7 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define EVIOCGNAME(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x06, len) /* get device name */ #define EVIOCGPHYS(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x07, len) /* get physical location */ #define EVIOCGUNIQ(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x08, len) /* get unique identifier */ +#define EVIOCGPROP(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x09, len) /* get device properties */ #define EVIOCGKEY(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x18, len) /* get global key state */ #define EVIOCGLED(len) _IOC(_IOC_READ, 'E', 0x19, len) /* get all LEDs */ @@ -107,6 +108,18 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define EVIOCGRAB _IOW('E', 0x90, int) /* Grab/Release device */ +/* + * Device properties and quirks + */ + +#define INPUT_PROP_POINTER 0x00 /* needs a pointer */ +#define INPUT_PROP_DIRECT 0x01 /* direct input devices */ +#define INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD 0x02 /* has button(s) under pad */ +#define INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT 0x03 /* touch rectangle only */ + +#define INPUT_PROP_MAX 0x1f +#define INPUT_PROP_CNT (INPUT_PROP_MAX + 1) + /* * Event types */ @@ -1090,6 +1103,7 @@ struct ff_effect { * @phys: physical path to the device in the system hierarchy * @uniq: unique identification code for the device (if device has it) * @id: id of the device (struct input_id) + * @propbit: bitmap of device properties and quirks * @evbit: bitmap of types of events supported by the device (EV_KEY, * EV_REL, etc.) * @keybit: bitmap of keys/buttons this device has @@ -1173,6 +1187,8 @@ struct input_dev { const char *uniq; struct input_id id; + unsigned long propbit[BITS_TO_LONGS(INPUT_PROP_CNT)]; + unsigned long evbit[BITS_TO_LONGS(EV_CNT)]; unsigned long keybit[BITS_TO_LONGS(KEY_CNT)]; unsigned long relbit[BITS_TO_LONGS(REL_CNT)]; diff --git a/include/linux/uinput.h b/include/linux/uinput.h index 05f7fed2b173..d28c726ede4f 100644 --- a/include/linux/uinput.h +++ b/include/linux/uinput.h @@ -104,6 +104,7 @@ struct uinput_ff_erase { #define UI_SET_FFBIT _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 107, int) #define UI_SET_PHYS _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 108, char*) #define UI_SET_SWBIT _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 109, int) +#define UI_SET_PROPBIT _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 110, int) #define UI_BEGIN_FF_UPLOAD _IOWR(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 200, struct uinput_ff_upload) #define UI_END_FF_UPLOAD _IOW(UINPUT_IOCTL_BASE, 201, struct uinput_ff_upload) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 24bdd9f4c9af75b33b438d60381a67626de0128d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:37:48 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Rename mesh_params to mesh_config to prepare for mesh_setup Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it. This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config in preparation for mesh_setup. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 15 ++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 7483a89cee8f..11a1de67b618 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. * - * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS: Get mesh networking properties for the + * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX * - * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS: Set mesh networking properties for the + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX * * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The @@ -448,8 +448,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, - NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS, - NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS, + NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, + NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, @@ -538,6 +538,10 @@ enum nl80211_commands { #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT +/* source-level API compatibility */ +#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG +#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG + /** * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes * @@ -922,7 +926,7 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, - NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS, + NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, @@ -1058,6 +1062,7 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { /* source-level API compatibility */ #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION +#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG /* * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them -- cgit v1.2.3 From c80d545da3f7c0e534ccd4a780f322f80a92cff1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:37:49 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Let userspace enable and configure vendor specific path selection. Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the 802.11s draft. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/nl80211.h | 47 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---- 2 files changed, 68 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 7f2354534242..cd681681d211 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -1291,6 +1291,31 @@ enum ieee80211_key_len { WLAN_KEY_LEN_AES_CMAC = 16, }; +/** + * enum - mesh path selection protocol identifier + * + * @IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_HWMP: the default path selection protocol + * @IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_VENDOR: a vendor specific protocol that will + * be specified in a vendor specific information element + */ +enum { + IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_HWMP = 0, + IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_VENDOR = 255, +}; + +/** + * enum - mesh path selection metric identifier + * + * @IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_AIRTIME: the default path selection metric + * @IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_VENDOR: a vendor specific metric that will be + * specified in a vendor specific information element + */ +enum { + IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_AIRTIME = 0, + IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_VENDOR = 255, +}; + + /* * IEEE 802.11-2007 7.3.2.9 Country information element * diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 11a1de67b618..69eaccac78c4 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -872,6 +872,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be + * changed once the mesh is active. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1054,6 +1057,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, + NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1564,7 +1569,8 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { /** * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters * - * Mesh configuration parameters + * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is + * active. * * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use * @@ -1587,9 +1593,6 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh * point. * - * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a - * source mesh point for path selection elements. - * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically * open peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. * @@ -1616,6 +1619,9 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a + * source mesh point for path selection elements. + * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute * * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use @@ -1643,6 +1649,39 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 }; +/** + * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters + * + * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be + * changed while the mesh is active. + * + * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a + * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the default + * HWMP. + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a + * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime + * metric. + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE: A vendor specific information + * element that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and + * metrics in use. + * + * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use + */ +enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { + __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 +}; + /** * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved -- cgit v1.2.3 From 39fd5de4472b7b222c6cec78d72b069133f694e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 11:30:28 +0900 Subject: nl80211: Export available antennas Export the information which antennas are available for configuration as TX or RX antennas via nl80211. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 69eaccac78c4..2b89b712565b 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -858,6 +858,12 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available + * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available + * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS * * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be @@ -1059,6 +1065,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 61ad5394590c5c5338ab4ec50553d809a9996d50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:23:34 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Remove unused third address from mesh address extension header. The Mesh Control header only includes 0, 1 or 2 addresses. If there is one address, it should be interpreted as Address 4. If there are 2, they are interpreted as Addresses 5 and 6 (Address 4 being the 4th address in the 802.11 header). The address extension used to hold up to 3 addresses instead of the current 2. I'm not sure which draft version changed this, but it is very unlikely that it will change again given the state of the approval process of this draft. See section 7.1.3.6.3 in current draft (8.0). Also, note that the extra address that I'm removing was not being used, so this change has no effect on over-the-air frame formats. But I thought I better remove it before someone does start using it. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index cd681681d211..6042228954a7 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -536,7 +536,6 @@ struct ieee80211s_hdr { __le32 seqnum; u8 eaddr1[6]; u8 eaddr2[6]; - u8 eaddr3[6]; } __attribute__ ((packed)); /* Mesh flags */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From da1f026b532ce944d74461497dc6d8c16456466e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Janusz Krzysztofik Date: Mon, 20 Dec 2010 21:09:22 +0000 Subject: Keyboard: omap-keypad: use matrix_keypad.h Most keypad drivers make use of the defined macros, structures and inline functions. Convert omap-keypad driver to use those as well, as suggested by a compile time warning, hardcoded into the OMAP . Created against linux-2.6.37-rc5. Tested on Amstrad Delta. Compile tested with omap1_defconfig and omap2plus_defconfig shrinked to board-h4. Signed-off-by: Janusz Krzysztofik Reviewed-by: Aaro Koskinen Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren --- include/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h b/include/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h index 80352ad6581a..697474691749 100644 --- a/include/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h +++ b/include/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ #define KEY(row, col, val) ((((row) & (MATRIX_MAX_ROWS - 1)) << 24) |\ (((col) & (MATRIX_MAX_COLS - 1)) << 16) |\ - (val & 0xffff)) + ((val) & 0xffff)) #define KEY_ROW(k) (((k) >> 24) & 0xff) #define KEY_COL(k) (((k) >> 16) & 0xff) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4a7863cc2eb5f9804f1c4e9156619a801cd7f14f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 14:00:03 -0500 Subject: x86, nmi_watchdog: Remove ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG and rely on CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR The x86 arch has shifted its use of the nmi_watchdog from a local implementation to the global one provide by kernel/watchdog.c. This shift has caused a whole bunch of compile problems under different config options. I attempt to simplify things with the patch below. In order to simplify things, I had to come to terms with the meaning of two terms ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG and CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR. Basically they mean the same thing, the former on a local level and the latter on a global level. With the old x86 nmi watchdog gone, there is no need to rely on defining the ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG variable because it doesn't make sense any more. x86 will now use the global implementation. The changes below do a few things. First it changes the few places that relied on ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG to use CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC (the former was an alias for the latter anyway, so nothing unusual here). Those pieces of code were relying more on local apic functionality the nmi watchdog functionality, so the change should make sense. Second, I removed the x86 implementation of touch_nmi_watchdog(). It isn't need now, instead x86 will rely on kernel/watchdog.c's implementation. Third, I removed the #define ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG itself from x86. And tweaked the include/linux/nmi.h file to tell users to look for an externally defined touch_nmi_watchdog in the case of ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG _or_ CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR. This changes removes some of the ugliness in that file. Finally, I added a Kconfig dependency for CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR that said you can't have ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG _and_ CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR. You can only have one nmi_watchdog. Tested with ARCH=i386: allnoconfig, defconfig, allyesconfig, (various broken configs) ARCH=x86_64: allnoconfig, defconfig, allyesconfig, (various broken configs) Hopefully, after this patch I won't get any more compile broken emails. :-) v3: changed a couple of 'linux/nmi.h' -> 'asm/nmi.h' to pick-up correct function prototypes when CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR is not set. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com LKML-Reference: <1293044403-14117-1-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 6 +----- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 17ccf44e7dcb..c536f8545f74 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -14,18 +14,14 @@ * may be used to reset the timeout - for code which intentionally * disables interrupts for a long time. This call is stateless. */ -#ifdef ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG +#if defined(ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG) || defined(CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR) #include extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #else -#ifndef CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) { touch_softlockup_watchdog(); } -#else -extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); -#endif #endif /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0131d8973c8b9bd9d40fee8fae24eab24821efdb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 10:54:46 +0100 Subject: of/address: use proper endianess in get_flags This patch changes u32 to __be32 for all "ranges", "prop" and "addr" and such. Those variables are pointing to the device tree which contains integers in big endian format. Most functions are doing it right because of_read_number() is doing the right thing for them. of_bus_isa_get_flags(), of_bus_pci_get_flags() and of_bus_isa_map() were accessing the data directly and were doing it wrong. Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt Signed-off-by: Grant Likely --- include/linux/of_address.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/of_address.h b/include/linux/of_address.h index 8aea06f0564c..2feda6ee6140 100644 --- a/include/linux/of_address.h +++ b/include/linux/of_address.h @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ #include #include -extern u64 of_translate_address(struct device_node *np, const u32 *addr); +extern u64 of_translate_address(struct device_node *np, const __be32 *addr); extern int of_address_to_resource(struct device_node *dev, int index, struct resource *r); extern void __iomem *of_iomap(struct device_node *device, int index); @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ static inline unsigned long pci_address_to_pio(phys_addr_t addr) { return -1; } #endif #ifdef CONFIG_PCI -extern const u32 *of_get_pci_address(struct device_node *dev, int bar_no, +extern const __be32 *of_get_pci_address(struct device_node *dev, int bar_no, u64 *size, unsigned int *flags); extern int of_pci_address_to_resource(struct device_node *dev, int bar, struct resource *r); @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ static inline int of_pci_address_to_resource(struct device_node *dev, int bar, return -ENOSYS; } -static inline const u32 *of_get_pci_address(struct device_node *dev, +static inline const __be32 *of_get_pci_address(struct device_node *dev, int bar_no, u64 *size, unsigned int *flags) { return NULL; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7063c0d942a1af2993531fbe52b4c74c1db818c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Feng Tang Date: Fri, 24 Dec 2010 13:59:11 +0800 Subject: spi/dw_spi: add DMA support dw_spi driver in upstream only supports PIO mode, and this patch will support it to cowork with the Designware dma controller used on Intel Moorestown platform, at the same time it provides a general framework to support dw_spi core to cowork with dma controllers on other platforms It has been tested with a Option GTM501L 3G modem and Infenion 60x60 modem. To use DMA mode, DMA controller 2 of Moorestown has to be enabled Also change the dma interface suggested by Linus Walleij. Acked-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Feng Tang [Typo fix and renames to match intel_mid_dma renaming] Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul Signed-off-by: Alan Cox Signed-off-by: Grant Likely --- include/linux/spi/dw_spi.h | 24 +++++++++++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/spi/dw_spi.h b/include/linux/spi/dw_spi.h index c91302f3a257..6cd10f6ad472 100644 --- a/include/linux/spi/dw_spi.h +++ b/include/linux/spi/dw_spi.h @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ #ifndef DW_SPI_HEADER_H #define DW_SPI_HEADER_H + #include /* Bit fields in CTRLR0 */ @@ -82,6 +83,13 @@ struct dw_spi_reg { though only low 16 bits matters */ } __packed; +struct dw_spi; +struct dw_spi_dma_ops { + int (*dma_init)(struct dw_spi *dws); + void (*dma_exit)(struct dw_spi *dws); + int (*dma_transfer)(struct dw_spi *dws, int cs_change); +}; + struct dw_spi { struct spi_master *master; struct spi_device *cur_dev; @@ -136,13 +144,15 @@ struct dw_spi { /* Dma info */ int dma_inited; struct dma_chan *txchan; + struct scatterlist tx_sgl; struct dma_chan *rxchan; - int txdma_done; - int rxdma_done; - u64 tx_param; - u64 rx_param; + struct scatterlist rx_sgl; + int dma_chan_done; struct device *dma_dev; - dma_addr_t dma_addr; + dma_addr_t dma_addr; /* phy address of the Data register */ + struct dw_spi_dma_ops *dma_ops; + void *dma_priv; /* platform relate info */ + struct pci_dev *dmac; /* Bus interface info */ void *priv; @@ -216,4 +226,8 @@ extern int dw_spi_add_host(struct dw_spi *dws); extern void dw_spi_remove_host(struct dw_spi *dws); extern int dw_spi_suspend_host(struct dw_spi *dws); extern int dw_spi_resume_host(struct dw_spi *dws); +extern void dw_spi_xfer_done(struct dw_spi *dws); + +/* platform related setup */ +extern int dw_spi_mid_init(struct dw_spi *dws); /* Intel MID platforms */ #endif /* DW_SPI_HEADER_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c7b61de5b7b17f0df34dc7d2f8b9576f8bd36fce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Stern Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 00:14:42 +0100 Subject: PM / Runtime: Add synchronous runtime interface for interrupt handlers (v3) This patch (as1431c) makes the synchronous runtime-PM interface suitable for use in interrupt handlers. Subsystems can call the new pm_runtime_irq_safe() function to tell the PM core that a device's runtime_suspend and runtime_resume callbacks should be invoked with interrupts disabled and the spinlock held. This permits the pm_runtime_get_sync() and the new pm_runtime_put_sync_suspend() routines to be called from within interrupt handlers. When a device is declared irq-safe in this way, the PM core increments the parent's usage count, so the parent will never be runtime suspended. This prevents difficult situations in which an irq-safe device can't resume because it is forced to wait for its non-irq-safe parent. Signed-off-by: Alan Stern Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki --- include/linux/pm.h | 1 + include/linux/pm_runtime.h | 7 +++++++ 2 files changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/pm.h b/include/linux/pm.h index 40f3f45702ba..61f2066e6852 100644 --- a/include/linux/pm.h +++ b/include/linux/pm.h @@ -486,6 +486,7 @@ struct dev_pm_info { unsigned int run_wake:1; unsigned int runtime_auto:1; unsigned int no_callbacks:1; + unsigned int irq_safe:1; unsigned int use_autosuspend:1; unsigned int timer_autosuspends:1; enum rpm_request request; diff --git a/include/linux/pm_runtime.h b/include/linux/pm_runtime.h index d19f1cca7f74..e9cc049ccb62 100644 --- a/include/linux/pm_runtime.h +++ b/include/linux/pm_runtime.h @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ extern int pm_generic_runtime_idle(struct device *dev); extern int pm_generic_runtime_suspend(struct device *dev); extern int pm_generic_runtime_resume(struct device *dev); extern void pm_runtime_no_callbacks(struct device *dev); +extern void pm_runtime_irq_safe(struct device *dev); extern void __pm_runtime_use_autosuspend(struct device *dev, bool use); extern void pm_runtime_set_autosuspend_delay(struct device *dev, int delay); extern unsigned long pm_runtime_autosuspend_expiration(struct device *dev); @@ -124,6 +125,7 @@ static inline int pm_generic_runtime_idle(struct device *dev) { return 0; } static inline int pm_generic_runtime_suspend(struct device *dev) { return 0; } static inline int pm_generic_runtime_resume(struct device *dev) { return 0; } static inline void pm_runtime_no_callbacks(struct device *dev) {} +static inline void pm_runtime_irq_safe(struct device *dev) {} static inline void pm_runtime_mark_last_busy(struct device *dev) {} static inline void __pm_runtime_use_autosuspend(struct device *dev, @@ -196,6 +198,11 @@ static inline int pm_runtime_put_sync(struct device *dev) return __pm_runtime_idle(dev, RPM_GET_PUT); } +static inline int pm_runtime_put_sync_suspend(struct device *dev) +{ + return __pm_runtime_suspend(dev, RPM_GET_PUT); +} + static inline int pm_runtime_put_sync_autosuspend(struct device *dev) { return __pm_runtime_suspend(dev, RPM_GET_PUT | RPM_AUTO); -- cgit v1.2.3 From a2867e08c8e3bdbc00caf56bc3bdde19ccc058e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Rafael J. Wysocki" Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 22:58:31 +0100 Subject: PM / Wakeup: Replace pm_check_wakeup_events() with pm_wakeup_pending() To avoid confusion with the meaning and return value of pm_check_wakeup_events() replace it with pm_wakeup_pending() that will work the other way around (ie. return true when system-wide power transition should be aborted). Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki --- include/linux/suspend.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/suspend.h b/include/linux/suspend.h index 26697514c5ec..144b34be5c32 100644 --- a/include/linux/suspend.h +++ b/include/linux/suspend.h @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ extern int unregister_pm_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); /* drivers/base/power/wakeup.c */ extern bool events_check_enabled; -extern bool pm_check_wakeup_events(void); +extern bool pm_wakeup_pending(void); extern bool pm_get_wakeup_count(unsigned int *count); extern bool pm_save_wakeup_count(unsigned int count); #else /* !CONFIG_PM_SLEEP */ @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ static inline int unregister_pm_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb) #define pm_notifier(fn, pri) do { (void)(fn); } while (0) -static inline bool pm_check_wakeup_events(void) { return true; } +static inline bool pm_wakeup_pending(void) { return false; } #endif /* !CONFIG_PM_SLEEP */ extern struct mutex pm_mutex; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b8c76f6aed0ab7df73a6410f3f82de2c831bb144 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Rafael J. Wysocki" Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 00:51:21 +0100 Subject: PM: Replace the device power.status field with a bit field The device power.status field is too complicated for its purpose (storing the information about whether or not the device is in the "active" state from the PM core's point of view), so replace it with a bit field and modify all of its users accordingly. Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki --- include/linux/device.h | 4 ++-- include/linux/pm.h | 43 ++----------------------------------------- 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 43 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/device.h b/include/linux/device.h index dd4895313468..45bc8c1669d2 100644 --- a/include/linux/device.h +++ b/include/linux/device.h @@ -508,13 +508,13 @@ static inline int device_is_registered(struct device *dev) static inline void device_enable_async_suspend(struct device *dev) { - if (dev->power.status == DPM_ON) + if (!dev->power.in_suspend) dev->power.async_suspend = true; } static inline void device_disable_async_suspend(struct device *dev) { - if (dev->power.status == DPM_ON) + if (!dev->power.in_suspend) dev->power.async_suspend = false; } diff --git a/include/linux/pm.h b/include/linux/pm.h index 61f2066e6852..c1756dfeb8c5 100644 --- a/include/linux/pm.h +++ b/include/linux/pm.h @@ -366,45 +366,6 @@ extern struct dev_pm_ops generic_subsys_pm_ops; #define PMSG_AUTO_RESUME ((struct pm_message) \ { .event = PM_EVENT_AUTO_RESUME, }) -/** - * Device power management states - * - * These state labels are used internally by the PM core to indicate the current - * status of a device with respect to the PM core operations. - * - * DPM_ON Device is regarded as operational. Set this way - * initially and when ->complete() is about to be called. - * Also set when ->prepare() fails. - * - * DPM_PREPARING Device is going to be prepared for a PM transition. Set - * when ->prepare() is about to be called. - * - * DPM_RESUMING Device is going to be resumed. Set when ->resume(), - * ->thaw(), or ->restore() is about to be called. - * - * DPM_SUSPENDING Device has been prepared for a power transition. Set - * when ->prepare() has just succeeded. - * - * DPM_OFF Device is regarded as inactive. Set immediately after - * ->suspend(), ->freeze(), or ->poweroff() has succeeded. - * Also set when ->resume()_noirq, ->thaw_noirq(), or - * ->restore_noirq() is about to be called. - * - * DPM_OFF_IRQ Device is in a "deep sleep". Set immediately after - * ->suspend_noirq(), ->freeze_noirq(), or - * ->poweroff_noirq() has just succeeded. - */ - -enum dpm_state { - DPM_INVALID, - DPM_ON, - DPM_PREPARING, - DPM_RESUMING, - DPM_SUSPENDING, - DPM_OFF, - DPM_OFF_IRQ, -}; - /** * Device run-time power management status. * @@ -463,8 +424,8 @@ struct wakeup_source; struct dev_pm_info { pm_message_t power_state; unsigned int can_wakeup:1; - unsigned async_suspend:1; - enum dpm_state status; /* Owned by the PM core */ + unsigned int async_suspend:1; + unsigned int in_suspend:1; /* Owned by the PM core */ spinlock_t lock; #ifdef CONFIG_PM_SLEEP struct list_head entry; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4b31db8a16fa0d4d6a0fa42d044e7a4f4dad3641 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Rafael J. Wysocki" Date: Fri, 24 Dec 2010 15:04:06 +0100 Subject: PM / Runtime: Generic resume shouldn't set RPM_ACTIVE unconditionally The __pm_generic_resume() function changes the given device's runtime PM status to RPM_ACTIVE if its driver's callback returns 0, but it only should do that if the rumtime PM is enabled for the device. Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki --- include/linux/pm_runtime.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/pm_runtime.h b/include/linux/pm_runtime.h index e9cc049ccb62..d34f067e2a7f 100644 --- a/include/linux/pm_runtime.h +++ b/include/linux/pm_runtime.h @@ -82,6 +82,11 @@ static inline bool pm_runtime_suspended(struct device *dev) && !dev->power.disable_depth; } +static inline bool pm_runtime_enabled(struct device *dev) +{ + return !dev->power.disable_depth; +} + static inline void pm_runtime_mark_last_busy(struct device *dev) { ACCESS_ONCE(dev->power.last_busy) = jiffies; @@ -120,6 +125,7 @@ static inline void pm_runtime_put_noidle(struct device *dev) {} static inline bool device_run_wake(struct device *dev) { return false; } static inline void device_set_run_wake(struct device *dev, bool enable) {} static inline bool pm_runtime_suspended(struct device *dev) { return false; } +static inline bool pm_runtime_enabled(struct device *dev) { return false; } static inline int pm_generic_runtime_idle(struct device *dev) { return 0; } static inline int pm_generic_runtime_suspend(struct device *dev) { return 0; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 62bcb91573425975d6ad2389d7ab1d8feca88ab4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mark Brown Date: Fri, 24 Dec 2010 15:04:41 +0100 Subject: PM: Prototype the pm_generic_ operations The pm_generic_ operations are all exported but are not prototyped in any header file for direct use. Do so. [rjw: Added extern.] Signed-off-by: Mark Brown Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki --- include/linux/pm.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/pm.h b/include/linux/pm.h index c1756dfeb8c5..dd9c7ab38270 100644 --- a/include/linux/pm.h +++ b/include/linux/pm.h @@ -572,4 +572,11 @@ extern unsigned int pm_flags; #define PM_APM 1 #define PM_ACPI 2 +extern int pm_generic_suspend(struct device *dev); +extern int pm_generic_resume(struct device *dev); +extern int pm_generic_freeze(struct device *dev); +extern int pm_generic_thaw(struct device *dev); +extern int pm_generic_restore(struct device *dev); +extern int pm_generic_poweroff(struct device *dev); + #endif /* _LINUX_PM_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From eac8ae087ac66b21de94fee3e920210b43d43076 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Mariusz=20Bia=C5=82o=C5=84czyk?= Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:50:13 -0300 Subject: [media] Fix rc-tbs-nec table after converting the cx88 driver to ir-core MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit The patch fixes the rc-tbs-nec table after converting drivers/media/video/cx88 to ir-core (commit ba7e90c9f878e0ac3c0614a5446fe5c62ccc33ec). It is also adds two missing buttons (10- and 10+) with its definition (KEY_10CHANNELSUP and KEY_10CHANNELSDOWN). [mchehab@redhat.com: move keycode numbers to 0x1b8/0x1b9 as requested by the input Maintainer] Signed-off-by: Mariusz Białończyk Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/input.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/input.h b/include/linux/input.h index 9777668883be..f7a6e1966df3 100644 --- a/include/linux/input.h +++ b/include/linux/input.h @@ -590,6 +590,8 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define KEY_FRAMEFORWARD 0x1b5 #define KEY_CONTEXT_MENU 0x1b6 /* GenDesc - system context menu */ #define KEY_MEDIA_REPEAT 0x1b7 /* Consumer - transport control */ +#define KEY_10CHANNELSUP 0x1b8 /* 10 channels up (10+) */ +#define KEY_10CHANNELSDOWN 0x1b9 /* 10 channels down (10-) */ #define KEY_DEL_EOL 0x1c0 #define KEY_DEL_EOS 0x1c1 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 383268a8e282fb549dabe3a33ccafc9434ab6006 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Matti Aaltonen Date: Fri, 10 Dec 2010 11:41:33 -0300 Subject: [media] MFD: WL1273 FM Radio: MFD driver for the FM radio This is the core of the WL1273 FM radio driver, it connects the two child modules. The two child drivers are drivers/media/radio/radio-wl1273.c and sound/soc/codecs/wl1273.c. The radio-wl1273 driver implements the V4L2 interface and communicates with the device. The ALSA codec offers digital audio, without it only analog audio is available. Signed-off-by: Matti J. Aaltonen Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h | 288 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 288 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h b/include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9787293eae5f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +/* + * include/linux/mfd/wl1273-core.h + * + * Some definitions for the wl1273 radio receiver/transmitter chip. + * + * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation + * Author: Matti J. Aaltonen + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + * 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef WL1273_CORE_H +#define WL1273_CORE_H + +#include +#include + +#define WL1273_FM_DRIVER_NAME "wl1273-fm" +#define RX71_FM_I2C_ADDR 0x22 + +#define WL1273_STEREO_GET 0 +#define WL1273_RSSI_LVL_GET 1 +#define WL1273_IF_COUNT_GET 2 +#define WL1273_FLAG_GET 3 +#define WL1273_RDS_SYNC_GET 4 +#define WL1273_RDS_DATA_GET 5 +#define WL1273_FREQ_SET 10 +#define WL1273_AF_FREQ_SET 11 +#define WL1273_MOST_MODE_SET 12 +#define WL1273_MOST_BLEND_SET 13 +#define WL1273_DEMPH_MODE_SET 14 +#define WL1273_SEARCH_LVL_SET 15 +#define WL1273_BAND_SET 16 +#define WL1273_MUTE_STATUS_SET 17 +#define WL1273_RDS_PAUSE_LVL_SET 18 +#define WL1273_RDS_PAUSE_DUR_SET 19 +#define WL1273_RDS_MEM_SET 20 +#define WL1273_RDS_BLK_B_SET 21 +#define WL1273_RDS_MSK_B_SET 22 +#define WL1273_RDS_PI_MASK_SET 23 +#define WL1273_RDS_PI_SET 24 +#define WL1273_RDS_SYSTEM_SET 25 +#define WL1273_INT_MASK_SET 26 +#define WL1273_SEARCH_DIR_SET 27 +#define WL1273_VOLUME_SET 28 +#define WL1273_AUDIO_ENABLE 29 +#define WL1273_PCM_MODE_SET 30 +#define WL1273_I2S_MODE_CONFIG_SET 31 +#define WL1273_POWER_SET 32 +#define WL1273_INTX_CONFIG_SET 33 +#define WL1273_PULL_EN_SET 34 +#define WL1273_HILO_SET 35 +#define WL1273_SWITCH2FREF 36 +#define WL1273_FREQ_DRIFT_REPORT 37 + +#define WL1273_PCE_GET 40 +#define WL1273_FIRM_VER_GET 41 +#define WL1273_ASIC_VER_GET 42 +#define WL1273_ASIC_ID_GET 43 +#define WL1273_MAN_ID_GET 44 +#define WL1273_TUNER_MODE_SET 45 +#define WL1273_STOP_SEARCH 46 +#define WL1273_RDS_CNTRL_SET 47 + +#define WL1273_WRITE_HARDWARE_REG 100 +#define WL1273_CODE_DOWNLOAD 101 +#define WL1273_RESET 102 + +#define WL1273_FM_POWER_MODE 254 +#define WL1273_FM_INTERRUPT 255 + +/* Transmitter API */ + +#define WL1273_CHANL_SET 55 +#define WL1273_SCAN_SPACING_SET 56 +#define WL1273_REF_SET 57 +#define WL1273_POWER_ENB_SET 90 +#define WL1273_POWER_ATT_SET 58 +#define WL1273_POWER_LEV_SET 59 +#define WL1273_AUDIO_DEV_SET 60 +#define WL1273_PILOT_DEV_SET 61 +#define WL1273_RDS_DEV_SET 62 +#define WL1273_PUPD_SET 91 +#define WL1273_AUDIO_IO_SET 63 +#define WL1273_PREMPH_SET 64 +#define WL1273_MONO_SET 66 +#define WL1273_MUTE 92 +#define WL1273_MPX_LMT_ENABLE 67 +#define WL1273_PI_SET 93 +#define WL1273_ECC_SET 69 +#define WL1273_PTY 70 +#define WL1273_AF 71 +#define WL1273_DISPLAY_MODE 74 +#define WL1273_RDS_REP_SET 77 +#define WL1273_RDS_CONFIG_DATA_SET 98 +#define WL1273_RDS_DATA_SET 99 +#define WL1273_RDS_DATA_ENB 94 +#define WL1273_TA_SET 78 +#define WL1273_TP_SET 79 +#define WL1273_DI_SET 80 +#define WL1273_MS_SET 81 +#define WL1273_PS_SCROLL_SPEED 82 +#define WL1273_TX_AUDIO_LEVEL_TEST 96 +#define WL1273_TX_AUDIO_LEVEL_TEST_THRESHOLD 73 +#define WL1273_TX_AUDIO_INPUT_LEVEL_RANGE_SET 54 +#define WL1273_RX_ANTENNA_SELECT 87 +#define WL1273_I2C_DEV_ADDR_SET 86 +#define WL1273_REF_ERR_CALIB_PARAM_SET 88 +#define WL1273_REF_ERR_CALIB_PERIODICITY_SET 89 +#define WL1273_SOC_INT_TRIGGER 52 +#define WL1273_SOC_AUDIO_PATH_SET 83 +#define WL1273_SOC_PCMI_OVERRIDE 84 +#define WL1273_SOC_I2S_OVERRIDE 85 +#define WL1273_RSSI_BLOCK_SCAN_FREQ_SET 95 +#define WL1273_RSSI_BLOCK_SCAN_START 97 +#define WL1273_RSSI_BLOCK_SCAN_DATA_GET 5 +#define WL1273_READ_FMANT_TUNE_VALUE 104 + +#define WL1273_RDS_OFF 0 +#define WL1273_RDS_ON 1 +#define WL1273_RDS_RESET 2 + +#define WL1273_AUDIO_DIGITAL 0 +#define WL1273_AUDIO_ANALOG 1 + +#define WL1273_MODE_RX BIT(0) +#define WL1273_MODE_TX BIT(1) +#define WL1273_MODE_OFF BIT(2) +#define WL1273_MODE_SUSPENDED BIT(3) + +#define WL1273_RADIO_CHILD BIT(0) +#define WL1273_CODEC_CHILD BIT(1) + +#define WL1273_RX_MONO 1 +#define WL1273_RX_STEREO 0 +#define WL1273_TX_MONO 0 +#define WL1273_TX_STEREO 1 + +#define WL1273_MAX_VOLUME 0xffff +#define WL1273_DEFAULT_VOLUME 0x78b8 + +/* I2S protocol, left channel first, data width 16 bits */ +#define WL1273_PCM_DEF_MODE 0x00 + +/* Rx */ +#define WL1273_AUDIO_ENABLE_I2S BIT(0) +#define WL1273_AUDIO_ENABLE_ANALOG BIT(1) + +/* Tx */ +#define WL1273_AUDIO_IO_SET_ANALOG 0 +#define WL1273_AUDIO_IO_SET_I2S 1 + +#define WL1273_PUPD_SET_OFF 0x00 +#define WL1273_PUPD_SET_ON 0x01 +#define WL1273_PUPD_SET_RETENTION 0x10 + +/* I2S mode */ +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_32 0x0 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_40 0x1 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_22_23 0x2 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_23_22 0x3 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_48 0x4 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_50 0x5 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_60 0x6 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_64 0x7 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_80 0x8 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_96 0x9 +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_128 0xa +#define WL1273_IS2_WIDTH 0xf + +#define WL1273_IS2_FORMAT_STD (0x0 << 4) +#define WL1273_IS2_FORMAT_LEFT (0x1 << 4) +#define WL1273_IS2_FORMAT_RIGHT (0x2 << 4) +#define WL1273_IS2_FORMAT_USER (0x3 << 4) + +#define WL1273_IS2_MASTER (0x0 << 6) +#define WL1273_IS2_SLAVEW (0x1 << 6) + +#define WL1273_IS2_TRI_AFTER_SENDING (0x0 << 7) +#define WL1273_IS2_TRI_ALWAYS_ACTIVE (0x1 << 7) + +#define WL1273_IS2_SDOWS_RR (0x0 << 8) +#define WL1273_IS2_SDOWS_RF (0x1 << 8) +#define WL1273_IS2_SDOWS_FR (0x2 << 8) +#define WL1273_IS2_SDOWS_FF (0x3 << 8) + +#define WL1273_IS2_TRI_OPT (0x0 << 10) +#define WL1273_IS2_TRI_ALWAYS (0x1 << 10) + +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_48K (0x0 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_44_1K (0x1 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_32K (0x2 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_22_05K (0x4 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_16K (0x5 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_12K (0x8 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_11_025 (0x9 << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE_8K (0xa << 12) +#define WL1273_IS2_RATE (0xf << 12) + +#define WL1273_I2S_DEF_MODE (WL1273_IS2_WIDTH_32 | \ + WL1273_IS2_FORMAT_STD | \ + WL1273_IS2_MASTER | \ + WL1273_IS2_TRI_AFTER_SENDING | \ + WL1273_IS2_SDOWS_RR | \ + WL1273_IS2_TRI_OPT | \ + WL1273_IS2_RATE_48K) + +#define SCHAR_MIN (-128) +#define SCHAR_MAX 127 + +#define WL1273_FR_EVENT BIT(0) +#define WL1273_BL_EVENT BIT(1) +#define WL1273_RDS_EVENT BIT(2) +#define WL1273_BBLK_EVENT BIT(3) +#define WL1273_LSYNC_EVENT BIT(4) +#define WL1273_LEV_EVENT BIT(5) +#define WL1273_IFFR_EVENT BIT(6) +#define WL1273_PI_EVENT BIT(7) +#define WL1273_PD_EVENT BIT(8) +#define WL1273_STIC_EVENT BIT(9) +#define WL1273_MAL_EVENT BIT(10) +#define WL1273_POW_ENB_EVENT BIT(11) +#define WL1273_SCAN_OVER_EVENT BIT(12) +#define WL1273_ERROR_EVENT BIT(13) + +#define TUNER_MODE_STOP_SEARCH 0 +#define TUNER_MODE_PRESET 1 +#define TUNER_MODE_AUTO_SEEK 2 +#define TUNER_MODE_AF 3 +#define TUNER_MODE_AUTO_SEEK_PI 4 +#define TUNER_MODE_AUTO_SEEK_BULK 5 + +#define RDS_BLOCK_SIZE 3 + +struct wl1273_fm_platform_data { + int (*request_resources) (struct i2c_client *client); + void (*free_resources) (void); + void (*enable) (void); + void (*disable) (void); + + u8 forbidden_modes; + unsigned int children; +}; + +#define WL1273_FM_CORE_CELLS 2 + +#define WL1273_BAND_OTHER 0 +#define WL1273_BAND_JAPAN 1 + +#define WL1273_BAND_JAPAN_LOW 76000 +#define WL1273_BAND_JAPAN_HIGH 90000 +#define WL1273_BAND_OTHER_LOW 87500 +#define WL1273_BAND_OTHER_HIGH 108000 + +#define WL1273_BAND_TX_LOW 76000 +#define WL1273_BAND_TX_HIGH 108000 + +struct wl1273_core { + struct mfd_cell cells[WL1273_FM_CORE_CELLS]; + struct wl1273_fm_platform_data *pdata; + + unsigned int mode; + unsigned int i2s_mode; + unsigned int volume; + unsigned int audio_mode; + unsigned int channel_number; + struct mutex lock; /* for serializing fm radio operations */ + + struct i2c_client *client; + + int (*write)(struct wl1273_core *core, u8, u16); + int (*set_audio)(struct wl1273_core *core, unsigned int); + int (*set_volume)(struct wl1273_core *core, unsigned int); +}; + +#endif /* ifndef WL1273_CORE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 08af245de0cf6ab5f4ed008ee2bb99273774fce0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Fri, 24 Dec 2010 10:33:19 -0300 Subject: [media] V4L: remove V4L1 compatibility mode Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/videodev.h | 22 ++-------------------- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/videodev.h b/include/linux/videodev.h index b19eab140977..8a7aead76a38 100644 --- a/include/linux/videodev.h +++ b/include/linux/videodev.h @@ -16,24 +16,7 @@ #include #include -#if defined(__MIN_V4L1) && defined (__KERNEL__) - -/* - * Used by those V4L2 core functions that need a minimum V4L1 support, - * in order to allow V4L1 Compatibilty code compilation. - */ - -struct video_mbuf -{ - int size; /* Total memory to map */ - int frames; /* Frames */ - int offsets[VIDEO_MAX_FRAME]; -}; - -#define VIDIOCGMBUF _IOR('v',20, struct video_mbuf) /* Memory map buffer info */ - -#else -#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_COMPAT) || !defined (__KERNEL__) +#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1) || defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_MODULE) || !defined(__KERNEL__) #define VID_TYPE_CAPTURE 1 /* Can capture */ #define VID_TYPE_TUNER 2 /* Can tune */ @@ -328,8 +311,7 @@ struct video_code #define VID_PLAY_RESET 13 #define VID_PLAY_END_MARK 14 -#endif /* CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_COMPAT */ -#endif /* __MIN_V4L1 */ +#endif /* CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1 */ #endif /* __LINUX_VIDEODEV_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 58c66df3e38ffb1d59cc5162bb9e07c859288034 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Mon, 27 Dec 2010 07:38:48 -0300 Subject: [media] Remove VIDEO_V4L1 Kconfig option There's no sense on keeping VIDEO_V4L1 Kconfig option just because of two deprecated drivers moved to staging scheduled to die on 2.6.39. Reviewed-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/videodev.h | 4 ---- 1 file changed, 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/videodev.h b/include/linux/videodev.h index 8a7aead76a38..f11efbef1c05 100644 --- a/include/linux/videodev.h +++ b/include/linux/videodev.h @@ -16,8 +16,6 @@ #include #include -#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1) || defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1_MODULE) || !defined(__KERNEL__) - #define VID_TYPE_CAPTURE 1 /* Can capture */ #define VID_TYPE_TUNER 2 /* Can tune */ #define VID_TYPE_TELETEXT 4 /* Does teletext */ @@ -311,8 +309,6 @@ struct video_code #define VID_PLAY_RESET 13 #define VID_PLAY_END_MARK 14 -#endif /* CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L1 */ - #endif /* __LINUX_VIDEODEV_H */ /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 88ae7624a6fe890e5a8ca57b25420f66e1389f8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Mon, 27 Dec 2010 07:47:54 -0300 Subject: [media] V4L1 removal: Remove linux/videodev.h There's no sense on keeping it on 2.6.38, as nobody is using it anymore, at the kernel tree, and installing it at the userspace API. As two deprecated drivers still need it, move it to their internal directories. Reviewed-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/Kbuild | 1 - include/linux/videodev.h | 318 ----------------------------------------------- 2 files changed, 319 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/linux/videodev.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/Kbuild b/include/linux/Kbuild index 97319a8fc1e0..a354c199ab98 100644 --- a/include/linux/Kbuild +++ b/include/linux/Kbuild @@ -367,7 +367,6 @@ header-y += utime.h header-y += utsname.h header-y += veth.h header-y += vhost.h -header-y += videodev.h header-y += videodev2.h header-y += virtio_9p.h header-y += virtio_balloon.h diff --git a/include/linux/videodev.h b/include/linux/videodev.h deleted file mode 100644 index f11efbef1c05..000000000000 --- a/include/linux/videodev.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,318 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Video for Linux version 1 - OBSOLETE - * - * Header file for v4l1 drivers and applications, for - * Linux kernels 2.2.x or 2.4.x. - * - * Provides header for legacy drivers and applications - * - * See http://linuxtv.org for more info - * - */ -#ifndef __LINUX_VIDEODEV_H -#define __LINUX_VIDEODEV_H - -#include -#include -#include - -#define VID_TYPE_CAPTURE 1 /* Can capture */ -#define VID_TYPE_TUNER 2 /* Can tune */ -#define VID_TYPE_TELETEXT 4 /* Does teletext */ -#define VID_TYPE_OVERLAY 8 /* Overlay onto frame buffer */ -#define VID_TYPE_CHROMAKEY 16 /* Overlay by chromakey */ -#define VID_TYPE_CLIPPING 32 /* Can clip */ -#define VID_TYPE_FRAMERAM 64 /* Uses the frame buffer memory */ -#define VID_TYPE_SCALES 128 /* Scalable */ -#define VID_TYPE_MONOCHROME 256 /* Monochrome only */ -#define VID_TYPE_SUBCAPTURE 512 /* Can capture subareas of the image */ -#define VID_TYPE_MPEG_DECODER 1024 /* Can decode MPEG streams */ -#define VID_TYPE_MPEG_ENCODER 2048 /* Can encode MPEG streams */ -#define VID_TYPE_MJPEG_DECODER 4096 /* Can decode MJPEG streams */ -#define VID_TYPE_MJPEG_ENCODER 8192 /* Can encode MJPEG streams */ - -struct video_capability -{ - char name[32]; - int type; - int channels; /* Num channels */ - int audios; /* Num audio devices */ - int maxwidth; /* Supported width */ - int maxheight; /* And height */ - int minwidth; /* Supported width */ - int minheight; /* And height */ -}; - - -struct video_channel -{ - int channel; - char name[32]; - int tuners; - __u32 flags; -#define VIDEO_VC_TUNER 1 /* Channel has a tuner */ -#define VIDEO_VC_AUDIO 2 /* Channel has audio */ - __u16 type; -#define VIDEO_TYPE_TV 1 -#define VIDEO_TYPE_CAMERA 2 - __u16 norm; /* Norm set by channel */ -}; - -struct video_tuner -{ - int tuner; - char name[32]; - unsigned long rangelow, rangehigh; /* Tuner range */ - __u32 flags; -#define VIDEO_TUNER_PAL 1 -#define VIDEO_TUNER_NTSC 2 -#define VIDEO_TUNER_SECAM 4 -#define VIDEO_TUNER_LOW 8 /* Uses KHz not MHz */ -#define VIDEO_TUNER_NORM 16 /* Tuner can set norm */ -#define VIDEO_TUNER_STEREO_ON 128 /* Tuner is seeing stereo */ -#define VIDEO_TUNER_RDS_ON 256 /* Tuner is seeing an RDS datastream */ -#define VIDEO_TUNER_MBS_ON 512 /* Tuner is seeing an MBS datastream */ - __u16 mode; /* PAL/NTSC/SECAM/OTHER */ -#define VIDEO_MODE_PAL 0 -#define VIDEO_MODE_NTSC 1 -#define VIDEO_MODE_SECAM 2 -#define VIDEO_MODE_AUTO 3 - __u16 signal; /* Signal strength 16bit scale */ -}; - -struct video_picture -{ - __u16 brightness; - __u16 hue; - __u16 colour; - __u16 contrast; - __u16 whiteness; /* Black and white only */ - __u16 depth; /* Capture depth */ - __u16 palette; /* Palette in use */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_GREY 1 /* Linear greyscale */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_HI240 2 /* High 240 cube (BT848) */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB565 3 /* 565 16 bit RGB */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB24 4 /* 24bit RGB */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB32 5 /* 32bit RGB */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB555 6 /* 555 15bit RGB */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422 7 /* YUV422 capture */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUYV 8 -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_UYVY 9 /* The great thing about standards is ... */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV420 10 -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV411 11 /* YUV411 capture */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_RAW 12 /* RAW capture (BT848) */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422P 13 /* YUV 4:2:2 Planar */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV411P 14 /* YUV 4:1:1 Planar */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV420P 15 /* YUV 4:2:0 Planar */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV410P 16 /* YUV 4:1:0 Planar */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_PLANAR 13 /* start of planar entries */ -#define VIDEO_PALETTE_COMPONENT 7 /* start of component entries */ -}; - -struct video_audio -{ - int audio; /* Audio channel */ - __u16 volume; /* If settable */ - __u16 bass, treble; - __u32 flags; -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_MUTE 1 -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_MUTABLE 2 -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_VOLUME 4 -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_BASS 8 -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_TREBLE 16 -#define VIDEO_AUDIO_BALANCE 32 - char name[16]; -#define VIDEO_SOUND_MONO 1 -#define VIDEO_SOUND_STEREO 2 -#define VIDEO_SOUND_LANG1 4 -#define VIDEO_SOUND_LANG2 8 - __u16 mode; - __u16 balance; /* Stereo balance */ - __u16 step; /* Step actual volume uses */ -}; - -struct video_clip -{ - __s32 x,y; - __s32 width, height; - struct video_clip *next; /* For user use/driver use only */ -}; - -struct video_window -{ - __u32 x,y; /* Position of window */ - __u32 width,height; /* Its size */ - __u32 chromakey; - __u32 flags; - struct video_clip __user *clips; /* Set only */ - int clipcount; -#define VIDEO_WINDOW_INTERLACE 1 -#define VIDEO_WINDOW_CHROMAKEY 16 /* Overlay by chromakey */ -#define VIDEO_CLIP_BITMAP -1 -/* bitmap is 1024x625, a '1' bit represents a clipped pixel */ -#define VIDEO_CLIPMAP_SIZE (128 * 625) -}; - -struct video_capture -{ - __u32 x,y; /* Offsets into image */ - __u32 width, height; /* Area to capture */ - __u16 decimation; /* Decimation divider */ - __u16 flags; /* Flags for capture */ -#define VIDEO_CAPTURE_ODD 0 /* Temporal */ -#define VIDEO_CAPTURE_EVEN 1 -}; - -struct video_buffer -{ - void *base; - int height,width; - int depth; - int bytesperline; -}; - -struct video_mmap -{ - unsigned int frame; /* Frame (0 - n) for double buffer */ - int height,width; - unsigned int format; /* should be VIDEO_PALETTE_* */ -}; - -struct video_key -{ - __u8 key[8]; - __u32 flags; -}; - -struct video_mbuf -{ - int size; /* Total memory to map */ - int frames; /* Frames */ - int offsets[VIDEO_MAX_FRAME]; -}; - -#define VIDEO_NO_UNIT (-1) - -struct video_unit -{ - int video; /* Video minor */ - int vbi; /* VBI minor */ - int radio; /* Radio minor */ - int audio; /* Audio minor */ - int teletext; /* Teletext minor */ -}; - -struct vbi_format { - __u32 sampling_rate; /* in Hz */ - __u32 samples_per_line; - __u32 sample_format; /* VIDEO_PALETTE_RAW only (1 byte) */ - __s32 start[2]; /* starting line for each frame */ - __u32 count[2]; /* count of lines for each frame */ - __u32 flags; -#define VBI_UNSYNC 1 /* can distingues between top/bottom field */ -#define VBI_INTERLACED 2 /* lines are interlaced */ -}; - -/* video_info is biased towards hardware mpeg encode/decode */ -/* but it could apply generically to any hardware compressor/decompressor */ -struct video_info -{ - __u32 frame_count; /* frames output since decode/encode began */ - __u32 h_size; /* current unscaled horizontal size */ - __u32 v_size; /* current unscaled veritcal size */ - __u32 smpte_timecode; /* current SMPTE timecode (for current GOP) */ - __u32 picture_type; /* current picture type */ - __u32 temporal_reference; /* current temporal reference */ - __u8 user_data[256]; /* user data last found in compressed stream */ - /* user_data[0] contains user data flags, user_data[1] has count */ -}; - -/* generic structure for setting playback modes */ -struct video_play_mode -{ - int mode; - int p1; - int p2; -}; - -/* for loading microcode / fpga programming */ -struct video_code -{ - char loadwhat[16]; /* name or tag of file being passed */ - int datasize; - __u8 *data; -}; - -#define VIDIOCGCAP _IOR('v',1,struct video_capability) /* Get capabilities */ -#define VIDIOCGCHAN _IOWR('v',2,struct video_channel) /* Get channel info (sources) */ -#define VIDIOCSCHAN _IOW('v',3,struct video_channel) /* Set channel */ -#define VIDIOCGTUNER _IOWR('v',4,struct video_tuner) /* Get tuner abilities */ -#define VIDIOCSTUNER _IOW('v',5,struct video_tuner) /* Tune the tuner for the current channel */ -#define VIDIOCGPICT _IOR('v',6,struct video_picture) /* Get picture properties */ -#define VIDIOCSPICT _IOW('v',7,struct video_picture) /* Set picture properties */ -#define VIDIOCCAPTURE _IOW('v',8,int) /* Start, end capture */ -#define VIDIOCGWIN _IOR('v',9, struct video_window) /* Get the video overlay window */ -#define VIDIOCSWIN _IOW('v',10, struct video_window) /* Set the video overlay window - passes clip list for hardware smarts , chromakey etc */ -#define VIDIOCGFBUF _IOR('v',11, struct video_buffer) /* Get frame buffer */ -#define VIDIOCSFBUF _IOW('v',12, struct video_buffer) /* Set frame buffer - root only */ -#define VIDIOCKEY _IOR('v',13, struct video_key) /* Video key event - to dev 255 is to all - cuts capture on all DMA windows with this key (0xFFFFFFFF == all) */ -#define VIDIOCGFREQ _IOR('v',14, unsigned long) /* Set tuner */ -#define VIDIOCSFREQ _IOW('v',15, unsigned long) /* Set tuner */ -#define VIDIOCGAUDIO _IOR('v',16, struct video_audio) /* Get audio info */ -#define VIDIOCSAUDIO _IOW('v',17, struct video_audio) /* Audio source, mute etc */ -#define VIDIOCSYNC _IOW('v',18, int) /* Sync with mmap grabbing */ -#define VIDIOCMCAPTURE _IOW('v',19, struct video_mmap) /* Grab frames */ -#define VIDIOCGMBUF _IOR('v',20, struct video_mbuf) /* Memory map buffer info */ -#define VIDIOCGUNIT _IOR('v',21, struct video_unit) /* Get attached units */ -#define VIDIOCGCAPTURE _IOR('v',22, struct video_capture) /* Get subcapture */ -#define VIDIOCSCAPTURE _IOW('v',23, struct video_capture) /* Set subcapture */ -#define VIDIOCSPLAYMODE _IOW('v',24, struct video_play_mode) /* Set output video mode/feature */ -#define VIDIOCSWRITEMODE _IOW('v',25, int) /* Set write mode */ -#define VIDIOCGPLAYINFO _IOR('v',26, struct video_info) /* Get current playback info from hardware */ -#define VIDIOCSMICROCODE _IOW('v',27, struct video_code) /* Load microcode into hardware */ -#define VIDIOCGVBIFMT _IOR('v',28, struct vbi_format) /* Get VBI information */ -#define VIDIOCSVBIFMT _IOW('v',29, struct vbi_format) /* Set VBI information */ - - -#define BASE_VIDIOCPRIVATE 192 /* 192-255 are private */ - -/* VIDIOCSWRITEMODE */ -#define VID_WRITE_MPEG_AUD 0 -#define VID_WRITE_MPEG_VID 1 -#define VID_WRITE_OSD 2 -#define VID_WRITE_TTX 3 -#define VID_WRITE_CC 4 -#define VID_WRITE_MJPEG 5 - -/* VIDIOCSPLAYMODE */ -#define VID_PLAY_VID_OUT_MODE 0 - /* p1: = VIDEO_MODE_PAL, VIDEO_MODE_NTSC, etc ... */ -#define VID_PLAY_GENLOCK 1 - /* p1: 0 = OFF, 1 = ON */ - /* p2: GENLOCK FINE DELAY value */ -#define VID_PLAY_NORMAL 2 -#define VID_PLAY_PAUSE 3 -#define VID_PLAY_SINGLE_FRAME 4 -#define VID_PLAY_FAST_FORWARD 5 -#define VID_PLAY_SLOW_MOTION 6 -#define VID_PLAY_IMMEDIATE_NORMAL 7 -#define VID_PLAY_SWITCH_CHANNELS 8 -#define VID_PLAY_FREEZE_FRAME 9 -#define VID_PLAY_STILL_MODE 10 -#define VID_PLAY_MASTER_MODE 11 - /* p1: see below */ -#define VID_PLAY_MASTER_NONE 1 -#define VID_PLAY_MASTER_VIDEO 2 -#define VID_PLAY_MASTER_AUDIO 3 -#define VID_PLAY_ACTIVE_SCANLINES 12 - /* p1 = first active; p2 = last active */ -#define VID_PLAY_RESET 13 -#define VID_PLAY_END_MARK 14 - -#endif /* __LINUX_VIDEODEV_H */ - -/* - * Local variables: - * c-basic-offset: 8 - * End: - */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 09c730a488c32c2cadb31cdb8dcc4df528441197 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Tue, 21 Dec 2010 15:53:31 +0530 Subject: input/tc3589x: add tc3589x keypad support Add support for the keypad controller module found on the TC3589X devices. This driver default adds the support for TC35893 device. Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov [Some minor fixups for compilation] Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 52 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 52 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h index da00958b12d9..16c76e124f9c 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -20,6 +20,17 @@ enum tx3589x_block { #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) +/* Keyboard Configuration Registers */ +#define TC3589x_KBDSETTLE_REG 0x01 +#define TC3589x_KBDBOUNCE 0x02 +#define TC3589x_KBDSIZE 0x03 +#define TC3589x_KBCFG_LSB 0x04 +#define TC3589x_KBCFG_MSB 0x05 +#define TC3589x_KBDIC 0x08 +#define TC3589x_KBDMSK 0x09 +#define TC3589x_EVTCODE_FIFO 0x10 +#define TC3589x_KBDMFS 0x8F + #define TC3589x_IRQST 0x91 #define TC3589x_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 @@ -35,6 +46,14 @@ enum tx3589x_block { #define TC3589x_EXTRSTN 0x83 #define TC3589x_RSTINTCLR 0x84 +/* Pull up/down configuration registers */ +#define TC3589x_IOCFG 0xA7 +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG0_LSB 0xAA +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG0_MSB 0xAB +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG1_LSB 0xAC +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG1_MSB 0xAD +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG2_LSB 0xAE + #define TC3589x_GPIOIS0 0xC9 #define TC3589x_GPIOIS1 0xCA #define TC3589x_GPIOIS2 0xCB @@ -112,6 +131,37 @@ extern int tc3589x_block_write(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 length, const u8 *values); extern int tc3589x_set_bits(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); +/* + * Keypad related platform specific constants + * These values may be modified for fine tuning + */ +#define TC_KPD_ROWS 0x8 +#define TC_KPD_COLUMNS 0x8 +#define TC_KPD_DEBOUNCE_PERIOD 0xA3 +#define TC_KPD_SETTLE_TIME 0xA3 + +/** + * struct tc35893_platform_data - data structure for platform specific data + * @keymap_data: matrix scan code table for keycodes + * @krow: mask for available rows, value is 0xFF + * @kcol: mask for available columns, value is 0xFF + * @debounce_period: platform specific debounce time + * @settle_time: platform specific settle down time + * @irqtype: type of interrupt, falling or rising edge + * @enable_wakeup: specifies if keypad event can wake up system from sleep + * @no_autorepeat: flag for auto repetition + */ +struct tc3589x_keypad_platform_data { + const struct matrix_keymap_data *keymap_data; + u8 krow; + u8 kcol; + u8 debounce_period; + u8 settle_time; + unsigned long irqtype; + bool enable_wakeup; + bool no_autorepeat; +}; + /** * struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data - TC3589x GPIO platform data * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC3589x. A maximum of @@ -130,11 +180,13 @@ struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data { * @block: bitmask of blocks to enable (use TC3589x_BLOCK_*) * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC3589x_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data + * @keypad: keypad-specific platform data */ struct tc3589x_platform_data { unsigned int block; int irq_base; struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data *gpio; + const struct tc3589x_keypad_platform_data *keypad; }; #define TC3589x_NR_GPIOS 24 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9706a36e35c4ce04f28a62cfe1205b4e3b0dd13c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephen Neuendorffer Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 15:54:59 -0800 Subject: of/flattree: Add non-boottime device tree functions In preparation for providing run-time handling of device trees, factor out some of the basic functions so that they take an arbitrary blob, rather than relying on the single boot-time tree. V2: - functions have of_fdt_* names - removed find_flat_dt_string - blob argument is first Signed-off-by: Stephen Neuendorffer Signed-off-by: Grant Likely --- include/linux/of_fdt.h | 11 +++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/of_fdt.h b/include/linux/of_fdt.h index 7bbf5b328438..70c5b736f0a3 100644 --- a/include/linux/of_fdt.h +++ b/include/linux/of_fdt.h @@ -58,6 +58,17 @@ struct boot_param_header { }; #if defined(CONFIG_OF_FLATTREE) + +/* For scanning an arbitrary device-tree at any time */ +extern char *of_fdt_get_string(struct boot_param_header *blob, u32 offset); +extern void *of_fdt_get_property(struct boot_param_header *blob, + unsigned long node, + const char *name, + unsigned long *size); +extern int of_fdt_is_compatible(struct boot_param_header *blob, + unsigned long node, + const char *compat); + /* TBD: Temporary export of fdt globals - remove when code fully merged */ extern int __initdata dt_root_addr_cells; extern int __initdata dt_root_size_cells; -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe14042358fac0673d4b6362a73796fd64379938 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephen Neuendorffer Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 15:55:02 -0800 Subject: of/flattree: Refactor unflatten_device_tree and add fdt_unflatten_tree unflatten_device_tree has two dependencies on things that happen during boot time. Firstly, it references the initial device tree directly. Secondly, it allocates memory using the early boot allocator. This patch factors out these dependencies and uses the new __unflatten_device_tree function to implement a driver-visible fdt_unflatten_tree function, which can be used to unflatten a blob after boot time. V2: - remove extra __va() call - make dt_alloc functions return void *. This doesn't fix the general strangeness in this code that constantly casts back and forth between unsigned long and __be32 * Signed-off-by: Stephen Neuendorffer Signed-off-by: Grant Likely --- include/linux/of_fdt.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/of_fdt.h b/include/linux/of_fdt.h index 70c5b736f0a3..9ce5dfd2186a 100644 --- a/include/linux/of_fdt.h +++ b/include/linux/of_fdt.h @@ -68,6 +68,8 @@ extern void *of_fdt_get_property(struct boot_param_header *blob, extern int of_fdt_is_compatible(struct boot_param_header *blob, unsigned long node, const char *compat); +extern void of_fdt_unflatten_tree(unsigned long *blob, + struct device_node **mynodes); /* TBD: Temporary export of fdt globals - remove when code fully merged */ extern int __initdata dt_root_addr_cells; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3e29027af43728c2a91fe3f735ab2822edaf54a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Fastabend Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 09:25:46 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes The IEEE8021Qaz is the IEEE standard version of CEE. The standard has had enough significant changes from the CEE version that many of the CEE attributes have no meaning in the new spec or do not easily map to IEEE standards. Rather then attempt to create a complicated mapping between CEE and IEEE standards this patch adds a nested IEEE attribute to the list of DCB attributes. The policy is, [DCB_ATTR_IFNAME] [DCB_ATTR_STATE] ... [DCB_ATTR_IEEE] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP] ... The following dcbnl_rtnl_ops routines were added to handle the IEEE standard, int (*ieee_getets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); int (*ieee_setets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); int (*ieee_getpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); int (*ieee_setpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); int (*ieee_getapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); int (*ieee_setapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 106 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 106 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 8723491f7dfd..287b5618e296 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -22,6 +22,87 @@ #include +/* IEEE 802.1Qaz std supported values */ +#define IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS 8 + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS managed object + * + * @willing: willing bit in ETS configuratin TLV + * @ets_cap: indicates supported capacity of ets feature + * @cbs: credit based shaper ets algorithm supported + * @tc_tx_bw: tc tx bandwidth indexed by traffic class + * @tc_rx_bw: tc rx bandwidth indexed by traffic class + * @tc_tsa: TSA Assignment table, indexed by traffic class + * @prio_tc: priority assignment table mapping 8021Qp to traffic class + * @tc_reco_bw: recommended tc bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * @tc_reco_tsa: recommended tc bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * @reco_prio_tc: recommended tc tx bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * + * Recommended values are used to set fields in the ETS recommendation TLV + * with hardware offloaded LLDP. + * + * ---- + * TSA Assignment 8 bit identifiers + * 0 strict priority + * 1 credit-based shaper + * 2 enhanced transmission selection + * 3-254 reserved + * 255 vendor specific + */ +struct ieee_ets { + __u8 willing; + __u8 ets_cap; + __u8 cbs; + __u8 tc_tx_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_rx_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_tsa[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 prio_tc[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_reco_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_reco_tsa[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 reco_prio_tc[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; +}; + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz PFC managed object + * + * @pfc_cap: Indicates the number of traffic classes on the local device + * that may simultaneously have PFC enabled. + * @pfc_en: bitmap indicating pfc enabled traffic classes + * @mbc: enable macsec bypass capability + * @delay: the allowance made for a round-trip propagation delay of the + * link in bits. + * @requests: count of the sent pfc frames + * @indications: count of the received pfc frames + */ +struct ieee_pfc { + __u8 pfc_cap; + __u8 pfc_en; + __u8 mbc; + __u16 delay; + __u64 requests[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u64 indications[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; +}; + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object + * + * @selector: protocol identifier type + * @protocol: protocol of type indicated + * @priority: 3-bit unsigned integer indicating priority + * + * ---- + * Selector field values + * 0 Reserved + * 1 Ethertype + * 2 Well known port number over TCP or SCTP + * 3 Well known port number over UDP or DCCP + * 4 Well known port number over TCP, SCTP, UDP, or DCCP + * 5-7 Reserved + */ +struct dcb_app { + __u8 selector; + __u32 protocol; + __u8 priority; +}; + struct dcbmsg { __u8 dcb_family; __u8 cmd; @@ -50,6 +131,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_SBCN: get backward congestion notification configration. * @DCB_CMD_GAPP: get application protocol configuration * @DCB_CMD_SAPP: set application protocol configuration + * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET: set IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration + * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -83,6 +166,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_GAPP, DCB_CMD_SAPP, + DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET, + DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -102,6 +188,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_CAP: DCB capabilities of the device (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_NUMTCS: number of traffic classes supported (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) + * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -119,10 +206,29 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_BCN, DCB_ATTR_APP, + /* IEEE std attributes */ + DCB_ATTR_IEEE, + __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +enum ieee_attrs { + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_UNSPEC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE, + __DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX +}; +#define DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX - 1) + +enum ieee_attrs_app { + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_UNSPEC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP, + __DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX +}; +#define DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX - 1) + /** * enum dcbnl_pfc_attrs - DCB Priority Flow Control user priority nested attrs * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9ab933ab2cc80f04690d6aa385b1110075c5e507 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Fastabend Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 09:26:31 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers This patch adds application tlv handlers. Networking stacks may use the application priority to set the skb priority of their stack using the negoatiated dcbx priority. This patch provides the dcb_{get|set}app() routines for the stack to query these parameters. Notice lower layer drivers can use the dcbnl_ops routines if additional handling is needed. Perhaps in the firmware case for example Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 287b5618e296..775bdb4465bf 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -82,7 +82,9 @@ struct ieee_pfc { __u64 indications[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; }; -/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object. This + * object is also used for the CEE std as well. There is no difference + * between the objects. * * @selector: protocol identifier type * @protocol: protocol of type indicated -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6241b6259b16aa390ff4bf50f520685b3801200b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shmulik Ravid Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 06:26:48 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: adding DCBX engine capability Adding an optional DCBX capability and a pair for get-set routines for setting the device DCBX mode. The DCBX capability is a bit field of supported attributes. The user is expected to set the DCBX mode with a subset of the advertised attributes. This patch is dependent on the following patches: [net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes [net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers [net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Acked-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 43 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 43 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 775bdb4465bf..16eea36d8934 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -135,6 +135,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_SAPP: set application protocol configuration * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET: set IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration + * @DCB_CMD_GDCBX: get DCBX engine configuration + * @DCB_CMD_SDCBX: set DCBX engine configuration */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -171,6 +173,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET, DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET, + DCB_CMD_GDCBX, + DCB_CMD_SDCBX, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -191,6 +196,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_NUMTCS: number of traffic classes supported (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) + * @DCB_ATTR_DCBX: DCBX engine configuration in the device (NLA_U8) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -211,6 +217,8 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { /* IEEE std attributes */ DCB_ATTR_IEEE, + DCB_ATTR_DCBX, + __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -370,6 +378,8 @@ enum dcbnl_tc_attrs { * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_GSP: (NLA_U8) device supports group strict priority * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_BCN: (NLA_U8) device supports Backwards Congestion * Notification + * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_DCBX: (NLA_U8) device supports DCBX engine + * */ enum dcbnl_cap_attrs { DCB_CAP_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -381,11 +391,44 @@ enum dcbnl_cap_attrs { DCB_CAP_ATTR_PFC_TCS, DCB_CAP_ATTR_GSP, DCB_CAP_ATTR_BCN, + DCB_CAP_ATTR_DCBX, __DCB_CAP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CAP_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_CAP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +/** + * DCBX capability flags + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_HOST: DCBX negotiation is performed by the host LLDP agent. + * 'set' routines are used to configure the device with + * the negotiated parameters + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_LLD_MANAGED: DCBX negotiation is not performed in the host but + * by another entity + * 'get' routines are used to retrieve the + * negotiated parameters + * 'set' routines can be used to set the initial + * negotiation configuration + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_CEE: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports the CEE protocol flavor + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_IEEE: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports the IEEE protocol flavor + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_STATIC: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports static configuration (i.e no actual + * negotiation is performed negotiated parameters equal + * the initial configuration) + * + */ +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_HOST 0x01 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_LLD_MANAGED 0x02 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_CEE 0x04 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_IEEE 0x08 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_STATIC 0x10 + /** * enum dcbnl_numtcs_attrs - number of traffic classes * -- cgit v1.2.3 From ea45fe4e176a42d2396878f530cfdc8265bef37b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shmulik Ravid Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 06:26:55 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: adding DCBX feature flags get-set Adding a pair of set-get routines to dcbnl for setting the negotiation flags of the various DCB features. Conforms to the CEE flavor of DCBX The user sets these flags (enable, advertise, willing) for each feature to be used by the DCBX engine. The 'get' routine returns which of the features is enabled after the negotiation. This patch is dependent on the following patches: [net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes [net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers [net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 33 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 33 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 16eea36d8934..68cd248f6d3e 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -137,6 +137,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration * @DCB_CMD_GDCBX: get DCBX engine configuration * @DCB_CMD_SDCBX: set DCBX engine configuration + * @DCB_CMD_GFEATCFG: get DCBX features flags + * @DCB_CMD_SFEATCFG: set DCBX features negotiation flags */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -176,6 +178,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_GDCBX, DCB_CMD_SDCBX, + DCB_CMD_GFEATCFG, + DCB_CMD_SFEATCFG, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -197,6 +202,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_DCBX: DCBX engine configuration in the device (NLA_U8) + * @DCB_ATTR_FEATCFG: DCBX features flags (NLA_NESTED) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -218,6 +224,7 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_IEEE, DCB_ATTR_DCBX, + DCB_ATTR_FEATCFG, __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, @@ -506,4 +513,30 @@ enum dcbnl_app_attrs { DCB_APP_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_APP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +/** + * enum dcbnl_featcfg_attrs - features conifiguration flags + * + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_UNDEFINED: unspecified attribute to catch errors + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ALL: (NLA_FLAG) all features configuration attributes + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PG: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for priority groups + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PFC: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for priority + * flow control + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_APP: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for application TLV + * + */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ERROR 0x01 /* error in feature resolution */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ENABLE 0x02 /* enable feature */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_WILLING 0x04 /* feature is willing */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ADVERTISE 0x08 /* advertise feature */ +enum dcbnl_featcfg_attrs { + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_UNDEFINED, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ALL, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PG, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PFC, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_APP, + + __DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, +}; + #endif /* __LINUX_DCBNL_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a4f740cf33f7f6c164bbde3c0cdbcc77b0c4997c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant Likely Date: Sat, 30 Oct 2010 11:49:09 -0400 Subject: of/flattree: Add of_flat_dt_match() helper function This patch adds of_flat_dt_match() which tests a node for compatibility with a list of values and converts the relevant powerpc platform code to use it. This approach simplifies the board support code a bit. Signed-off-by: Grant Likely Reviewed-by: Stephen Neuendorffer --- include/linux/of_fdt.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/of_fdt.h b/include/linux/of_fdt.h index 9ce5dfd2186a..ee96091f7d25 100644 --- a/include/linux/of_fdt.h +++ b/include/linux/of_fdt.h @@ -68,6 +68,8 @@ extern void *of_fdt_get_property(struct boot_param_header *blob, extern int of_fdt_is_compatible(struct boot_param_header *blob, unsigned long node, const char *compat); +extern int of_fdt_match(struct boot_param_header *blob, unsigned long node, + const char **compat); extern void of_fdt_unflatten_tree(unsigned long *blob, struct device_node **mynodes); @@ -84,6 +86,7 @@ extern int of_scan_flat_dt(int (*it)(unsigned long node, const char *uname, extern void *of_get_flat_dt_prop(unsigned long node, const char *name, unsigned long *size); extern int of_flat_dt_is_compatible(unsigned long node, const char *name); +extern int of_flat_dt_match(unsigned long node, const char **matches); extern unsigned long of_get_flat_dt_root(void); extern int early_init_dt_scan_chosen(unsigned long node, const char *uname, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 51f98a8d70583b18cb08b19353aeed5efb0244af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:16 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting multiple zones Eliminates routines, data structures, and files that were intended to allows TIPC to support a network containing multiple zones. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 9cde86c32412..fa3aeaafeab1 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PORTS 0x4004 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PUBL 0x4005 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x4006 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PORTS 0x8004 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PUBL 0x8005 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x8006 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 08c80e9a031df0a8f0269477a32f5eae47d7a146 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:17 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting slave nodes Simplifies routines and data structures that were intended to allow TIPC to support slave nodes (i.e. nodes that did not have links to all of the other nodes in its cluster, forcing TIPC to route messages that it could not deliver directly through a non-slave node). Currently, TIPC supports only networks containing non-slave nodes, so this code is unnecessary. Note: The latest edition of the TIPC 2.0 Specification has eliminated the concept of slave nodes entirely. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index fa3aeaafeab1..dcc2b8796d0a 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NETID 0x400B /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_ENABLE_BEARER 0x4101 /* tx bearer_config, rx none */ @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NETID 0x800B /* tx unsigned, rx none */ /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 51a8e4dee7653698ba4c6e7de71053665f075273 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:18 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting inter-cluster routing Eliminates routines and data structures that were intended to allow TIPC to route messages to other clusters. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 5 ----- 1 file changed, 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index dcc2b8796d0a..1f38df1202ba 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -254,11 +254,6 @@ struct tipc_link_create { struct tipc_media_addr peer_addr; char bearer_name[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME]; }; - -struct tipc_route_info { - __u32 dest; - __u32 router; -}; #endif /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8f92df6ad49da958d97e171762d0a97a3dc738f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:19 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting multiple clusters Eliminates routines, data structures, and files that were intended to allow TIPC to support a network containing multiple clusters. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 1f38df1202ba..677aa13dc5d7 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PUBL 0x4005 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x4006 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NETID 0x400B /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PUBL 0x8005 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x8006 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NETID 0x800B /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0e65967e33be61e5f67727edd4ea829b47676fc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:32 +0000 Subject: tipc: cleanup various cosmetic whitespace issues Cleans up TIPC's source code to eliminate deviations from generally accepted coding conventions relating to leading/trailing white space and white space around commas, braces, cases, and sizeof. These changes are purely cosmetic and do not alter the operation of TIPC in any way. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc.h | 18 +++++++------- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 59 ++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 2 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 39 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc.h b/include/linux/tipc.h index d10614b29d59..1eefa3f6d1f4 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * include/linux/tipc.h: Include file for TIPC socket interface - * + * * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB * Copyright (c) 2005, Wind River Systems * All rights reserved. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ /* * TIPC addressing primitives */ - + struct tipc_portid { __u32 ref; __u32 node; @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_TOP_SRV 1 /* topology service name type */ #define TIPC_RESERVED_TYPES 64 /* lowest user-publishable name type */ -/* +/* * Publication scopes when binding port names and port name sequences */ @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_HIGH_IMPORTANCE 2 #define TIPC_CRITICAL_IMPORTANCE 3 -/* +/* * Msg rejection/connection shutdown reasons */ @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) * TIPC topology subscription service definitions */ -#define TIPC_SUB_PORTS 0x01 /* filter for port availability */ -#define TIPC_SUB_SERVICE 0x02 /* filter for service availability */ -#define TIPC_SUB_CANCEL 0x04 /* cancel a subscription */ +#define TIPC_SUB_PORTS 0x01 /* filter for port availability */ +#define TIPC_SUB_SERVICE 0x02 /* filter for service availability */ +#define TIPC_SUB_CANCEL 0x04 /* cancel a subscription */ #if 0 /* The following filter options are not currently implemented */ #define TIPC_SUB_NO_BIND_EVTS 0x04 /* filter out "publish" events */ @@ -137,12 +137,12 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_SUB_SINGLE_EVT 0x10 /* expire after first event */ #endif -#define TIPC_WAIT_FOREVER ~0 /* timeout for permanent subscription */ +#define TIPC_WAIT_FOREVER (~0) /* timeout for permanent subscription */ struct tipc_subscr { struct tipc_name_seq seq; /* name sequence of interest */ __u32 timeout; /* subscription duration (in ms) */ - __u32 filter; /* bitmask of filter options */ + __u32 filter; /* bitmask of filter options */ char usr_handle[8]; /* available for subscriber use */ }; diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 677aa13dc5d7..7d42460a5e3c 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * include/linux/tipc_config.h: Include file for TIPC configuration interface - * + * * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB * Copyright (c) 2005-2007, Wind River Systems * All rights reserved. @@ -54,19 +54,19 @@ * which specify parameters or results for the operation. * * For many operations, the request and reply messages have a fixed number - * of TLVs (usually zero or one); however, some reply messages may return + * of TLVs (usually zero or one); however, some reply messages may return * a variable number of TLVs. A failed request is denoted by the presence * of an "error string" TLV in the reply message instead of the TLV(s) the * reply should contain if the request succeeds. */ - -/* + +/* * Public commands: * May be issued by any process. - * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled. + * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled. */ - -#define TIPC_CMD_NOOP 0x0000 /* tx none, rx none */ + +#define TIPC_CMD_NOOP 0x0000 /* tx none, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NODES 0x0001 /* tx net_addr, rx node_info(s) */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MEDIA_NAMES 0x0002 /* tx none, rx media_name(s) */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_BEARER_NAMES 0x0003 /* tx none, rx bearer_name(s) */ @@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_LINK_PEER 0x000D /* tx link_name, rx ? */ #endif -/* +/* * Protected commands: * May only be issued by "network administration capable" process. * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled - * and this node is zone manager. + * and this node is zone manager. */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_REMOTE_MNG 0x4003 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -116,10 +116,10 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_UNBLOCK_LINK 0x4106 /* tx link_name, rx none */ #endif -/* +/* * Private commands: * May only be issued by "network administration capable" process. - * Accepted by own node only; cannot be used on a remote node. + * Accepted by own node only; cannot be used on a remote node. */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NODE_ADDR 0x8001 /* tx net_addr, rx none */ @@ -156,20 +156,20 @@ #define TIPC_TLV_ULTRA_STRING 5 /* char[32768] (max) */ #define TIPC_TLV_ERROR_STRING 16 /* char[128] containing "error code" */ -#define TIPC_TLV_NET_ADDR 17 /* 32-bit integer denoting */ +#define TIPC_TLV_NET_ADDR 17 /* 32-bit integer denoting */ #define TIPC_TLV_MEDIA_NAME 18 /* char[TIPC_MAX_MEDIA_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_NAME 19 /* char[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_LINK_NAME 20 /* char[TIPC_MAX_LINK_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_NODE_INFO 21 /* struct tipc_node_info */ #define TIPC_TLV_LINK_INFO 22 /* struct tipc_link_info */ -#define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_CONFIG 23 /* struct tipc_bearer_config */ -#define TIPC_TLV_LINK_CONFIG 24 /* struct tipc_link_config */ +#define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_CONFIG 23 /* struct tipc_bearer_config */ +#define TIPC_TLV_LINK_CONFIG 24 /* struct tipc_link_config */ #define TIPC_TLV_NAME_TBL_QUERY 25 /* struct tipc_name_table_query */ -#define TIPC_TLV_PORT_REF 26 /* 32-bit port reference */ +#define TIPC_TLV_PORT_REF 26 /* 32-bit port reference */ /* * Maximum sizes of TIPC bearer-related names (including terminating NUL) - */ + */ #define TIPC_MAX_MEDIA_NAME 16 /* format = media */ #define TIPC_MAX_IF_NAME 16 /* format = interface */ @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ struct tipc_name_table_query { }; /* - * The error string TLV is a null-terminated string describing the cause + * The error string TLV is a null-terminated string describing the cause * of the request failure. To simplify error processing (and to save space) * the first character of the string can be a special error code character * (lying by the range 0x80 to 0xFF) which represents a pre-defined reason. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ struct tipc_link_create { /* * A TLV consists of a descriptor, followed by the TLV value. - * TLV descriptor fields are stored in network byte order; + * TLV descriptor fields are stored in network byte order; * TLV values must also be stored in network byte order (where applicable). * TLV descriptors must be aligned to addresses which are multiple of 4, * so up to 3 bytes of padding may exist at the end of the TLV value area. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ static inline int TLV_OK(const void *tlv, __u16 space) static inline int TLV_CHECK(const void *tlv, __u16 space, __u16 exp_type) { - return TLV_OK(tlv, space) && + return TLV_OK(tlv, space) && (ntohs(((struct tlv_desc *)tlv)->tlv_type) == exp_type); } @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ static inline int TLV_SET(void *tlv, __u16 type, void *data, __u16 len) } /* - * A TLV list descriptor simplifies processing of messages + * A TLV list descriptor simplifies processing of messages * containing multiple TLVs. */ @@ -322,15 +322,15 @@ struct tlv_list_desc { __u32 tlv_space; /* # bytes from curr TLV to list end */ }; -static inline void TLV_LIST_INIT(struct tlv_list_desc *list, +static inline void TLV_LIST_INIT(struct tlv_list_desc *list, void *data, __u32 space) { list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)data; list->tlv_space = space; } - + static inline int TLV_LIST_EMPTY(struct tlv_list_desc *list) -{ +{ return (list->tlv_space == 0); } @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ static inline void TLV_LIST_STEP(struct tlv_list_desc *list) { __u16 tlv_space = TLV_ALIGN(ntohs(list->tlv_ptr->tlv_len)); - list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)((char *)list->tlv_ptr + tlv_space); + list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)((char *)list->tlv_ptr + tlv_space); list->tlv_space -= tlv_space; } @@ -372,15 +372,14 @@ struct tipc_genlmsghdr { #define TIPC_GENL_HDRLEN NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct tipc_genlmsghdr)) /* - * Configuration messages exchanged via TIPC sockets use the TIPC configuration - * message header, which is defined below. This structure is analogous - * to the Netlink message header, but fields are stored in network byte order - * and no padding is permitted between the header and the message data + * Configuration messages exchanged via TIPC sockets use the TIPC configuration + * message header, which is defined below. This structure is analogous + * to the Netlink message header, but fields are stored in network byte order + * and no padding is permitted between the header and the message data * that follows. */ -struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr -{ +struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr { __be32 tcm_len; /* Message length (including header) */ __be16 tcm_type; /* Command type */ __be16 tcm_flags; /* Additional flags */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 68763c890eb2a60f9b50a061502f94e0cf20fdfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michal Simek Date: Sun, 2 Jan 2011 22:54:09 +0000 Subject: trivial: Fix typo fault in netdevice.h Signed-off-by: Michal Simek Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index cc916c5c3279..0f6b1c965815 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ struct xps_dev_maps { * neither operation. * * void (*ndo_vlan_rx_register)(struct net_device *dev, struct vlan_group *grp); - * If device support VLAN receive accleration + * If device support VLAN receive acceleration * (ie. dev->features & NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_RX), then this function is called * when vlan groups for the device changes. Note: grp is NULL * if no vlan's groups are being used. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 410cf2bd3dc6ec1ed9e1b36b25b9d7aa927ed14e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Clemens Ladisch Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 14:56:02 +0100 Subject: firewire: use split transaction timeout only for split transactions Instead of starting the split transaction timeout timer when any request is submitted, start it only when the destination's ACK_PENDING has been received. This prevents us from using a timeout that is too short, and, if the controller's AT queue is emptying very slowly, from cancelling a packet that has not yet been sent. Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch Signed-off-by: Stefan Richter --- include/linux/firewire.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/firewire.h b/include/linux/firewire.h index 1cd637ef62d2..9a3f5f9383f6 100644 --- a/include/linux/firewire.h +++ b/include/linux/firewire.h @@ -302,9 +302,9 @@ struct fw_packet { struct fw_transaction { int node_id; /* The generation is implied; it is always the current. */ int tlabel; - int timestamp; struct list_head link; struct fw_card *card; + bool is_split_transaction; struct timer_list split_timeout_timer; struct fw_packet packet; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7b26e5ebd8b27b0126a84ae7f9a42aa8293d6c48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Francois-Xavier Le Bail Date: Tue, 4 Jan 2011 09:10:20 +0000 Subject: net: typos in comments in include/linux/igmp.h There are typos in comments in include/linux/igmp.h: 83 #define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY 0x11 /* From RFC1112 */ 84 #define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x12 /* Ditto */ [snip] 88 #define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x11 */ 89 #define IGMP_HOST_LEAVE_MESSAGE 0x17 90 #define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x11 */ The line 88 and 90 are about REPORT messages. The IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT (IGMP V1) value is 0x12. So the comment on line 88 must be /* V2 version of 0x12 */, and the comment on line 90 must be /* V3 version of 0x12 */. Signed-off-by: Francois-Xavier Le Bail Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index c4987f265109..74cfcff0148b 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ struct igmpv3_query { #define IGMP_DVMRP 0x13 /* DVMRP routing */ #define IGMP_PIM 0x14 /* PIM routing */ #define IGMP_TRACE 0x15 -#define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x11 */ +#define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x12 */ #define IGMP_HOST_LEAVE_MESSAGE 0x17 -#define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x11 */ +#define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x12 */ #define IGMP_MTRACE_RESP 0x1e #define IGMP_MTRACE 0x1f -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8d608aa6295242fe4c4b6105b8c59c6a5b232d89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dave Airlie Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 08:57:57 +1000 Subject: vga_switcheroo: add reprobe hook for fbcon to recheck connected outputs. This adds a hook after the mux is switched for the driver to reprobe the connected outputs. Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie --- include/linux/vga_switcheroo.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/vga_switcheroo.h b/include/linux/vga_switcheroo.h index ae9ab13b963d..f80fa9de5b82 100644 --- a/include/linux/vga_switcheroo.h +++ b/include/linux/vga_switcheroo.h @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ struct vga_switcheroo_handler { void vga_switcheroo_unregister_client(struct pci_dev *dev); int vga_switcheroo_register_client(struct pci_dev *dev, void (*set_gpu_state)(struct pci_dev *dev, enum vga_switcheroo_state), + void (*reprobe)(struct pci_dev *dev), bool (*can_switch)(struct pci_dev *dev)); void vga_switcheroo_client_fb_set(struct pci_dev *dev, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6bf4123760a5aece6e4829ce90b70b6ffd751d65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NeilBrown Date: Wed, 5 Jan 2011 12:50:16 +1100 Subject: sched: Change wait_for_completion_*_timeout() to return a signed long wait_for_completion_*_timeout() can return: 0: if the wait timed out -ve: if the wait was interrupted +ve: if the completion was completed. As they currently return an 'unsigned long', the last two cases are not easily distinguished which can easily result in buggy code, as is the case for the recently added wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout() call in net/sunrpc/cache.c So change them both to return 'long'. As MAX_SCHEDULE_TIMEOUT is LONG_MAX, a large +ve return value should never overflow. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: J. Bruce Fields Cc: Andrew Morton Cc: Linus Torvalds LKML-Reference: <20110105125016.64ccab0e@notabene.brown> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/completion.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/completion.h b/include/linux/completion.h index 36d57f74cd01..51494e6b5548 100644 --- a/include/linux/completion.h +++ b/include/linux/completion.h @@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ extern int wait_for_completion_interruptible(struct completion *x); extern int wait_for_completion_killable(struct completion *x); extern unsigned long wait_for_completion_timeout(struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); -extern unsigned long wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout( - struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); -extern unsigned long wait_for_completion_killable_timeout( - struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); +extern long wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout( + struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); +extern long wait_for_completion_killable_timeout( + struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); extern bool try_wait_for_completion(struct completion *x); extern bool completion_done(struct completion *x); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 68b65f7305e54b822b2483c60de7d7b017526a92 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Russell King Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 17:24:39 +0000 Subject: ARM: PL011: Add support for transmit DMA Add DMA engine support for transmit to the PL011 driver. Based on a patch from Linus Walliej, with the following changes: - remove RX DMA support. As PL011 doesn't give us receive timeout interrupts, we only get notified of received data when the RX DMA has completed. This rather sucks for interactive use of the TTY. - remove abuse of completions. Completions are supposed to be for events, not to tell what condition buffers are in. Replace it with a simple 'queued' bool. - fix locking - it is only safe to access the circular buffer with the port lock held. - only map the DMA buffer when required - if we're ever behind an IOMMU this helps keep IOMMU usage down, and also ensures that we're legal when we change the scatterlist entry length. - fix XON/XOFF sending - we must send XON/XOFF characters out as soon as possible - waiting for up to 4095 characters in the DMA buffer to be sent first is not acceptable. - fix XON/XOFF receive handling - we need to stop DMA when instructed to by the TTY layer, and restart it again when instructed to. There is a subtle problem here: we must not completely empty the circular buffer with DMA, otherwise we will not be notified of XON. - change the 'enable_dma' flag into a 'using DMA' flag, and track whether we can use TX DMA by whether the channel pointer is non-NULL. This gives us more control over whether we use DMA in the driver. - we don't need to have the TX DMA buffer continually allocated for each port - instead, allocate it when the port starts up, and free it when it's shut down. Update the 'using DMA' flag if we get the buffer, and adjust the TTY FIFO size appropriately. - if we're going to use PIO to send characters, use the existing IRQ based functionality rather than reimplementing it. This also ensures we call uart_write_wakeup() at the appropriate time, otherwise we'll stall. - use DMA engine helper functions for type safety. - fix init when built as a module - we can't have to initcall functions, so we must settle on one. This means we can eliminate the deferred DMA initialization. - there is no need to terminate transfers on a failed prep_slave_sg() call - nothing has been setup, so nothing needs to be terminated. This avoids a potential deadlock in the DMA engine code (tasklet->callback->failed prepare->terminate->tasklet_disable which then ends up waiting for the tasklet to finish running.) - Dan says that the submission callback should not return an error: | dma_submit_error() is something I should have removed after commit | a0587bcf "ioat1: move descriptor allocation from submit to prep" all | errors should be notified by prep failing to return a descriptor | handle. Negative dma_cookie_t values are only returned by the | dma_async_memcpy* calls which translate a prep failure into -ENOMEM. So remove the error handling at that point. This also solves the potential deadlock mentioned in the previous comment. Acked-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/amba/serial.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/amba/serial.h b/include/linux/amba/serial.h index 6021588ba0a8..577f22eb9225 100644 --- a/include/linux/amba/serial.h +++ b/include/linux/amba/serial.h @@ -180,6 +180,13 @@ struct amba_device; /* in uncompress this is included but amba/bus.h is not */ struct amba_pl010_data { void (*set_mctrl)(struct amba_device *dev, void __iomem *base, unsigned int mctrl); }; + +struct dma_chan; +struct amba_pl011_data { + bool (*dma_filter)(struct dma_chan *chan, void *filter_param); + void *dma_rx_param; + void *dma_tx_param; +}; #endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 38d624361b2a82d6317c379aebf81b1b28210bb0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Russell King Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 17:59:16 +0000 Subject: ARM: PL011: add DMA burst threshold support for ST variants ST Micro variants has some specific dma burst threshold compensation, which allows them to make better use of a DMA controller. Add support to set this up. Based on a patch from Linus Walleij. Acked-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/amba/serial.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/amba/serial.h b/include/linux/amba/serial.h index 577f22eb9225..5479fdc849e9 100644 --- a/include/linux/amba/serial.h +++ b/include/linux/amba/serial.h @@ -113,6 +113,21 @@ #define UART01x_LCRH_PEN 0x02 #define UART01x_LCRH_BRK 0x01 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_1 (0 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_2 (1 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_4 (2 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_8 (3 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_16 (4 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_32 (5 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_48 (6 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_1 0 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_2 1 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_4 2 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_8 3 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_16 4 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_32 5 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_48 6 + #define UART010_IIR_RTIS 0x08 #define UART010_IIR_TIS 0x04 #define UART010_IIR_RIS 0x02 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3610cda53f247e176bcbb7a7cca64bc53b12acdb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 5 Jan 2011 15:38:53 -0800 Subject: af_unix: Avoid socket->sk NULL OOPS in stream connect security hooks. unix_release() can asynchornously set socket->sk to NULL, and it does so without holding the unix_state_lock() on "other" during stream connects. However, the reverse mapping, sk->sk_socket, is only transitioned to NULL under the unix_state_lock(). Therefore make the security hooks follow the reverse mapping instead of the forward mapping. Reported-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge Reported-by: Linus Torvalds Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/security.h | 15 +++++++-------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/security.h b/include/linux/security.h index fd4d55fb8845..d47a4c24b3e4 100644 --- a/include/linux/security.h +++ b/include/linux/security.h @@ -796,8 +796,9 @@ static inline void security_free_mnt_opts(struct security_mnt_opts *opts) * @unix_stream_connect: * Check permissions before establishing a Unix domain stream connection * between @sock and @other. - * @sock contains the socket structure. - * @other contains the peer socket structure. + * @sock contains the sock structure. + * @other contains the peer sock structure. + * @newsk contains the new sock structure. * Return 0 if permission is granted. * @unix_may_send: * Check permissions before connecting or sending datagrams from @sock to @@ -1568,8 +1569,7 @@ struct security_operations { int (*inode_getsecctx)(struct inode *inode, void **ctx, u32 *ctxlen); #ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK - int (*unix_stream_connect) (struct socket *sock, - struct socket *other, struct sock *newsk); + int (*unix_stream_connect) (struct sock *sock, struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk); int (*unix_may_send) (struct socket *sock, struct socket *other); int (*socket_create) (int family, int type, int protocol, int kern); @@ -2525,8 +2525,7 @@ static inline int security_inode_getsecctx(struct inode *inode, void **ctx, u32 #ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK -int security_unix_stream_connect(struct socket *sock, struct socket *other, - struct sock *newsk); +int security_unix_stream_connect(struct sock *sock, struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk); int security_unix_may_send(struct socket *sock, struct socket *other); int security_socket_create(int family, int type, int protocol, int kern); int security_socket_post_create(struct socket *sock, int family, @@ -2567,8 +2566,8 @@ void security_tun_dev_post_create(struct sock *sk); int security_tun_dev_attach(struct sock *sk); #else /* CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK */ -static inline int security_unix_stream_connect(struct socket *sock, - struct socket *other, +static inline int security_unix_stream_connect(struct sock *sock, + struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk) { return 0; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b27dcfb0670ea7352a67137f4ff7947c2a9f6892 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jeff Garzik Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 22:56:48 -0500 Subject: [libata] avoid needlessly passing around ptr to SCSI completion func It's stored in struct scsi_cmnd->scsi_done, making several 'done' parameters to functions redundant. Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik --- include/linux/libata.h | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/libata.h b/include/linux/libata.h index d947b1231662..c9c5d7ad1a2b 100644 --- a/include/linux/libata.h +++ b/include/linux/libata.h @@ -996,8 +996,7 @@ extern int ata_sas_port_init(struct ata_port *); extern int ata_sas_port_start(struct ata_port *ap); extern void ata_sas_port_stop(struct ata_port *ap); extern int ata_sas_slave_configure(struct scsi_device *, struct ata_port *); -extern int ata_sas_queuecmd(struct scsi_cmnd *cmd, void (*done)(struct scsi_cmnd *), - struct ata_port *ap); +extern int ata_sas_queuecmd(struct scsi_cmnd *cmd, struct ata_port *ap); extern int sata_scr_valid(struct ata_link *link); extern int sata_scr_read(struct ata_link *link, int reg, u32 *val); extern int sata_scr_write(struct ata_link *link, int reg, u32 val); @@ -1040,8 +1039,7 @@ extern unsigned int ata_do_dev_read_id(struct ata_device *dev, struct ata_taskfile *tf, u16 *id); extern void ata_qc_complete(struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); extern int ata_qc_complete_multiple(struct ata_port *ap, u32 qc_active); -extern void ata_scsi_simulate(struct ata_device *dev, struct scsi_cmnd *cmd, - void (*done)(struct scsi_cmnd *)); +extern void ata_scsi_simulate(struct ata_device *dev, struct scsi_cmnd *cmd); extern int ata_std_bios_param(struct scsi_device *sdev, struct block_device *bdev, sector_t capacity, int geom[]); -- cgit v1.2.3 From af5dd83b873efd4e1477f2265b6fa15a825aff26 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dave Airlie Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 13:04:32 +1000 Subject: vga_switcheroo: fix build with non switcheroo enabled path. Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie --- include/linux/vga_switcheroo.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/vga_switcheroo.h b/include/linux/vga_switcheroo.h index f80fa9de5b82..4b9a7f596f92 100644 --- a/include/linux/vga_switcheroo.h +++ b/include/linux/vga_switcheroo.h @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ int vga_switcheroo_process_delayed_switch(void); static inline void vga_switcheroo_unregister_client(struct pci_dev *dev) {} static inline int vga_switcheroo_register_client(struct pci_dev *dev, void (*set_gpu_state)(struct pci_dev *dev, enum vga_switcheroo_state), + void (*reprobe)(struct pci_dev *dev), bool (*can_switch)(struct pci_dev *dev)) { return 0; } static inline void vga_switcheroo_client_fb_set(struct pci_dev *dev, struct fb_info *info) {} static inline int vga_switcheroo_register_handler(struct vga_switcheroo_handler *handler) { return 0; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 238c855805c853eaec95b0bc3065effb64f955a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henry Ptasinski Date: Tue, 4 Jan 2011 16:07:14 +0000 Subject: include/linux/if_ether.h: Add #define ETH_P_LINK_CTL for HPNA and wlan local tunnel Ethertype used by HPNA control protocols (LARQ, rate, link, etc) and by Broadcom wlan drivers for local signalling. Signed-off-by: Henry Ptasinski Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_ether.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_ether.h b/include/linux/if_ether.h index f9c3df03db0f..be69043d2896 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_ether.h +++ b/include/linux/if_ether.h @@ -72,6 +72,7 @@ #define ETH_P_MPLS_UC 0x8847 /* MPLS Unicast traffic */ #define ETH_P_MPLS_MC 0x8848 /* MPLS Multicast traffic */ #define ETH_P_ATMMPOA 0x884c /* MultiProtocol Over ATM */ +#define ETH_P_LINK_CTL 0x886c /* HPNA, wlan link local tunnel */ #define ETH_P_ATMFATE 0x8884 /* Frame-based ATM Transport * over Ethernet */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2ad0d9d413abc3380fc1d89a9da7f8db59d9746b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 11:41:42 -0800 Subject: net: remove the duplicate #ifdef __KERNEL__ Since we are already in #ifdef __KERNEL__, we don't need to check it again. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/socket.h | 8 ++------ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/socket.h b/include/linux/socket.h index 86b652fabf6e..5f65f14c4f44 100644 --- a/include/linux/socket.h +++ b/include/linux/socket.h @@ -30,12 +30,10 @@ struct cred; #define __sockaddr_check_size(size) \ BUILD_BUG_ON(((size) > sizeof(struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage))) -#ifdef __KERNEL__ -# ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS +#ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS struct seq_file; extern void socket_seq_show(struct seq_file *seq); -# endif -#endif /* __KERNEL__ */ +#endif typedef unsigned short sa_family_t; @@ -311,7 +309,6 @@ struct ucred { /* IPX options */ #define IPX_TYPE 1 -#ifdef __KERNEL__ extern void cred_to_ucred(struct pid *pid, const struct cred *cred, struct ucred *ucred); extern int memcpy_fromiovec(unsigned char *kdata, struct iovec *iov, int len); @@ -333,6 +330,5 @@ struct timespec; extern int __sys_recvmmsg(int fd, struct mmsghdr __user *mmsg, unsigned int vlen, unsigned int flags, struct timespec *timeout); -#endif #endif /* not kernel and not glibc */ #endif /* _LINUX_SOCKET_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1f11a034cdc4b45ee56d51b87a9e37cb776fb15b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Adamson Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 02:04:26 +0000 Subject: SUNRPC new transport for the NFSv4.1 shared back channel Move the current sock create and destroy routines into the new transport ops. Back channel socket will be destroyed by the svc_closs_all call in svc_destroy. Added check: only TCP supported on shared back channel. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson Acked-by: Bruce Fields Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/sunrpc/svcsock.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/svcsock.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/svcsock.h index 1b353a76c304..3a45a80760b9 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/svcsock.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/svcsock.h @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ int svc_sock_names(struct svc_serv *serv, char *buf, int svc_addsock(struct svc_serv *serv, const int fd, char *name_return, const size_t len); void svc_init_xprt_sock(void); +void svc_init_bc_xprt_sock(void); void svc_cleanup_xprt_sock(void); struct svc_xprt *svc_sock_create(struct svc_serv *serv, int prot); void svc_sock_destroy(struct svc_xprt *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 16b2d1e1d12de000404d7c845d0db1226511f84d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Adamson Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 02:04:27 +0000 Subject: SUNRPC register and unregister the back channel transport Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/sunrpc/svcsock.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/svcsock.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/svcsock.h index 3a45a80760b9..1b353a76c304 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/svcsock.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/svcsock.h @@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ int svc_sock_names(struct svc_serv *serv, char *buf, int svc_addsock(struct svc_serv *serv, const int fd, char *name_return, const size_t len); void svc_init_xprt_sock(void); -void svc_init_bc_xprt_sock(void); void svc_cleanup_xprt_sock(void); struct svc_xprt *svc_sock_create(struct svc_serv *serv, int prot); void svc_sock_destroy(struct svc_xprt *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From f4eecd5da3422e82e88e36c33cbd2595eebcacb1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Adamson Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 02:04:30 +0000 Subject: NFS implement v4.0 callback_ident Use the small id to pointer translator service to provide a unique callback identifier per SETCLIENTID call used to identify the v4.0 callback service associated with the clientid. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h b/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h index 452d96436d26..1eaa054a2c7d 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h @@ -71,6 +71,7 @@ struct nfs_client { */ char cl_ipaddr[48]; unsigned char cl_id_uniquifier; + u32 cl_cb_ident; /* v4.0 callback identifier */ const struct nfs4_minor_version_ops *cl_mvops; #endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4 */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2c2618c6f29c41a0a966f14f05c8bf45fcabb750 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Adamson Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 02:04:31 +0000 Subject: NFS associate sessionid with callback connection The sessions based callback service is started prior to the CREATE_SESSION call so that it can handle CB_NULL requests which can be sent before the CREATE_SESSION call returns and the session ID is known. Set the callback sessionid after a sucessful CREATE_SESSION. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/sunrpc/svc_xprt.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/svc_xprt.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/svc_xprt.h index aea0d438e3c7..357da5e0daa3 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/svc_xprt.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/svc_xprt.h @@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ struct svc_xprt { size_t xpt_remotelen; /* length of address */ struct rpc_wait_queue xpt_bc_pending; /* backchannel wait queue */ struct list_head xpt_users; /* callbacks on free */ + void *xpt_bc_sid; /* back channel session ID */ struct net *xpt_net; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c36fca52f5e4594ffd0ff175b328966b0d393184 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Adamson Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 02:04:32 +0000 Subject: NFS refactor nfs_find_client and reference client across callback processing Fixes a bug where the nfs_client could be freed during callback processing. Refactor nfs_find_client to use minorversion specific means to locate the correct nfs_client structure. In the NFS layer, V4.0 clients are found using the callback_ident field in the CB_COMPOUND header. V4.1 clients are found using the sessionID in the CB_SEQUENCE operation which is also compared against the sessionID associated with the back channel thread after a successful CREATE_SESSION. Each of these methods finds the one an only nfs_client associated with the incoming callback request - so nfs_find_client_next is not needed. In the RPC layer, the pg_authenticate call needs to find the nfs_client. For the v4.0 callback service, the callback identifier has not been decoded so a search by address, version, and minorversion is used. The sessionid for the sessions based callback service has (usually) not been set for the pg_authenticate on a CB_NULL call which can be sent prior to the return of a CREATE_SESSION call, so the sessionid associated with the back channel thread is not used to find the client in pg_authenticate for CB_NULL calls. Pass the referenced nfs_client to each CB_COMPOUND operation being proceesed via the new cb_process_state structure. The reference is held across cb_compound processing. Use the new cb_process_state struct to move the NFS4ERR_RETRY_UNCACHED_REP processing from process_op into nfs4_callback_sequence where it belongs. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h | 13 +++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h index 7c91260c44a9..2c60e094fdec 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h @@ -47,6 +47,14 @@ static inline int svc_is_backchannel(const struct svc_rqst *rqstp) return 1; return 0; } +static inline struct nfs4_sessionid *bc_xprt_sid(struct svc_rqst *rqstp) +{ + if (svc_is_backchannel(rqstp)) + return (struct nfs4_sessionid *) + rqstp->rq_server->bc_xprt->xpt_bc_sid; + return NULL; +} + #else /* CONFIG_NFS_V4_1 */ static inline int xprt_setup_backchannel(struct rpc_xprt *xprt, unsigned int min_reqs) @@ -59,6 +67,11 @@ static inline int svc_is_backchannel(const struct svc_rqst *rqstp) return 0; } +static inline struct nfs4_sessionid *bc_xprt_sid(struct svc_rqst *rqstp) +{ + return NULL; +} + static inline void xprt_free_bc_request(struct rpc_rqst *req) { } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 42acd021824578fa0eeb6eb58d457c23ec5dc9c0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Adamson Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 02:04:34 +0000 Subject: NFS add session back channel draining Currently session draining only drains the fore channel. The back channel processing must also be drained. Use the back channel highest_slot_used to indicate that a callback is being processed by the callback thread. Move the session complete to be per channel. When the session is draininig, wait for any current back channel processing to complete and stop all new back channel processing by returning NFS4ERR_DELAY to the back channel client. Drain the back channel, then the fore channel. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h b/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h index 1eaa054a2c7d..e93ada0565fc 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h @@ -197,6 +197,7 @@ struct nfs4_slot_table { * op for dynamic resizing */ int target_max_slots; /* Set by CB_RECALL_SLOT as * the new max_slots */ + struct completion complete; }; static inline int slot_idx(struct nfs4_slot_table *tbl, struct nfs4_slot *sp) @@ -213,7 +214,6 @@ struct nfs4_session { unsigned long session_state; u32 hash_alg; u32 ssv_len; - struct completion complete; /* The fore and back channel */ struct nfs4_channel_attrs fc_attrs; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4a19de0f4b693139bb10b7cc3cfe1f618576ba67 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Adamson Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 02:04:35 +0000 Subject: NFS rename client back channel transport field Differentiate from server backchannel Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson Acked-by: Bruce Fields Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h | 4 ++-- include/linux/sunrpc/svc.h | 2 +- 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h index 2c60e094fdec..c50b458b8a3f 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ int bc_send(struct rpc_rqst *req); */ static inline int svc_is_backchannel(const struct svc_rqst *rqstp) { - if (rqstp->rq_server->bc_xprt) + if (rqstp->rq_server->sv_bc_xprt) return 1; return 0; } @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ static inline struct nfs4_sessionid *bc_xprt_sid(struct svc_rqst *rqstp) { if (svc_is_backchannel(rqstp)) return (struct nfs4_sessionid *) - rqstp->rq_server->bc_xprt->xpt_bc_sid; + rqstp->rq_server->sv_bc_xprt->xpt_bc_sid; return NULL; } diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/svc.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/svc.h index 5a3085b9b394..c81d4d8be3a9 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/svc.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/svc.h @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ struct svc_serv { spinlock_t sv_cb_lock; /* protects the svc_cb_list */ wait_queue_head_t sv_cb_waitq; /* sleep here if there are no * entries in the svc_cb_list */ - struct svc_xprt *bc_xprt; + struct svc_xprt *sv_bc_xprt; /* callback on fore channel */ #endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4_1 */ }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From daaa82d1c72e10dc16cad3a810e225f9188dc7aa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Fred Isaman Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 11:36:19 +0000 Subject: pnfs: remove unnecessary field lgp->status Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs_xdr.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h b/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h index 236e7e4b99a0..8fcc54267bba 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h @@ -223,7 +223,6 @@ struct nfs4_layoutget { struct nfs4_layoutget_args args; struct nfs4_layoutget_res res; struct pnfs_layout_segment **lsegpp; - int status; }; struct nfs4_getdeviceinfo_args { -- cgit v1.2.3 From cf7d63f1f9895713551df2e6d18b006f8af26e91 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Fred Isaman Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 11:36:25 +0000 Subject: pnfs: serialize LAYOUTGET(openstateid) We shouldn't send a LAYOUTGET(openstateid) unless all outstanding RPCs using the previous stateid are completed. This requires choosing the stateid to encode earlier, so we can abort if one is not available (we want to use the open stateid, but a LAYOUTGET is already out using it), and adding a count of the number of outstanding rpc calls using layout state (which for now consist solely of LAYOUTGETs). Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs_xdr.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h b/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h index 8fcc54267bba..83d36d3a12e6 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h @@ -208,6 +208,7 @@ struct nfs4_layoutget_args { struct inode *inode; struct nfs_open_context *ctx; struct nfs4_sequence_args seq_args; + nfs4_stateid stateid; }; struct nfs4_layoutget_res { -- cgit v1.2.3 From f7e8917a67980924651a9e244510e63ef05c7755 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Fred Isaman Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 11:36:32 +0000 Subject: pnfs: layout roc code A layout can request return-on-close. How this interacts with the forgetful model of never sending LAYOUTRETURNS is a bit ambiguous. We forget any layouts marked roc, and wait for them to be completely forgotten before continuing with the close. In addition, to compensate for races with any inflight LAYOUTGETs, and the fact that we do not get any layout stateid back from the server, we set the barrier to the worst case scenario of current_seqid + number of outstanding LAYOUTGETS. Signed-off-by: Fred Isaman Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h b/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h index e93ada0565fc..7f20c0b47a91 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ struct nfs_server { that are supported on this filesystem */ struct pnfs_layoutdriver_type *pnfs_curr_ld; /* Active layout driver */ + struct rpc_wait_queue roc_rpcwaitq; #endif void (*destroy)(struct nfs_server *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 24d292b894273495f9664bb495e575f8cb7e8cac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chuck Lever Date: Fri, 24 Dec 2010 01:32:43 +0000 Subject: NFS: Move cl_state_owners and related fields to the nfs_server struct NFSv4 migration needs to reassociate state owners from the source to the destination nfs_server data structures. To make that easier, move the cl_state_owners field to the nfs_server struct. cl_openowner_id and cl_lockowner_id accompany this move, as they are used in conjunction with cl_state_owners. The cl_lock field in the parent nfs_client continues to protect all three of these fields. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h | 9 +++++---- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h b/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h index 7f20c0b47a91..27255ffdbe10 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h @@ -47,11 +47,7 @@ struct nfs_client { u64 cl_clientid; /* constant */ unsigned long cl_state; - struct rb_root cl_openowner_id; - struct rb_root cl_lockowner_id; - struct list_head cl_delegations; - struct rb_root cl_state_owners; spinlock_t cl_lock; unsigned long cl_lease_time; @@ -150,6 +146,11 @@ struct nfs_server { filesystem */ struct pnfs_layoutdriver_type *pnfs_curr_ld; /* Active layout driver */ struct rpc_wait_queue roc_rpcwaitq; + + /* the following fields are protected by nfs_client->cl_lock */ + struct rb_root state_owners; + struct rb_root openowner_id; + struct rb_root lockowner_id; #endif void (*destroy)(struct nfs_server *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From d3978bb325510f0a26ebd92f211b36c5f98b2306 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chuck Lever Date: Fri, 24 Dec 2010 01:33:04 +0000 Subject: NFS: Move cl_delegations to the nfs_server struct Delegations are per-inode, not per-nfs_client. When a server file system is migrated, delegations on the client must be moved from the source to the destination nfs_server. Make it easier to manage a mount point's delegation list across a migration event by moving the list to the nfs_server struct. Clean up: I added documenting comments to public functions I changed in this patch. For consistency I added comments to all the other public functions in fs/nfs/delegation.c. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h b/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h index 27255ffdbe10..b197563913bf 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_fs_sb.h @@ -47,7 +47,6 @@ struct nfs_client { u64 cl_clientid; /* constant */ unsigned long cl_state; - struct list_head cl_delegations; spinlock_t cl_lock; unsigned long cl_lease_time; @@ -152,6 +151,7 @@ struct nfs_server { struct rb_root openowner_id; struct rb_root lockowner_id; #endif + struct list_head delegations; void (*destroy)(struct nfs_server *); atomic_t active; /* Keep trace of any activity to this server */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d035c36c58dd9183ad6aa7875dea89893faedb55 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Trond Myklebust Date: Tue, 21 Dec 2010 10:45:27 -0500 Subject: NFSv4: Ensure continued open and lockowner name uniqueness In order to enable migration support, we will want to move some of the structures that are subject to migration into the struct nfs_server. In particular, if we are to move the state_owner and state_owner_id to being a per-filesystem structure, then we should label the resulting open/lock owners with a per-filesytem label to ensure global uniqueness. This patch does so by adding the super block s_dev to the open/lock owner name. Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs_xdr.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h b/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h index 83d36d3a12e6..b0068579bec2 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_xdr.h @@ -317,6 +317,7 @@ struct nfs_closeres { struct nfs_lowner { __u64 clientid; __u64 id; + dev_t s_dev; }; struct nfs_lock_args { -- cgit v1.2.3 From ccd35fb9f4da856b105ea0f1e0cab3702e8ae6ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:17 +1100 Subject: kernel: kmem_ptr_validate considered harmful This is a nasty and error prone API. It is no longer used, remove it. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/slab.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/slab.h b/include/linux/slab.h index 59260e21bdf5..fa9086647eb7 100644 --- a/include/linux/slab.h +++ b/include/linux/slab.h @@ -106,8 +106,6 @@ int kmem_cache_shrink(struct kmem_cache *); void kmem_cache_free(struct kmem_cache *, void *); unsigned int kmem_cache_size(struct kmem_cache *); const char *kmem_cache_name(struct kmem_cache *); -int kern_ptr_validate(const void *ptr, unsigned long size); -int kmem_ptr_validate(struct kmem_cache *cachep, const void *ptr); /* * Please use this macro to create slab caches. Simply specify the -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5eef7fa905c814826f518aca2d414ca77508ce30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:22 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache documentation cleanup Remove redundant (and incorrect, since dcache RCU lookup) dentry locking documentation and point to the canonical document. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 18 ++++++------------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 6a4aea30aa09..fff975576b5b 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -141,22 +141,16 @@ struct dentry_operations { char *(*d_dname)(struct dentry *, char *, int); }; -/* the dentry parameter passed to d_hash and d_compare is the parent +/* + * Locking rules for dentry_operations callbacks are to be found in + * Documentation/filesystems/Locking. Keep it updated! + * + * the dentry parameter passed to d_hash and d_compare is the parent * directory of the entries to be compared. It is used in case these * functions need any directory specific information for determining * equivalency classes. Using the dentry itself might not work, as it * might be a negative dentry which has no information associated with - * it */ - -/* -locking rules: - big lock dcache_lock d_lock may block -d_revalidate: no no no yes -d_hash no no no yes -d_compare: no yes yes no -d_delete: no yes no no -d_release: no no no yes -d_iput: no no no yes + * it. */ /* d_flags entries */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe15ce446beb3a33583af81ffe6c9d01a75314ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:23 +1100 Subject: fs: change d_delete semantics Change d_delete from a dentry deletion notification to a dentry caching advise, more like ->drop_inode. Require it to be constant and idempotent, and not take d_lock. This is how all existing filesystems use the callback anyway. This makes fine grained dentry locking of dput and dentry lru scanning much simpler. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index fff975576b5b..cbfc9567e4e9 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ enum dentry_d_lock_class struct dentry_operations { int (*d_revalidate)(struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - int (*d_hash) (struct dentry *, struct qstr *); - int (*d_compare) (struct dentry *, struct qstr *, struct qstr *); - int (*d_delete)(struct dentry *); + int (*d_hash)(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); + int (*d_compare)(struct dentry *, struct qstr *, struct qstr *); + int (*d_delete)(const struct dentry *); void (*d_release)(struct dentry *); void (*d_iput)(struct dentry *, struct inode *); char *(*d_dname)(struct dentry *, char *, int); -- cgit v1.2.3 From fb2d5b86aff355a27ebfc132d3c99f4a940cc3fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:26 +1100 Subject: fs: name case update method smpfs and ncpfs want to update a live dentry name in-place. Rather than have them open code the locking, provide a documented dcache API. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index cbfc9567e4e9..6cdf4995c90a 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -290,6 +290,8 @@ static inline struct dentry *d_add_unique(struct dentry *entry, struct inode *in return res; } +extern void dentry_update_name_case(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); + /* used for rename() and baskets */ extern void d_move(struct dentry *, struct dentry *); extern struct dentry *d_ancestor(struct dentry *, struct dentry *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 621e155a3591962420eacdd39f6f0aa29ceb221e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:27 +1100 Subject: fs: change d_compare for rcu-walk Change d_compare so it may be called from lock-free RCU lookups. This does put significant restrictions on what may be done from the callback, however there don't seem to have been any problems with in-tree fses. If some strange use case pops up that _really_ cannot cope with the rcu-walk rules, we can just add new rcu-unaware callbacks, which would cause name lookup to drop out of rcu-walk mode. For in-tree filesystems, this is just a mechanical change. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 12 +++++------- include/linux/ncp_fs.h | 4 ++-- 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 6cdf4995c90a..75a072bf2a34 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -134,7 +134,9 @@ enum dentry_d_lock_class struct dentry_operations { int (*d_revalidate)(struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); int (*d_hash)(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); - int (*d_compare)(struct dentry *, struct qstr *, struct qstr *); + int (*d_compare)(const struct dentry *, const struct inode *, + const struct dentry *, const struct inode *, + unsigned int, const char *, const struct qstr *); int (*d_delete)(const struct dentry *); void (*d_release)(struct dentry *); void (*d_iput)(struct dentry *, struct inode *); @@ -145,12 +147,8 @@ struct dentry_operations { * Locking rules for dentry_operations callbacks are to be found in * Documentation/filesystems/Locking. Keep it updated! * - * the dentry parameter passed to d_hash and d_compare is the parent - * directory of the entries to be compared. It is used in case these - * functions need any directory specific information for determining - * equivalency classes. Using the dentry itself might not work, as it - * might be a negative dentry which has no information associated with - * it. + * FUrther descriptions are found in Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt. + * Keep it updated too! */ /* d_flags entries */ diff --git a/include/linux/ncp_fs.h b/include/linux/ncp_fs.h index ef663061d5ac..1c27f201c856 100644 --- a/include/linux/ncp_fs.h +++ b/include/linux/ncp_fs.h @@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ struct ncp_entry_info { __u8 file_handle[6]; }; -static inline struct ncp_server *NCP_SBP(struct super_block *sb) +static inline struct ncp_server *NCP_SBP(const struct super_block *sb) { return sb->s_fs_info; } #define NCP_SERVER(inode) NCP_SBP((inode)->i_sb) -static inline struct ncp_inode_info *NCP_FINFO(struct inode *inode) +static inline struct ncp_inode_info *NCP_FINFO(const struct inode *inode) { return container_of(inode, struct ncp_inode_info, vfs_inode); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From b1e6a015a580ad145689ad1d6b4aa0e03e6c868b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:28 +1100 Subject: fs: change d_hash for rcu-walk Change d_hash so it may be called from lock-free RCU lookups. See similar patch for d_compare for details. For in-tree filesystems, this is just a mechanical change. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 75a072bf2a34..1149e706f04d 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -133,7 +133,8 @@ enum dentry_d_lock_class struct dentry_operations { int (*d_revalidate)(struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - int (*d_hash)(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); + int (*d_hash)(const struct dentry *, const struct inode *, + struct qstr *); int (*d_compare)(const struct dentry *, const struct inode *, const struct dentry *, const struct inode *, unsigned int, const char *, const struct qstr *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From ec2447c278ee973d35f38e53ca16ba7f965ae33d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:29 +1100 Subject: hostfs: simplify locking Remove dcache_lock locking from hostfs filesystem, and move it into dcache helpers. All that is required is a coherent path name. Protection from concurrent modification of the namespace after path name generation is not provided in current code, because dcache_lock is dropped before the path is used. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 1149e706f04d..cea27dfca532 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ extern char *dynamic_dname(struct dentry *, char *, int, const char *, ...); extern char *__d_path(const struct path *path, struct path *root, char *, int); extern char *d_path(const struct path *, char *, int); extern char *d_path_with_unreachable(const struct path *, char *, int); -extern char *__dentry_path(struct dentry *, char *, int); +extern char *dentry_path_raw(struct dentry *, char *, int); extern char *dentry_path(struct dentry *, char *, int); /* Allocation counts.. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 789680d1ee9311cdf095241dc02bd9784d799cd1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:30 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache scale hash Add a new lock, dcache_hash_lock, to protect the dcache hash table from concurrent modification. d_hash is also protected by d_lock. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 35 ++--------------------------------- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index cea27dfca532..2feb624b67f1 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -184,39 +184,6 @@ struct dentry_operations { extern spinlock_t dcache_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; -/** - * d_drop - drop a dentry - * @dentry: dentry to drop - * - * d_drop() unhashes the entry from the parent dentry hashes, so that it won't - * be found through a VFS lookup any more. Note that this is different from - * deleting the dentry - d_delete will try to mark the dentry negative if - * possible, giving a successful _negative_ lookup, while d_drop will - * just make the cache lookup fail. - * - * d_drop() is used mainly for stuff that wants to invalidate a dentry for some - * reason (NFS timeouts or autofs deletes). - * - * __d_drop requires dentry->d_lock. - */ - -static inline void __d_drop(struct dentry *dentry) -{ - if (!(dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_UNHASHED)) { - dentry->d_flags |= DCACHE_UNHASHED; - hlist_del_rcu(&dentry->d_hash); - } -} - -static inline void d_drop(struct dentry *dentry) -{ - spin_lock(&dcache_lock); - spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock); - __d_drop(dentry); - spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); - spin_unlock(&dcache_lock); -} - static inline int dname_external(struct dentry *dentry) { return dentry->d_name.name != dentry->d_iname; @@ -228,6 +195,8 @@ static inline int dname_external(struct dentry *dentry) extern void d_instantiate(struct dentry *, struct inode *); extern struct dentry * d_instantiate_unique(struct dentry *, struct inode *); extern struct dentry * d_materialise_unique(struct dentry *, struct inode *); +extern void __d_drop(struct dentry *dentry); +extern void d_drop(struct dentry *dentry); extern void d_delete(struct dentry *); /* allocate/de-allocate */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b7ab39f631f505edc2bbdb86620d5493f995c9da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:32 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache scale dentry refcount Make d_count non-atomic and protect it with d_lock. This allows us to ensure a 0 refcount dentry remains 0 without dcache_lock. It is also fairly natural when we start protecting many other dentry members with d_lock. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 29 +++++++++++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 2feb624b67f1..b0ade2d46805 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ full_name_hash(const unsigned char *name, unsigned int len) #endif struct dentry { - atomic_t d_count; + unsigned int d_count; /* protected by d_lock */ unsigned int d_flags; /* protected by d_lock */ spinlock_t d_lock; /* per dentry lock */ int d_mounted; @@ -297,17 +297,28 @@ extern char *dentry_path(struct dentry *, char *, int); * needs and they take necessary precautions) you should hold dcache_lock * and call dget_locked() instead of dget(). */ - +static inline struct dentry *dget_dlock(struct dentry *dentry) +{ + if (dentry) { + BUG_ON(!dentry->d_count); + dentry->d_count++; + } + return dentry; +} static inline struct dentry *dget(struct dentry *dentry) { if (dentry) { - BUG_ON(!atomic_read(&dentry->d_count)); - atomic_inc(&dentry->d_count); + spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock); + dget_dlock(dentry); + spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); } return dentry; } extern struct dentry * dget_locked(struct dentry *); +extern struct dentry * dget_locked_dlock(struct dentry *); + +extern struct dentry *dget_parent(struct dentry *dentry); /** * d_unhashed - is dentry hashed @@ -338,16 +349,6 @@ static inline void dont_mount(struct dentry *dentry) spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); } -static inline struct dentry *dget_parent(struct dentry *dentry) -{ - struct dentry *ret; - - spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock); - ret = dget(dentry->d_parent); - spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); - return ret; -} - extern void dput(struct dentry *); static inline int d_mountpoint(struct dentry *dentry) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2fd6b7f50797f2e993eea59e0a0b8c6399c811dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:34 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache scale subdirs Protect d_subdirs and d_child with d_lock, except in filesystems that aren't using dcache_lock for these anyway (eg. using i_mutex). Note: if we change the locking rule in future so that ->d_child protection is provided only with ->d_parent->d_lock, it may allow us to reduce some locking. But it would be an exception to an otherwise regular locking scheme, so we'd have to see some good results. Probably not worthwhile. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index b0ade2d46805..ddf4f55624f7 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -305,6 +305,7 @@ static inline struct dentry *dget_dlock(struct dentry *dentry) } return dentry; } + static inline struct dentry *dget(struct dentry *dentry) { if (dentry) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From b23fb0a60379a95e10c671f646b259ea2558421e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:35 +1100 Subject: fs: scale inode alias list Add a new lock, dcache_inode_lock, to protect the inode's i_dentry list from concurrent modification. d_alias is also protected by d_lock. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index ddf4f55624f7..bda5ec0b077d 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -181,6 +181,7 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_CANT_MOUNT 0x0100 +extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern spinlock_t dcache_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 949854d02455080d20cd3e1db28a3a18daf7599d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:37 +1100 Subject: fs: Use rename lock and RCU for multi-step operations The remaining usages for dcache_lock is to allow atomic, multi-step read-side operations over the directory tree by excluding modifications to the tree. Also, to walk in the leaf->root direction in the tree where we don't have a natural d_lock ordering. This could be accomplished by taking every d_lock, but this would mean a huge number of locks and actually gets very tricky. Solve this instead by using the rename seqlock for multi-step read-side operations, retry in case of a rename so we don't walk up the wrong parent. Concurrent dentry insertions are not serialised against. Concurrent deletes are tricky when walking up the directory: our parent might have been deleted when dropping locks so also need to check and retry for that. We can also use the rename lock in cases where livelock is a worry (and it is introduced in subsequent patch). Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index bda5ec0b077d..c963ebada922 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -180,6 +180,7 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_FSNOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED 0x0080 /* Parent inode is watched by some fsnotify listener */ #define DCACHE_CANT_MOUNT 0x0100 +#define DCACHE_GENOCIDE 0x0200 extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern spinlock_t dcache_lock; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b5c84bf6f6fa3a7dfdcb556023a62953574b60ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:38 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache remove dcache_lock dcache_lock no longer protects anything. remove it. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 5 ++--- include/linux/fs.h | 6 +++++- include/linux/fsnotify.h | 2 -- include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h | 11 +++++++---- include/linux/namei.h | 1 - 5 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index c963ebada922..a2ceb94b0e38 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -183,7 +183,6 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_GENOCIDE 0x0200 extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; -extern spinlock_t dcache_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; static inline int dname_external(struct dentry *dentry) @@ -296,8 +295,8 @@ extern char *dentry_path(struct dentry *, char *, int); * destroyed when it has references. dget() should never be * called for dentries with zero reference counter. For these cases * (preferably none, functions in dcache.c are sufficient for normal - * needs and they take necessary precautions) you should hold dcache_lock - * and call dget_locked() instead of dget(). + * needs and they take necessary precautions) you should hold d_lock + * and call dget_dlock() instead of dget(). */ static inline struct dentry *dget_dlock(struct dentry *dentry) { diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index 090f0eacde29..296cf2fde945 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ struct super_block { #else struct list_head s_files; #endif - /* s_dentry_lru and s_nr_dentry_unused are protected by dcache_lock */ + /* s_dentry_lru, s_nr_dentry_unused protected by dcache.c lru locks */ struct list_head s_dentry_lru; /* unused dentry lru */ int s_nr_dentry_unused; /* # of dentry on lru */ @@ -2446,6 +2446,10 @@ static inline ino_t parent_ino(struct dentry *dentry) { ino_t res; + /* + * Don't strictly need d_lock here? If the parent ino could change + * then surely we'd have a deeper race in the caller? + */ spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock); res = dentry->d_parent->d_inode->i_ino; spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); diff --git a/include/linux/fsnotify.h b/include/linux/fsnotify.h index b10bcdeaef76..2a53f10712b3 100644 --- a/include/linux/fsnotify.h +++ b/include/linux/fsnotify.h @@ -17,7 +17,6 @@ /* * fsnotify_d_instantiate - instantiate a dentry for inode - * Called with dcache_lock held. */ static inline void fsnotify_d_instantiate(struct dentry *dentry, struct inode *inode) @@ -62,7 +61,6 @@ static inline int fsnotify_perm(struct file *file, int mask) /* * fsnotify_d_move - dentry has been moved - * Called with dcache_lock and dentry->d_lock held. */ static inline void fsnotify_d_move(struct dentry *dentry) { diff --git a/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h b/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h index 7380763595d3..69ad89b50489 100644 --- a/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h +++ b/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h @@ -329,9 +329,15 @@ static inline void __fsnotify_update_dcache_flags(struct dentry *dentry) { struct dentry *parent; - assert_spin_locked(&dcache_lock); assert_spin_locked(&dentry->d_lock); + /* + * Serialisation of setting PARENT_WATCHED on the dentries is provided + * by d_lock. If inotify_inode_watched changes after we have taken + * d_lock, the following __fsnotify_update_child_dentry_flags call will + * find our entry, so it will spin until we complete here, and update + * us with the new state. + */ parent = dentry->d_parent; if (parent->d_inode && fsnotify_inode_watches_children(parent->d_inode)) dentry->d_flags |= DCACHE_FSNOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED; @@ -341,15 +347,12 @@ static inline void __fsnotify_update_dcache_flags(struct dentry *dentry) /* * fsnotify_d_instantiate - instantiate a dentry for inode - * Called with dcache_lock held. */ static inline void __fsnotify_d_instantiate(struct dentry *dentry, struct inode *inode) { if (!inode) return; - assert_spin_locked(&dcache_lock); - spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock); __fsnotify_update_dcache_flags(dentry); spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock); diff --git a/include/linux/namei.h b/include/linux/namei.h index 05b441d93642..aec730b53935 100644 --- a/include/linux/namei.h +++ b/include/linux/namei.h @@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ enum {LAST_NORM, LAST_ROOT, LAST_DOT, LAST_DOTDOT, LAST_BIND}; * - require a directory * - ending slashes ok even for nonexistent files * - internal "there are more path components" flag - * - locked when lookup done with dcache_lock held * - dentry cache is untrusted; force a real lookup */ #define LOOKUP_FOLLOW 1 -- cgit v1.2.3 From dc0474be3e27463d4d4a2793f82366eed906f223 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:43 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache rationalise dget variants dget_locked was a shortcut to avoid the lazy lru manipulation when we already held dcache_lock (lru manipulation was relatively cheap at that point). However, how that the lru lock is an innermost one, we never hold it at any caller, so the lock cost can now be avoided. We already have well working lazy dcache LRU, so it should be fine to defer LRU manipulations to scan time. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 15 +++------------ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index a2ceb94b0e38..ca648685f0cc 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -287,23 +287,17 @@ extern char *dentry_path(struct dentry *, char *, int); /* Allocation counts.. */ /** - * dget, dget_locked - get a reference to a dentry + * dget, dget_dlock - get a reference to a dentry * @dentry: dentry to get a reference to * * Given a dentry or %NULL pointer increment the reference count * if appropriate and return the dentry. A dentry will not be - * destroyed when it has references. dget() should never be - * called for dentries with zero reference counter. For these cases - * (preferably none, functions in dcache.c are sufficient for normal - * needs and they take necessary precautions) you should hold d_lock - * and call dget_dlock() instead of dget(). + * destroyed when it has references. */ static inline struct dentry *dget_dlock(struct dentry *dentry) { - if (dentry) { - BUG_ON(!dentry->d_count); + if (dentry) dentry->d_count++; - } return dentry; } @@ -317,9 +311,6 @@ static inline struct dentry *dget(struct dentry *dentry) return dentry; } -extern struct dentry * dget_locked(struct dentry *); -extern struct dentry * dget_locked_dlock(struct dentry *); - extern struct dentry *dget_parent(struct dentry *dentry); /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From fa0d7e3de6d6fc5004ad9dea0dd6b286af8f03e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:49 +1100 Subject: fs: icache RCU free inodes RCU free the struct inode. This will allow: - Subsequent store-free path walking patch. The inode must be consulted for permissions when walking, so an RCU inode reference is a must. - sb_inode_list_lock to be moved inside i_lock because sb list walkers who want to take i_lock no longer need to take sb_inode_list_lock to walk the list in the first place. This will simplify and optimize locking. - Could remove some nested trylock loops in dcache code - Could potentially simplify things a bit in VM land. Do not need to take the page lock to follow page->mapping. The downsides of this is the performance cost of using RCU. In a simple creat/unlink microbenchmark, performance drops by about 10% due to inability to reuse cache-hot slab objects. As iterations increase and RCU freeing starts kicking over, this increases to about 20%. In cases where inode lifetimes are longer (ie. many inodes may be allocated during the average life span of a single inode), a lot of this cache reuse is not applicable, so the regression caused by this patch is smaller. The cache-hot regression could largely be avoided by using SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU, however this adds some complexity to list walking and store-free path walking, so I prefer to implement this at a later date, if it is shown to be a win in real situations. I haven't found a regression in any non-micro benchmark so I doubt it will be a problem. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/fs.h | 5 ++++- include/linux/net.h | 1 - 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index 296cf2fde945..1ff4d0a33b25 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -737,7 +737,10 @@ struct inode { struct list_head i_wb_list; /* backing dev IO list */ struct list_head i_lru; /* inode LRU list */ struct list_head i_sb_list; - struct list_head i_dentry; + union { + struct list_head i_dentry; + struct rcu_head i_rcu; + }; unsigned long i_ino; atomic_t i_count; unsigned int i_nlink; diff --git a/include/linux/net.h b/include/linux/net.h index 16faa130088c..06bde4908473 100644 --- a/include/linux/net.h +++ b/include/linux/net.h @@ -120,7 +120,6 @@ enum sock_shutdown_cmd { struct socket_wq { wait_queue_head_t wait; struct fasync_struct *fasync_list; - struct rcu_head rcu; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From ff0c7d15f9787b7e8c601533c015295cc68329f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:50 +1100 Subject: fs: avoid inode RCU freeing for pseudo fs Pseudo filesystems that don't put inode on RCU list or reachable by rcu-walk dentries do not need to RCU free their inodes. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/fs.h | 1 + include/linux/net.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index 1ff4d0a33b25..ea202fff44f8 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -2233,6 +2233,7 @@ extern void iget_failed(struct inode *); extern void end_writeback(struct inode *); extern void __destroy_inode(struct inode *); extern struct inode *new_inode(struct super_block *); +extern void free_inode_nonrcu(struct inode *inode); extern int should_remove_suid(struct dentry *); extern int file_remove_suid(struct file *); diff --git a/include/linux/net.h b/include/linux/net.h index 06bde4908473..16faa130088c 100644 --- a/include/linux/net.h +++ b/include/linux/net.h @@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ enum sock_shutdown_cmd { struct socket_wq { wait_queue_head_t wait; struct fasync_struct *fasync_list; + struct rcu_head rcu; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3c22cd5709e8143444a6d08682a87f4c57902df3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:51 +1100 Subject: kernel: optimise seqlock Add branch annotations for seqlock read fastpath, and introduce __read_seqcount_begin and __read_seqcount_end functions, that can avoid the smp_rmb() if used carefully. These will be used by store-free path walking algorithm performance is critical and seqlocks are in use. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/seqlock.h | 80 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 73 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/seqlock.h b/include/linux/seqlock.h index 632205ccc25d..e98cd2e57194 100644 --- a/include/linux/seqlock.h +++ b/include/linux/seqlock.h @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ static __always_inline int read_seqretry(const seqlock_t *sl, unsigned start) { smp_rmb(); - return (sl->sequence != start); + return unlikely(sl->sequence != start); } @@ -125,14 +125,25 @@ typedef struct seqcount { #define SEQCNT_ZERO { 0 } #define seqcount_init(x) do { *(x) = (seqcount_t) SEQCNT_ZERO; } while (0) -/* Start of read using pointer to a sequence counter only. */ -static inline unsigned read_seqcount_begin(const seqcount_t *s) +/** + * __read_seqcount_begin - begin a seq-read critical section (without barrier) + * @s: pointer to seqcount_t + * Returns: count to be passed to read_seqcount_retry + * + * __read_seqcount_begin is like read_seqcount_begin, but has no smp_rmb() + * barrier. Callers should ensure that smp_rmb() or equivalent ordering is + * provided before actually loading any of the variables that are to be + * protected in this critical section. + * + * Use carefully, only in critical code, and comment how the barrier is + * provided. + */ +static inline unsigned __read_seqcount_begin(const seqcount_t *s) { unsigned ret; repeat: ret = s->sequence; - smp_rmb(); if (unlikely(ret & 1)) { cpu_relax(); goto repeat; @@ -140,14 +151,56 @@ repeat: return ret; } -/* - * Test if reader processed invalid data because sequence number has changed. +/** + * read_seqcount_begin - begin a seq-read critical section + * @s: pointer to seqcount_t + * Returns: count to be passed to read_seqcount_retry + * + * read_seqcount_begin opens a read critical section of the given seqcount. + * Validity of the critical section is tested by checking read_seqcount_retry + * function. + */ +static inline unsigned read_seqcount_begin(const seqcount_t *s) +{ + unsigned ret = __read_seqcount_begin(s); + smp_rmb(); + return ret; +} + +/** + * __read_seqcount_retry - end a seq-read critical section (without barrier) + * @s: pointer to seqcount_t + * @start: count, from read_seqcount_begin + * Returns: 1 if retry is required, else 0 + * + * __read_seqcount_retry is like read_seqcount_retry, but has no smp_rmb() + * barrier. Callers should ensure that smp_rmb() or equivalent ordering is + * provided before actually loading any of the variables that are to be + * protected in this critical section. + * + * Use carefully, only in critical code, and comment how the barrier is + * provided. + */ +static inline int __read_seqcount_retry(const seqcount_t *s, unsigned start) +{ + return unlikely(s->sequence != start); +} + +/** + * read_seqcount_retry - end a seq-read critical section + * @s: pointer to seqcount_t + * @start: count, from read_seqcount_begin + * Returns: 1 if retry is required, else 0 + * + * read_seqcount_retry closes a read critical section of the given seqcount. + * If the critical section was invalid, it must be ignored (and typically + * retried). */ static inline int read_seqcount_retry(const seqcount_t *s, unsigned start) { smp_rmb(); - return s->sequence != start; + return __read_seqcount_retry(s, start); } @@ -167,6 +220,19 @@ static inline void write_seqcount_end(seqcount_t *s) s->sequence++; } +/** + * write_seqcount_barrier - invalidate in-progress read-side seq operations + * @s: pointer to seqcount_t + * + * After write_seqcount_barrier, no read-side seq operations will complete + * successfully and see data older than this. + */ +static inline void write_seqcount_barrier(seqcount_t *s) +{ + smp_wmb(); + s->sequence+=2; +} + /* * Possible sw/hw IRQ protected versions of the interfaces. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 31e6b01f4183ff419a6d1f86177cbf4662347cec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:52 +1100 Subject: fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 32 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--- include/linux/namei.h | 15 ++++++++++----- include/linux/security.h | 8 +++++++- 3 files changed, 46 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index ca648685f0cc..c2e7390289cc 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include @@ -90,6 +91,7 @@ struct dentry { unsigned int d_count; /* protected by d_lock */ unsigned int d_flags; /* protected by d_lock */ spinlock_t d_lock; /* per dentry lock */ + seqcount_t d_seq; /* per dentry seqlock */ int d_mounted; struct inode *d_inode; /* Where the name belongs to - NULL is * negative */ @@ -266,9 +268,33 @@ extern void d_move(struct dentry *, struct dentry *); extern struct dentry *d_ancestor(struct dentry *, struct dentry *); /* appendix may either be NULL or be used for transname suffixes */ -extern struct dentry * d_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); -extern struct dentry * __d_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); -extern struct dentry * d_hash_and_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); +extern struct dentry *d_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); +extern struct dentry *d_hash_and_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); +extern struct dentry *__d_lookup(struct dentry *, struct qstr *); +extern struct dentry *__d_lookup_rcu(struct dentry *parent, struct qstr *name, + unsigned *seq, struct inode **inode); + +/** + * __d_rcu_to_refcount - take a refcount on dentry if sequence check is ok + * @dentry: dentry to take a ref on + * @seq: seqcount to verify against + * @Returns: 0 on failure, else 1. + * + * __d_rcu_to_refcount operates on a dentry,seq pair that was returned + * by __d_lookup_rcu, to get a reference on an rcu-walk dentry. + */ +static inline int __d_rcu_to_refcount(struct dentry *dentry, unsigned seq) +{ + int ret = 0; + + assert_spin_locked(&dentry->d_lock); + if (!read_seqcount_retry(&dentry->d_seq, seq)) { + ret = 1; + dentry->d_count++; + } + + return ret; +} /* validate "insecure" dentry pointer */ extern int d_validate(struct dentry *, struct dentry *); diff --git a/include/linux/namei.h b/include/linux/namei.h index aec730b53935..18d06add0a40 100644 --- a/include/linux/namei.h +++ b/include/linux/namei.h @@ -19,7 +19,10 @@ struct nameidata { struct path path; struct qstr last; struct path root; + struct file *file; + struct inode *inode; /* path.dentry.d_inode */ unsigned int flags; + unsigned seq; int last_type; unsigned depth; char *saved_names[MAX_NESTED_LINKS + 1]; @@ -43,11 +46,13 @@ enum {LAST_NORM, LAST_ROOT, LAST_DOT, LAST_DOTDOT, LAST_BIND}; * - internal "there are more path components" flag * - dentry cache is untrusted; force a real lookup */ -#define LOOKUP_FOLLOW 1 -#define LOOKUP_DIRECTORY 2 -#define LOOKUP_CONTINUE 4 -#define LOOKUP_PARENT 16 -#define LOOKUP_REVAL 64 +#define LOOKUP_FOLLOW 0x0001 +#define LOOKUP_DIRECTORY 0x0002 +#define LOOKUP_CONTINUE 0x0004 + +#define LOOKUP_PARENT 0x0010 +#define LOOKUP_REVAL 0x0020 +#define LOOKUP_RCU 0x0040 /* * Intent data */ diff --git a/include/linux/security.h b/include/linux/security.h index fd4d55fb8845..ed95401970c7 100644 --- a/include/linux/security.h +++ b/include/linux/security.h @@ -457,7 +457,6 @@ static inline void security_free_mnt_opts(struct security_mnt_opts *opts) * called when the actual read/write operations are performed. * @inode contains the inode structure to check. * @mask contains the permission mask. - * @nd contains the nameidata (may be NULL). * Return 0 if permission is granted. * @inode_setattr: * Check permission before setting file attributes. Note that the kernel @@ -1713,6 +1712,7 @@ int security_inode_rename(struct inode *old_dir, struct dentry *old_dentry, int security_inode_readlink(struct dentry *dentry); int security_inode_follow_link(struct dentry *dentry, struct nameidata *nd); int security_inode_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask); +int security_inode_exec_permission(struct inode *inode, unsigned int flags); int security_inode_setattr(struct dentry *dentry, struct iattr *attr); int security_inode_getattr(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry); int security_inode_setxattr(struct dentry *dentry, const char *name, @@ -2102,6 +2102,12 @@ static inline int security_inode_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask) return 0; } +static inline int security_inode_exec_permission(struct inode *inode, + unsigned int flags) +{ + return 0; +} + static inline int security_inode_setattr(struct dentry *dentry, struct iattr *attr) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From c28cc36469554dc55540f059fbdc7fa22a2c31fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:53 +1100 Subject: fs: fs_struct use seqlock Use a seqlock in the fs_struct to enable us to take an atomic copy of the complete cwd and root paths. Use this in the RCU lookup path to avoid a thread-shared spinlock in RCU lookup operations. Multi-threaded apps may now perform path lookups with scalability matching multi-process apps. Operations such as stat(2) become very scalable for multi-threaded workload. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/fs_struct.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fs_struct.h b/include/linux/fs_struct.h index a42b5bf02f8b..003dc0fd7347 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs_struct.h +++ b/include/linux/fs_struct.h @@ -2,10 +2,13 @@ #define _LINUX_FS_STRUCT_H #include +#include +#include struct fs_struct { int users; spinlock_t lock; + seqcount_t seq; int umask; int in_exec; struct path root, pwd; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5f57cbcc02cf18f6b22ef4066bb10afeb8f930ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:54 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache remove d_mounted Rather than keep a d_mounted count in the dentry, set a dentry flag instead. The flag can be cleared by checking the hash table to see if there are any mounts left, which is not time critical because it is performed at detach time. The mounted state of a dentry is only used to speculatively take a look in the mount hash table if it is set -- before following the mount, vfsmount lock is taken and mount re-checked without races. This saves 4 bytes on 32-bit, nothing on 64-bit but it does provide a hole I might use later (and some configs have larger than 32-bit spinlocks which might make use of the hole). Autofs4 conversion and changelog by Ian Kent : In autofs4, when expring direct (or offset) mounts we need to ensure that we block user path walks into the autofs mount, which is covered by another mount. To do this we clear the mounted status so that follows stop before walking into the mount and are essentially blocked until the expire is completed. The automount daemon still finds the correct dentry for the umount due to the follow mount logic in fs/autofs4/root.c:autofs4_follow_link(), which is set as an inode operation for direct and offset mounts only and is called following the lookup that stopped at the covered mount. At the end of the expire the covering mount probably has gone away so the mounted status need not be restored. But we need to check this and only restore the mounted status if the expire failed. XXX: autofs may not work right if we have other mounts go over the top of it? Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 42 +++++++++++++++++++++--------------------- 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index c2e7390289cc..e4414693065e 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -92,7 +92,6 @@ struct dentry { unsigned int d_flags; /* protected by d_lock */ spinlock_t d_lock; /* per dentry lock */ seqcount_t d_seq; /* per dentry seqlock */ - int d_mounted; struct inode *d_inode; /* Where the name belongs to - NULL is * negative */ /* @@ -156,33 +155,34 @@ struct dentry_operations { /* d_flags entries */ #define DCACHE_AUTOFS_PENDING 0x0001 /* autofs: "under construction" */ -#define DCACHE_NFSFS_RENAMED 0x0002 /* this dentry has been "silly - * renamed" and has to be - * deleted on the last dput() - */ -#define DCACHE_DISCONNECTED 0x0004 - /* This dentry is possibly not currently connected to the dcache tree, - * in which case its parent will either be itself, or will have this - * flag as well. nfsd will not use a dentry with this bit set, but will - * first endeavour to clear the bit either by discovering that it is - * connected, or by performing lookup operations. Any filesystem which - * supports nfsd_operations MUST have a lookup function which, if it finds - * a directory inode with a DCACHE_DISCONNECTED dentry, will d_move - * that dentry into place and return that dentry rather than the passed one, - * typically using d_splice_alias. - */ +#define DCACHE_NFSFS_RENAMED 0x0002 + /* this dentry has been "silly renamed" and has to be deleted on the last + * dput() */ + +#define DCACHE_DISCONNECTED 0x0004 + /* This dentry is possibly not currently connected to the dcache tree, in + * which case its parent will either be itself, or will have this flag as + * well. nfsd will not use a dentry with this bit set, but will first + * endeavour to clear the bit either by discovering that it is connected, + * or by performing lookup operations. Any filesystem which supports + * nfsd_operations MUST have a lookup function which, if it finds a + * directory inode with a DCACHE_DISCONNECTED dentry, will d_move that + * dentry into place and return that dentry rather than the passed one, + * typically using d_splice_alias. */ #define DCACHE_REFERENCED 0x0008 /* Recently used, don't discard. */ #define DCACHE_UNHASHED 0x0010 - -#define DCACHE_INOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED 0x0020 /* Parent inode is watched by inotify */ +#define DCACHE_INOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED 0x0020 + /* Parent inode is watched by inotify */ #define DCACHE_COOKIE 0x0040 /* For use by dcookie subsystem */ - -#define DCACHE_FSNOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED 0x0080 /* Parent inode is watched by some fsnotify listener */ +#define DCACHE_FSNOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED 0x0080 + /* Parent inode is watched by some fsnotify listener */ #define DCACHE_CANT_MOUNT 0x0100 #define DCACHE_GENOCIDE 0x0200 +#define DCACHE_MOUNTED 0x0400 /* is a mountpoint */ + extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ extern void dput(struct dentry *); static inline int d_mountpoint(struct dentry *dentry) { - return dentry->d_mounted; + return dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_MOUNTED; } extern struct vfsmount *lookup_mnt(struct path *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From fb045adb99d9b7c562dc7fef834857f78249daa1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:55 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache reduce branches in lookup path Reduce some branches and memory accesses in dcache lookup by adding dentry flags to indicate common d_ops are set, rather than having to check them. This saves a pointer memory access (dentry->d_op) in common path lookup situations, and saves another pointer load and branch in cases where we have d_op but not the particular operation. Patched with: git grep -E '[.>]([[:space:]])*d_op([[:space:]])*=' | xargs sed -e 's/\([^\t ]*\)->d_op = \(.*\);/d_set_d_op(\1, \2);/' -e 's/\([^\t ]*\)\.d_op = \(.*\);/d_set_d_op(\&\1, \2);/' -i Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index e4414693065e..f4b40a751f09 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -183,6 +183,11 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_GENOCIDE 0x0200 #define DCACHE_MOUNTED 0x0400 /* is a mountpoint */ +#define DCACHE_OP_HASH 0x1000 +#define DCACHE_OP_COMPARE 0x2000 +#define DCACHE_OP_REVALIDATE 0x4000 +#define DCACHE_OP_DELETE 0x8000 + extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; @@ -201,6 +206,7 @@ extern struct dentry * d_materialise_unique(struct dentry *, struct inode *); extern void __d_drop(struct dentry *dentry); extern void d_drop(struct dentry *dentry); extern void d_delete(struct dentry *); +extern void d_set_d_op(struct dentry *dentry, const struct dentry_operations *op); /* allocate/de-allocate */ extern struct dentry * d_alloc(struct dentry *, const struct qstr *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 44a7d7a878c9cbb74f236ea755b25b6b2e26a9a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:56 +1100 Subject: fs: cache optimise dentry and inode for rcu-walk Put dentry and inode fields into top of data structure. This allows RCU path traversal to perform an RCU dentry lookup in a path walk by touching only the first 56 bytes of the dentry. We also fit in 8 bytes of inline name in the first 64 bytes, so for short names, only 64 bytes needs to be touched to perform the lookup. We should get rid of the hash->prev pointer from the first 64 bytes, and fit 16 bytes of name in there, which will take care of 81% rather than 32% of the kernel tree. inode is also rearranged so that RCU lookup will only touch a single cacheline in the inode, plus one in the i_ops structure. This is important for directory component lookups in RCU path walking. In the kernel source, directory names average is around 6 chars, so this works. When we reach the last element of the lookup, we need to lock it and take its refcount which requires another cacheline access. Align dentry and inode operations structs, so members will be at predictable offsets and we can group common operations into head of structure. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 36 +++++++++++++++++++----------------- include/linux/fs.h | 42 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------- 2 files changed, 42 insertions(+), 36 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index f4b40a751f09..b1aeda077258 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -82,25 +82,33 @@ full_name_hash(const unsigned char *name, unsigned int len) * large memory footprint increase). */ #ifdef CONFIG_64BIT -#define DNAME_INLINE_LEN_MIN 32 /* 192 bytes */ +# define DNAME_INLINE_LEN 32 /* 192 bytes */ #else -#define DNAME_INLINE_LEN_MIN 40 /* 128 bytes */ +# ifdef CONFIG_SMP +# define DNAME_INLINE_LEN 36 /* 128 bytes */ +# else +# define DNAME_INLINE_LEN 40 /* 128 bytes */ +# endif #endif struct dentry { - unsigned int d_count; /* protected by d_lock */ + /* RCU lookup touched fields */ unsigned int d_flags; /* protected by d_lock */ - spinlock_t d_lock; /* per dentry lock */ seqcount_t d_seq; /* per dentry seqlock */ - struct inode *d_inode; /* Where the name belongs to - NULL is - * negative */ - /* - * The next three fields are touched by __d_lookup. Place them here - * so they all fit in a cache line. - */ struct hlist_node d_hash; /* lookup hash list */ struct dentry *d_parent; /* parent directory */ struct qstr d_name; + struct inode *d_inode; /* Where the name belongs to - NULL is + * negative */ + unsigned char d_iname[DNAME_INLINE_LEN]; /* small names */ + + /* Ref lookup also touches following */ + unsigned int d_count; /* protected by d_lock */ + spinlock_t d_lock; /* per dentry lock */ + const struct dentry_operations *d_op; + struct super_block *d_sb; /* The root of the dentry tree */ + unsigned long d_time; /* used by d_revalidate */ + void *d_fsdata; /* fs-specific data */ struct list_head d_lru; /* LRU list */ /* @@ -112,12 +120,6 @@ struct dentry { } d_u; struct list_head d_subdirs; /* our children */ struct list_head d_alias; /* inode alias list */ - unsigned long d_time; /* used by d_revalidate */ - const struct dentry_operations *d_op; - struct super_block *d_sb; /* The root of the dentry tree */ - void *d_fsdata; /* fs-specific data */ - - unsigned char d_iname[DNAME_INLINE_LEN_MIN]; /* small names */ }; /* @@ -143,7 +145,7 @@ struct dentry_operations { void (*d_release)(struct dentry *); void (*d_iput)(struct dentry *, struct inode *); char *(*d_dname)(struct dentry *, char *, int); -}; +} ____cacheline_aligned; /* * Locking rules for dentry_operations callbacks are to be found in diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index ea202fff44f8..a04aa96acb71 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -733,6 +733,20 @@ struct posix_acl; #define ACL_NOT_CACHED ((void *)(-1)) struct inode { + /* RCU path lookup touches following: */ + umode_t i_mode; + uid_t i_uid; + gid_t i_gid; + const struct inode_operations *i_op; + struct super_block *i_sb; + + spinlock_t i_lock; /* i_blocks, i_bytes, maybe i_size */ + unsigned int i_flags; + struct mutex i_mutex; + + unsigned long i_state; + unsigned long dirtied_when; /* jiffies of first dirtying */ + struct hlist_node i_hash; struct list_head i_wb_list; /* backing dev IO list */ struct list_head i_lru; /* inode LRU list */ @@ -744,8 +758,6 @@ struct inode { unsigned long i_ino; atomic_t i_count; unsigned int i_nlink; - uid_t i_uid; - gid_t i_gid; dev_t i_rdev; unsigned int i_blkbits; u64 i_version; @@ -758,13 +770,8 @@ struct inode { struct timespec i_ctime; blkcnt_t i_blocks; unsigned short i_bytes; - umode_t i_mode; - spinlock_t i_lock; /* i_blocks, i_bytes, maybe i_size */ - struct mutex i_mutex; struct rw_semaphore i_alloc_sem; - const struct inode_operations *i_op; const struct file_operations *i_fop; /* former ->i_op->default_file_ops */ - struct super_block *i_sb; struct file_lock *i_flock; struct address_space *i_mapping; struct address_space i_data; @@ -785,11 +792,6 @@ struct inode { struct hlist_head i_fsnotify_marks; #endif - unsigned long i_state; - unsigned long dirtied_when; /* jiffies of first dirtying */ - - unsigned int i_flags; - #ifdef CONFIG_IMA /* protected by i_lock */ unsigned int i_readcount; /* struct files open RO */ @@ -1549,8 +1551,15 @@ struct file_operations { }; struct inode_operations { - int (*create) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,int, struct nameidata *); struct dentry * (*lookup) (struct inode *,struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); + void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); + int (*permission) (struct inode *, int); + int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int); + + int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int); + void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *); + + int (*create) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,int, struct nameidata *); int (*link) (struct dentry *,struct inode *,struct dentry *); int (*unlink) (struct inode *,struct dentry *); int (*symlink) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,const char *); @@ -1559,12 +1568,7 @@ struct inode_operations { int (*mknod) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,int,dev_t); int (*rename) (struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct dentry *); - int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int); - void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *); void (*truncate) (struct inode *); - int (*permission) (struct inode *, int); - int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int); int (*setattr) (struct dentry *, struct iattr *); int (*getattr) (struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *, struct kstat *); int (*setxattr) (struct dentry *, const char *,const void *,size_t,int); @@ -1576,7 +1580,7 @@ struct inode_operations { loff_t len); int (*fiemap)(struct inode *, struct fiemap_extent_info *, u64 start, u64 len); -}; +} ____cacheline_aligned; struct seq_file; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 34286d6662308d82aed891852d04c7c3a2649b16 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:57 +1100 Subject: fs: rcu-walk aware d_revalidate method Require filesystems be aware of .d_revalidate being called in rcu-walk mode (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU). For now do a simple push down, returning -ECHILD from all implementations. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index b1aeda077258..8b2064d02928 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -190,7 +190,6 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_OP_REVALIDATE 0x4000 #define DCACHE_OP_DELETE 0x8000 - extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b74c79e99389cd79b31fcc08f82c24e492e63c7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:58 +1100 Subject: fs: provide rcu-walk aware permission i_ops Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/coda_linux.h | 2 +- include/linux/fs.h | 10 ++++++---- include/linux/generic_acl.h | 2 +- include/linux/nfs_fs.h | 2 +- include/linux/reiserfs_xattr.h | 2 +- 5 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/coda_linux.h b/include/linux/coda_linux.h index 2e914d0771b9..4ccc59c1ea82 100644 --- a/include/linux/coda_linux.h +++ b/include/linux/coda_linux.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ extern const struct file_operations coda_ioctl_operations; /* operations shared over more than one file */ int coda_open(struct inode *i, struct file *f); int coda_release(struct inode *i, struct file *f); -int coda_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask); +int coda_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask, unsigned int flags); int coda_revalidate_inode(struct dentry *); int coda_getattr(struct vfsmount *, struct dentry *, struct kstat *); int coda_setattr(struct dentry *, struct iattr *); diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index a04aa96acb71..d5a4d42f655b 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -1550,11 +1550,13 @@ struct file_operations { int (*setlease)(struct file *, long, struct file_lock **); }; +#define IPERM_FLAG_RCU 0x0001 + struct inode_operations { struct dentry * (*lookup) (struct inode *,struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); void * (*follow_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *); - int (*permission) (struct inode *, int); - int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int); + int (*permission) (struct inode *, int, unsigned int); + int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int, unsigned int); int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int); void (*put_link) (struct dentry *, struct nameidata *, void *); @@ -2165,8 +2167,8 @@ extern sector_t bmap(struct inode *, sector_t); #endif extern int notify_change(struct dentry *, struct iattr *); extern int inode_permission(struct inode *, int); -extern int generic_permission(struct inode *, int, - int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int)); +extern int generic_permission(struct inode *, int, unsigned int, + int (*check_acl)(struct inode *, int, unsigned int)); static inline bool execute_ok(struct inode *inode) { diff --git a/include/linux/generic_acl.h b/include/linux/generic_acl.h index 574bea4013b6..0437e377b555 100644 --- a/include/linux/generic_acl.h +++ b/include/linux/generic_acl.h @@ -10,6 +10,6 @@ extern const struct xattr_handler generic_acl_default_handler; int generic_acl_init(struct inode *, struct inode *); int generic_acl_chmod(struct inode *); -int generic_check_acl(struct inode *inode, int mask); +int generic_check_acl(struct inode *inode, int mask, unsigned int flags); #endif /* LINUX_GENERIC_ACL_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/nfs_fs.h b/include/linux/nfs_fs.h index 29d504d5d1c3..0779bb8f95be 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs_fs.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs_fs.h @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ extern int nfs_refresh_inode(struct inode *, struct nfs_fattr *); extern int nfs_post_op_update_inode(struct inode *inode, struct nfs_fattr *fattr); extern int nfs_post_op_update_inode_force_wcc(struct inode *inode, struct nfs_fattr *fattr); extern int nfs_getattr(struct vfsmount *, struct dentry *, struct kstat *); -extern int nfs_permission(struct inode *, int); +extern int nfs_permission(struct inode *, int, unsigned int); extern int nfs_open(struct inode *, struct file *); extern int nfs_release(struct inode *, struct file *); extern int nfs_attribute_timeout(struct inode *inode); diff --git a/include/linux/reiserfs_xattr.h b/include/linux/reiserfs_xattr.h index b2cf2089769b..3b94c91f20a6 100644 --- a/include/linux/reiserfs_xattr.h +++ b/include/linux/reiserfs_xattr.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ int reiserfs_xattr_init(struct super_block *sb, int mount_flags); int reiserfs_lookup_privroot(struct super_block *sb); int reiserfs_delete_xattrs(struct inode *inode); int reiserfs_chown_xattrs(struct inode *inode, struct iattr *attrs); -int reiserfs_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask); +int reiserfs_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask, unsigned int flags); #ifdef CONFIG_REISERFS_FS_XATTR #define has_xattr_dir(inode) (REISERFS_I(inode)->i_flags & i_has_xattr_dir) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1e1743ebe35ec7e3c1fa732408358fbc614cbbe5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:49:59 +1100 Subject: fs: provide simple rcu-walk generic_check_acl implementation This simple implementation just checks for no ACLs on the inode, and if so, then the rcu-walk may proceed, otherwise fail it. This could easily be extended to put acls under RCU and check them under seqlock, if need be. But this implementation is enough to show the rcu-walk aware permissions code for path lookups is working, and will handle cases where there are no ACLs or ACLs in just the final element. This patch implicity converts tmpfs to rcu-aware permission check. Subsequent patches onvert ext*, xfs, and, btrfs. Each of these uses acl/permission code in a different way, so convert them all to provide templates and proof of concept. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/posix_acl.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/posix_acl.h b/include/linux/posix_acl.h index 67608161df6b..d68283a898bb 100644 --- a/include/linux/posix_acl.h +++ b/include/linux/posix_acl.h @@ -108,6 +108,25 @@ static inline struct posix_acl *get_cached_acl(struct inode *inode, int type) return acl; } +static inline int negative_cached_acl(struct inode *inode, int type) +{ + struct posix_acl **p, *acl; + switch (type) { + case ACL_TYPE_ACCESS: + p = &inode->i_acl; + break; + case ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT: + p = &inode->i_default_acl; + break; + default: + BUG(); + } + acl = ACCESS_ONCE(*p); + if (acl) + return 0; + return 1; +} + static inline void set_cached_acl(struct inode *inode, int type, struct posix_acl *acl) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4e35e6070b1ceed89c3bba2af4216c286fb1dafd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:03 +1100 Subject: kernel: add bl_list Introduce a type of hlist that can support the use of the lowest bit in the hlist_head. This will be subsequently used to implement per-bucket bit spinlock for inode and dentry hashes, and may be useful in other cases such as network hashes. Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/list_bl.h | 144 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/rculist_bl.h | 127 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 271 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/list_bl.h create mode 100644 include/linux/rculist_bl.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/list_bl.h b/include/linux/list_bl.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9ee97e7f2be4 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/list_bl.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_LIST_BL_H +#define _LINUX_LIST_BL_H + +#include + +/* + * Special version of lists, where head of the list has a lock in the lowest + * bit. This is useful for scalable hash tables without increasing memory + * footprint overhead. + * + * For modification operations, the 0 bit of hlist_bl_head->first + * pointer must be set. + * + * With some small modifications, this can easily be adapted to store several + * arbitrary bits (not just a single lock bit), if the need arises to store + * some fast and compact auxiliary data. + */ + +#if defined(CONFIG_SMP) || defined(CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK) +#define LIST_BL_LOCKMASK 1UL +#else +#define LIST_BL_LOCKMASK 0UL +#endif + +#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LIST +#define LIST_BL_BUG_ON(x) BUG_ON(x) +#else +#define LIST_BL_BUG_ON(x) +#endif + + +struct hlist_bl_head { + struct hlist_bl_node *first; +}; + +struct hlist_bl_node { + struct hlist_bl_node *next, **pprev; +}; +#define INIT_HLIST_BL_HEAD(ptr) \ + ((ptr)->first = NULL) + +static inline void INIT_HLIST_BL_NODE(struct hlist_bl_node *h) +{ + h->next = NULL; + h->pprev = NULL; +} + +#define hlist_bl_entry(ptr, type, member) container_of(ptr,type,member) + +static inline int hlist_bl_unhashed(const struct hlist_bl_node *h) +{ + return !h->pprev; +} + +static inline struct hlist_bl_node *hlist_bl_first(struct hlist_bl_head *h) +{ + return (struct hlist_bl_node *) + ((unsigned long)h->first & ~LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); +} + +static inline void hlist_bl_set_first(struct hlist_bl_head *h, + struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + LIST_BL_BUG_ON((unsigned long)n & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); + LIST_BL_BUG_ON(!((unsigned long)h->first & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK)); + h->first = (struct hlist_bl_node *)((unsigned long)n | LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); +} + +static inline int hlist_bl_empty(const struct hlist_bl_head *h) +{ + return !((unsigned long)h->first & ~LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); +} + +static inline void hlist_bl_add_head(struct hlist_bl_node *n, + struct hlist_bl_head *h) +{ + struct hlist_bl_node *first = hlist_bl_first(h); + + n->next = first; + if (first) + first->pprev = &n->next; + n->pprev = &h->first; + hlist_bl_set_first(h, n); +} + +static inline void __hlist_bl_del(struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + struct hlist_bl_node *next = n->next; + struct hlist_bl_node **pprev = n->pprev; + + LIST_BL_BUG_ON((unsigned long)n & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); + + /* pprev may be `first`, so be careful not to lose the lock bit */ + *pprev = (struct hlist_bl_node *) + ((unsigned long)next | + ((unsigned long)*pprev & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK)); + if (next) + next->pprev = pprev; +} + +static inline void hlist_bl_del(struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + __hlist_bl_del(n); + n->next = LIST_POISON1; + n->pprev = LIST_POISON2; +} + +static inline void hlist_bl_del_init(struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + if (!hlist_bl_unhashed(n)) { + __hlist_bl_del(n); + INIT_HLIST_BL_NODE(n); + } +} + +/** + * hlist_bl_for_each_entry - iterate over list of given type + * @tpos: the type * to use as a loop cursor. + * @pos: the &struct hlist_node to use as a loop cursor. + * @head: the head for your list. + * @member: the name of the hlist_node within the struct. + * + */ +#define hlist_bl_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member) \ + for (pos = hlist_bl_first(head); \ + pos && \ + ({ tpos = hlist_bl_entry(pos, typeof(*tpos), member); 1;}); \ + pos = pos->next) + +/** + * hlist_bl_for_each_entry_safe - iterate over list of given type safe against removal of list entry + * @tpos: the type * to use as a loop cursor. + * @pos: the &struct hlist_node to use as a loop cursor. + * @n: another &struct hlist_node to use as temporary storage + * @head: the head for your list. + * @member: the name of the hlist_node within the struct. + */ +#define hlist_bl_for_each_entry_safe(tpos, pos, n, head, member) \ + for (pos = hlist_bl_first(head); \ + pos && ({ n = pos->next; 1; }) && \ + ({ tpos = hlist_bl_entry(pos, typeof(*tpos), member); 1;}); \ + pos = n) + +#endif diff --git a/include/linux/rculist_bl.h b/include/linux/rculist_bl.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b872b493724d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/rculist_bl.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_RCULIST_BL_H +#define _LINUX_RCULIST_BL_H + +/* + * RCU-protected bl list version. See include/linux/list_bl.h. + */ +#include +#include + +static inline void hlist_bl_set_first_rcu(struct hlist_bl_head *h, + struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + LIST_BL_BUG_ON((unsigned long)n & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); + LIST_BL_BUG_ON(!((unsigned long)h->first & LIST_BL_LOCKMASK)); + rcu_assign_pointer(h->first, + (struct hlist_bl_node *)((unsigned long)n | LIST_BL_LOCKMASK)); +} + +static inline struct hlist_bl_node *hlist_bl_first_rcu(struct hlist_bl_head *h) +{ + return (struct hlist_bl_node *) + ((unsigned long)rcu_dereference(h->first) & ~LIST_BL_LOCKMASK); +} + +/** + * hlist_bl_del_init_rcu - deletes entry from hash list with re-initialization + * @n: the element to delete from the hash list. + * + * Note: hlist_bl_unhashed() on the node returns true after this. It is + * useful for RCU based read lockfree traversal if the writer side + * must know if the list entry is still hashed or already unhashed. + * + * In particular, it means that we can not poison the forward pointers + * that may still be used for walking the hash list and we can only + * zero the pprev pointer so list_unhashed() will return true after + * this. + * + * The caller must take whatever precautions are necessary (such as + * holding appropriate locks) to avoid racing with another + * list-mutation primitive, such as hlist_bl_add_head_rcu() or + * hlist_bl_del_rcu(), running on this same list. However, it is + * perfectly legal to run concurrently with the _rcu list-traversal + * primitives, such as hlist_bl_for_each_entry_rcu(). + */ +static inline void hlist_bl_del_init_rcu(struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + if (!hlist_bl_unhashed(n)) { + __hlist_bl_del(n); + n->pprev = NULL; + } +} + +/** + * hlist_bl_del_rcu - deletes entry from hash list without re-initialization + * @n: the element to delete from the hash list. + * + * Note: hlist_bl_unhashed() on entry does not return true after this, + * the entry is in an undefined state. It is useful for RCU based + * lockfree traversal. + * + * In particular, it means that we can not poison the forward + * pointers that may still be used for walking the hash list. + * + * The caller must take whatever precautions are necessary + * (such as holding appropriate locks) to avoid racing + * with another list-mutation primitive, such as hlist_bl_add_head_rcu() + * or hlist_bl_del_rcu(), running on this same list. + * However, it is perfectly legal to run concurrently with + * the _rcu list-traversal primitives, such as + * hlist_bl_for_each_entry(). + */ +static inline void hlist_bl_del_rcu(struct hlist_bl_node *n) +{ + __hlist_bl_del(n); + n->pprev = LIST_POISON2; +} + +/** + * hlist_bl_add_head_rcu + * @n: the element to add to the hash list. + * @h: the list to add to. + * + * Description: + * Adds the specified element to the specified hlist_bl, + * while permitting racing traversals. + * + * The caller must take whatever precautions are necessary + * (such as holding appropriate locks) to avoid racing + * with another list-mutation primitive, such as hlist_bl_add_head_rcu() + * or hlist_bl_del_rcu(), running on this same list. + * However, it is perfectly legal to run concurrently with + * the _rcu list-traversal primitives, such as + * hlist_bl_for_each_entry_rcu(), used to prevent memory-consistency + * problems on Alpha CPUs. Regardless of the type of CPU, the + * list-traversal primitive must be guarded by rcu_read_lock(). + */ +static inline void hlist_bl_add_head_rcu(struct hlist_bl_node *n, + struct hlist_bl_head *h) +{ + struct hlist_bl_node *first; + + /* don't need hlist_bl_first_rcu because we're under lock */ + first = hlist_bl_first(h); + + n->next = first; + if (first) + first->pprev = &n->next; + n->pprev = &h->first; + + /* need _rcu because we can have concurrent lock free readers */ + hlist_bl_set_first_rcu(h, n); +} +/** + * hlist_bl_for_each_entry_rcu - iterate over rcu list of given type + * @tpos: the type * to use as a loop cursor. + * @pos: the &struct hlist_bl_node to use as a loop cursor. + * @head: the head for your list. + * @member: the name of the hlist_bl_node within the struct. + * + */ +#define hlist_bl_for_each_entry_rcu(tpos, pos, head, member) \ + for (pos = hlist_bl_first_rcu(head); \ + pos && \ + ({ tpos = hlist_bl_entry(pos, typeof(*tpos), member); 1; }); \ + pos = rcu_dereference_raw(pos->next)) + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 626d607435617cc0f033522083e2bb195b81813c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:04 +1100 Subject: bit_spinlock: add required includes Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/bit_spinlock.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/bit_spinlock.h b/include/linux/bit_spinlock.h index 7113a32a86ea..e612575a2596 100644 --- a/include/linux/bit_spinlock.h +++ b/include/linux/bit_spinlock.h @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ #ifndef __LINUX_BIT_SPINLOCK_H #define __LINUX_BIT_SPINLOCK_H +#include +#include +#include + /* * bit-based spin_lock() * -- cgit v1.2.3 From ceb5bdc2d246f6d81cf61ed70f325308a11821d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:05 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache per-bucket dcache hash locking We can turn the dcache hash locking from a global dcache_hash_lock into per-bucket locking. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 3 ++- include/linux/fs.h | 3 ++- 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 8b2064d02928..5f0392ef759b 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include #include @@ -95,7 +96,7 @@ struct dentry { /* RCU lookup touched fields */ unsigned int d_flags; /* protected by d_lock */ seqcount_t d_seq; /* per dentry seqlock */ - struct hlist_node d_hash; /* lookup hash list */ + struct hlist_bl_node d_hash; /* lookup hash list */ struct dentry *d_parent; /* parent directory */ struct qstr d_name; struct inode *d_inode; /* Where the name belongs to - NULL is diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index d5a4d42f655b..baf3e556ff0e 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -392,6 +392,7 @@ struct inodes_stat_t { #include #include #include +#include #include #include @@ -1377,7 +1378,7 @@ struct super_block { const struct xattr_handler **s_xattr; struct list_head s_inodes; /* all inodes */ - struct hlist_head s_anon; /* anonymous dentries for (nfs) exporting */ + struct hlist_bl_head s_anon; /* anonymous dentries for (nfs) exporting */ #ifdef CONFIG_SMP struct list_head __percpu *s_files; #else -- cgit v1.2.3 From 873feea09ebc980cbd3631b767356ce1eee65ec1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:06 +1100 Subject: fs: dcache per-inode inode alias locking dcache_inode_lock can be replaced with per-inode locking. Use existing inode->i_lock for this. This is slightly non-trivial because we sometimes need to find the inode from the dentry, which requires d_inode to be stabilised (either with refcount or d_lock). Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index 5f0392ef759b..d719e4de8046 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -191,7 +191,6 @@ struct dentry_operations { #define DCACHE_OP_REVALIDATE 0x4000 #define DCACHE_OP_DELETE 0x8000 -extern spinlock_t dcache_inode_lock; extern seqlock_t rename_lock; static inline int dname_external(struct dentry *dentry) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4b936885ab04dc6e0bb0ef35e0e23c1a7364d9e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:07 +1100 Subject: fs: improve scalability of pseudo filesystems Regardless of how much we possibly try to scale dcache, there is likely always going to be some fundamental contention when adding or removing children under the same parent. Pseudo filesystems do not seem need to have connected dentries because by definition they are disconnected. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index d719e4de8046..c0a2ca97c72f 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -211,6 +211,7 @@ extern void d_set_d_op(struct dentry *dentry, const struct dentry_operations *op /* allocate/de-allocate */ extern struct dentry * d_alloc(struct dentry *, const struct qstr *); +extern struct dentry * d_alloc_pseudo(struct super_block *, const struct qstr *); extern struct dentry * d_splice_alias(struct inode *, struct dentry *); extern struct dentry * d_add_ci(struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct qstr *); extern struct dentry * d_obtain_alias(struct inode *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9d55c369bb5e695e629bc35cba2ef607755b3bee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:09 +1100 Subject: fs: implement faster dentry memcmp The standard memcmp function on a Westmere system shows up hot in profiles in the `git diff` workload (both parallel and single threaded), and it is likely due to the costs associated with trapping into microcode, and little opportunity to improve memory access (dentry name is not likely to take up more than a cacheline). So replace it with an open-coded byte comparison. This increases code size by 8 bytes in the critical __d_lookup_rcu function, but the speedup is huge, averaging 10 runs of each: git diff st user sys elapsed CPU before 1.15 2.57 3.82 97.1 after 1.14 2.35 3.61 96.8 git diff mt user sys elapsed CPU before 1.27 3.85 1.46 349 after 1.26 3.54 1.43 333 Elapsed time for single threaded git diff at 95.0% confidence: -0.21 +/- 0.01 -5.45% +/- 0.24% It's -0.66% +/- 0.06% elapsed time on my Opteron, so rep cmp costs on the fam10h seem to be relatively smaller, but there is still a win. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/dcache.h | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index c0a2ca97c72f..bd07758943e0 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -47,6 +47,27 @@ struct dentry_stat_t { }; extern struct dentry_stat_t dentry_stat; +/* + * Compare 2 name strings, return 0 if they match, otherwise non-zero. + * The strings are both count bytes long, and count is non-zero. + */ +static inline int dentry_cmp(const unsigned char *cs, size_t scount, + const unsigned char *ct, size_t tcount) +{ + int ret; + if (scount != tcount) + return 1; + do { + ret = (*cs != *ct); + if (ret) + break; + cs++; + ct++; + tcount--; + } while (tcount); + return ret; +} + /* Name hashing routines. Initial hash value */ /* Hash courtesy of the R5 hash in reiserfs modulo sign bits */ #define init_name_hash() 0 -- cgit v1.2.3 From b3e19d924b6eaf2ca7d22cba99a517c5171007b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 17:50:11 +1100 Subject: fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin --- include/linux/mount.h | 53 +++++++++++++++++---------------------------------- include/linux/path.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 19 insertions(+), 36 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mount.h b/include/linux/mount.h index 5e7a59408dd4..1869ea24a739 100644 --- a/include/linux/mount.h +++ b/include/linux/mount.h @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include struct super_block; @@ -46,12 +47,24 @@ struct mnt_namespace; #define MNT_INTERNAL 0x4000 +struct mnt_pcp { + int mnt_count; + int mnt_writers; +}; + struct vfsmount { struct list_head mnt_hash; struct vfsmount *mnt_parent; /* fs we are mounted on */ struct dentry *mnt_mountpoint; /* dentry of mountpoint */ struct dentry *mnt_root; /* root of the mounted tree */ struct super_block *mnt_sb; /* pointer to superblock */ +#ifdef CONFIG_SMP + struct mnt_pcp __percpu *mnt_pcp; + atomic_t mnt_longrefs; +#else + int mnt_count; + int mnt_writers; +#endif struct list_head mnt_mounts; /* list of children, anchored here */ struct list_head mnt_child; /* and going through their mnt_child */ int mnt_flags; @@ -70,57 +83,25 @@ struct vfsmount { struct mnt_namespace *mnt_ns; /* containing namespace */ int mnt_id; /* mount identifier */ int mnt_group_id; /* peer group identifier */ - /* - * We put mnt_count & mnt_expiry_mark at the end of struct vfsmount - * to let these frequently modified fields in a separate cache line - * (so that reads of mnt_flags wont ping-pong on SMP machines) - */ - atomic_t mnt_count; int mnt_expiry_mark; /* true if marked for expiry */ int mnt_pinned; int mnt_ghosts; -#ifdef CONFIG_SMP - int __percpu *mnt_writers; -#else - int mnt_writers; -#endif }; -static inline int *get_mnt_writers_ptr(struct vfsmount *mnt) -{ -#ifdef CONFIG_SMP - return mnt->mnt_writers; -#else - return &mnt->mnt_writers; -#endif -} - -static inline struct vfsmount *mntget(struct vfsmount *mnt) -{ - if (mnt) - atomic_inc(&mnt->mnt_count); - return mnt; -} - struct file; /* forward dec */ extern int mnt_want_write(struct vfsmount *mnt); extern int mnt_want_write_file(struct file *file); extern int mnt_clone_write(struct vfsmount *mnt); extern void mnt_drop_write(struct vfsmount *mnt); -extern void mntput_no_expire(struct vfsmount *mnt); +extern void mntput(struct vfsmount *mnt); +extern struct vfsmount *mntget(struct vfsmount *mnt); +extern void mntput_long(struct vfsmount *mnt); +extern struct vfsmount *mntget_long(struct vfsmount *mnt); extern void mnt_pin(struct vfsmount *mnt); extern void mnt_unpin(struct vfsmount *mnt); extern int __mnt_is_readonly(struct vfsmount *mnt); -static inline void mntput(struct vfsmount *mnt) -{ - if (mnt) { - mnt->mnt_expiry_mark = 0; - mntput_no_expire(mnt); - } -} - extern struct vfsmount *do_kern_mount(const char *fstype, int flags, const char *name, void *data); diff --git a/include/linux/path.h b/include/linux/path.h index edc98dec6266..a581e8c06533 100644 --- a/include/linux/path.h +++ b/include/linux/path.h @@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ struct path { }; extern void path_get(struct path *); +extern void path_get_long(struct path *); extern void path_put(struct path *); +extern void path_put_long(struct path *); static inline int path_equal(const struct path *path1, const struct path *path2) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca86828ccd3128513f6d4e200b437deac95408db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Robert Richter Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 17:51:07 +0100 Subject: x86, AMD, PCI: Add AMD northbridge PCI device id for CPU families 12h and 14h This patch adds the PCI northbridge device id for AMD CPU families 12h and 14h. Both families have implemented the same PCI northbridge device. There are some future use cases that use this PCI device and we would like to clarify its naming. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter Cc: xen-devel@lists.xensource.com Cc: Keir Fraser Cc: Jan Beulich LKML-Reference: <20110106165107.GL4739@erda.amd.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/pci_ids.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index cb845c16ad7d..dd7d4e20d39b 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -518,6 +518,7 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_AMD_11H_NB_MISC 0x1303 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_AMD_11H_NB_LINK 0x1304 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_AMD_15H_NB_MISC 0x1603 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_AMD_CNB17H_F3 0x1703 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_AMD_LANCE 0x2000 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_AMD_LANCE_HOME 0x2001 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_AMD_SCSI 0x2020 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 07e06b011db2b3300f6c975ebf293fc4c8c59942 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yong Zhang Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 15:17:36 +0800 Subject: sched: Consolidate the name of root_task_group and init_task_group root_task_group is the leftover of USER_SCHED, now it's always same to init_task_group. But as Mike suggested, root_task_group is maybe the suitable name to keep for a tree. So in this patch: init_task_group --> root_task_group init_task_group_load --> root_task_group_load INIT_TASK_GROUP_LOAD --> ROOT_TASK_GROUP_LOAD Suggested-by: Mike Galbraith Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20110107071736.GA32635@windriver.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 777cd01e240e..341acbbc434a 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ extern void normalize_rt_tasks(void); #ifdef CONFIG_CGROUP_SCHED -extern struct task_group init_task_group; +extern struct task_group root_task_group; extern struct task_group *sched_create_group(struct task_group *parent); extern void sched_destroy_group(struct task_group *tg); -- cgit v1.2.3 From c97415a72521071c235e0879f9a600014afd87b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stefan Achatz Date: Fri, 26 Nov 2010 19:57:29 +0000 Subject: sysfs: Introducing binary attributes for struct class Added dev_bin_attrs to struct class similar to existing dev_attrs. Signed-off-by: Stefan Achatz Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina --- include/linux/device.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/device.h b/include/linux/device.h index dd4895313468..032bdb5406a2 100644 --- a/include/linux/device.h +++ b/include/linux/device.h @@ -197,6 +197,7 @@ struct class { struct class_attribute *class_attrs; struct device_attribute *dev_attrs; + struct bin_attribute *dev_bin_attrs; struct kobject *dev_kobj; int (*dev_uevent)(struct device *dev, struct kobj_uevent_env *env); -- cgit v1.2.3 From ec6e7c3ae39cb1dc279b5274aaaadd09ff8e224b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mathieu Desnoyers Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 13:45:32 -0500 Subject: tracing/trivial: Add missing comma in TRACE_EVENT comment Add missing comma within the TRACE_EVENT() example in tracepoint.h. Signed-off-by: Mathieu Desnoyers LKML-Reference: <20110106184532.GA2526@Krystal> CC: Frederic Weisbecker CC: Ingo Molnar CC: Thomas Gleixner Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt --- include/linux/tracepoint.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tracepoint.h b/include/linux/tracepoint.h index d3e4f87e95c0..899103c8f6f2 100644 --- a/include/linux/tracepoint.h +++ b/include/linux/tracepoint.h @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ do_trace: \ * memcpy(__entry->prev_comm, prev->comm, TASK_COMM_LEN); * __entry->next_pid = next->pid; * __entry->next_prio = next->prio; - * ) + * ), * * * * * Formatted output of a trace record via TP_printk(). -- cgit v1.2.3 From bd1c8b22b7b81c6f6c4f5c19cb2387da3d02fb0f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lai Jiangshan Date: Tue, 4 Jan 2011 16:06:09 +0800 Subject: tracepoint: Add __rcu annotation Add __rcu annotation to : (struct tracepoint)->funcs Acked-by: Mathieu Desnoyers Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan LKML-Reference: <4D22D4F1.50505@cn.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt --- include/linux/tracepoint.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tracepoint.h b/include/linux/tracepoint.h index 899103c8f6f2..c6814616653b 100644 --- a/include/linux/tracepoint.h +++ b/include/linux/tracepoint.h @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ struct tracepoint { int state; /* State. */ void (*regfunc)(void); void (*unregfunc)(void); - struct tracepoint_func *funcs; + struct tracepoint_func __rcu *funcs; } __attribute__((aligned(32))); /* * Aligned on 32 bytes because it is * globally visible and gcc happily -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2d75af2f2a7a6103a6d539a492fe81deacabde44 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jason Baron Date: Fri, 7 Jan 2011 13:36:58 -0500 Subject: dynamic debug: Fix build issue with older gcc On older gcc (3.3) dynamic debug fails to compile: include/net/inet_connection_sock.h: In function `inet_csk_reset_xmit_timer': include/net/inet_connection_sock.h:236: error: duplicate label declaration `do_printk' include/net/inet_connection_sock.h:219: error: this is a previous declaration include/net/inet_connection_sock.h:236: error: duplicate label declaration `out' include/net/inet_connection_sock.h:219: error: this is a previous declaration include/net/inet_connection_sock.h:236: error: duplicate label `do_printk' include/net/inet_connection_sock.h:236: error: duplicate label `out' Fix, by reverting the usage of JUMP_LABEL() in dynamic debug for now. Cc: Reported-by: Tetsuo Handa Tested-by: Tetsuo Handa Signed-off-by: Jason Baron Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt --- include/linux/dynamic_debug.h | 18 ++++-------------- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dynamic_debug.h b/include/linux/dynamic_debug.h index a90b3892074a..1c70028f81f9 100644 --- a/include/linux/dynamic_debug.h +++ b/include/linux/dynamic_debug.h @@ -44,34 +44,24 @@ int ddebug_add_module(struct _ddebug *tab, unsigned int n, extern int ddebug_remove_module(const char *mod_name); #define dynamic_pr_debug(fmt, ...) do { \ - __label__ do_printk; \ - __label__ out; \ static struct _ddebug descriptor \ __used \ __attribute__((section("__verbose"), aligned(8))) = \ { KBUILD_MODNAME, __func__, __FILE__, fmt, __LINE__, \ _DPRINTK_FLAGS_DEFAULT }; \ - JUMP_LABEL(&descriptor.enabled, do_printk); \ - goto out; \ -do_printk: \ - printk(KERN_DEBUG pr_fmt(fmt), ##__VA_ARGS__); \ -out: ; \ + if (unlikely(descriptor.enabled)) \ + printk(KERN_DEBUG pr_fmt(fmt), ##__VA_ARGS__); \ } while (0) #define dynamic_dev_dbg(dev, fmt, ...) do { \ - __label__ do_printk; \ - __label__ out; \ static struct _ddebug descriptor \ __used \ __attribute__((section("__verbose"), aligned(8))) = \ { KBUILD_MODNAME, __func__, __FILE__, fmt, __LINE__, \ _DPRINTK_FLAGS_DEFAULT }; \ - JUMP_LABEL(&descriptor.enabled, do_printk); \ - goto out; \ -do_printk: \ - dev_printk(KERN_DEBUG, dev, fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__); \ -out: ; \ + if (unlikely(descriptor.enabled)) \ + dev_printk(KERN_DEBUG, dev, fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__); \ } while (0) #else -- cgit v1.2.3 From 26daa1ed40c6b31b4220581431982814c47c608a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jennifer Li Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 23:01:59 -0500 Subject: mmc: sdhci: Disable ADMA on some O2Micro SD/MMC parts. This patch disables the broken ADMA on selected O2Micro devices. Signed-off-by: Jennifer Li Reviewed-by: Chris Ball Signed-off-by: Chris Ball --- include/linux/pci_ids.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index cb845c16ad7d..7a58875cdad5 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -1650,6 +1650,11 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_O2_6836 0x6836 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_O2_6812 0x6872 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_O2_6933 0x6933 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_O2_8120 0x8120 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_O2_8220 0x8220 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_O2_8221 0x8221 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_O2_8320 0x8320 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_O2_8321 0x8321 #define PCI_VENDOR_ID_3DFX 0x121a #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_3DFX_VOODOO 0x0001 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 04566831a703ae3ef4b49a2deae261c9ed26e020 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Linus Walleij Date: Mon, 8 Nov 2010 21:36:50 -0500 Subject: mmc: Aggressive clock gating framework This patch modifies the MMC core code to optionally call the set_ios() operation on the driver with the clock frequency set to 0 (gate) after a grace period of at least 8 MCLK cycles, then restore it (ungate) before any new request. This gives the driver the option to shut down the MCI clock to the MMC/SD card when the clock frequency is 0, i.e. the core has stated that the MCI clock does not need to be generated. It is inspired by existing clock gating code found in the OMAP and Atmel drivers and brings this up to the host abstraction. Gating is performed before and after any MMC request. This patchset implements this for the MMCI/PL180 MMC/SD host controller, but it should be simple to switch OMAP/Atmel over to using this instead. mmc_set_{gated,ungated}() add variable protection to the state holders for the clock gating code. This is particularly important when ordinary .set_ios() calls would race with the .set_ios() call resulting from a delayed gate operation. Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij Reviewed-by: Chris Ball Tested-by: Chris Ball Signed-off-by: Chris Ball --- include/linux/mmc/host.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/host.h b/include/linux/mmc/host.h index 30f6fad99a58..381c77fd4dca 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/host.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/host.h @@ -172,6 +172,16 @@ struct mmc_host { mmc_pm_flag_t pm_caps; /* supported pm features */ +#ifdef CONFIG_MMC_CLKGATE + int clk_requests; /* internal reference counter */ + unsigned int clk_delay; /* number of MCI clk hold cycles */ + bool clk_gated; /* clock gated */ + struct work_struct clk_gate_work; /* delayed clock gate */ + unsigned int clk_old; /* old clock value cache */ + spinlock_t clk_lock; /* lock for clk fields */ + struct mutex clk_gate_mutex; /* mutex for clock gating */ +#endif + /* host specific block data */ unsigned int max_seg_size; /* see blk_queue_max_segment_size */ unsigned short max_segs; /* see blk_queue_max_segments */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8f230f454fe04ba326ffaead3a6b88dcf44eaf4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Takashi Iwai Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 10:04:30 +0100 Subject: mmc: Add support for JMicron 388 SD/MMC controller JMicron 388 SD/MMC combo controller supports the 1.8V low-voltage for SD, but MMC doesn't work with the low-voltage, resulting in an error at probing. This patch adds the support for multiple voltage mask per device type, so that SD works with 1.8V while MMC forces 3.3V. Here new ocr_avail_* fields for each device are introduced, so that the actual OCR mask is switched dynamically. Also, the restriction of low-voltage in core/sd.c is removed when the bit is allowed explicitly via ocr_avail_sd mask. This patch was rewritten from scratch based on Aries' original code. Signed-off-by: Aries Lee Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai Reviewed-by: Chris Ball Signed-off-by: Chris Ball --- include/linux/mmc/host.h | 3 +++ include/linux/mmc/sdhci.h | 4 ++++ include/linux/pci_ids.h | 2 ++ 3 files changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/host.h b/include/linux/mmc/host.h index 381c77fd4dca..4a9d9d2589c7 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/host.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/host.h @@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ struct mmc_host { unsigned int f_max; unsigned int f_init; u32 ocr_avail; + u32 ocr_avail_sdio; /* SDIO-specific OCR */ + u32 ocr_avail_sd; /* SD-specific OCR */ + u32 ocr_avail_mmc; /* MMC-specific OCR */ struct notifier_block pm_notify; #define MMC_VDD_165_195 0x00000080 /* VDD voltage 1.65 - 1.95 */ diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sdhci.h b/include/linux/mmc/sdhci.h index 1fdc673f2396..0d953f513d81 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sdhci.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sdhci.h @@ -139,6 +139,10 @@ struct sdhci_host { unsigned int caps; /* Alternative capabilities */ + unsigned int ocr_avail_sdio; /* OCR bit masks */ + unsigned int ocr_avail_sd; + unsigned int ocr_avail_mmc; + unsigned long private[0] ____cacheline_aligned; }; #endif /* __SDHCI_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index 7a58875cdad5..2f17b4ccbb58 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -2368,6 +2368,8 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_JMICRON_JMB38X_SD 0x2381 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_JMICRON_JMB38X_MMC 0x2382 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_JMICRON_JMB38X_MS 0x2383 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_JMICRON_JMB388_SD 0x2391 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_JMICRON_JMB388_ESD 0x2392 #define PCI_VENDOR_ID_KORENIX 0x1982 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_KORENIX_JETCARDF0 0x1600 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 080bc9774b6f1e3866747b18631bad26f47c22ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ohad Ben-Cohen Date: Sun, 28 Nov 2010 07:21:29 +0200 Subject: mmc: sdio: don't reinitialize nonremovable powered-resumed cards Upon system resume, SDIO core must reinitialize cards that were powered off during suspend. If the card had its power kept during suspend (and thus it is 'powered-resumed'), SDIO core performs only a limited reinitializing, mainly needed to make sure that the card wasn't removed/replaced. If a __nonremovable__ card is powered-resumed, we can safely skip the reinitializing phase. Note: 9b966aa (mmc: sdio: fully reconfigure oldcard on resume) removed the bus width reconfiguration since mmc_sdio_init_card already does it. It is brought back now in case mmc_sdio_init_card is skipped. Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen Signed-off-by: Chris Ball --- include/linux/mmc/host.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/host.h b/include/linux/mmc/host.h index 4a9d9d2589c7..3a85e73a38a9 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/host.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/host.h @@ -320,5 +320,10 @@ static inline int mmc_card_is_removable(struct mmc_host *host) return !(host->caps & MMC_CAP_NONREMOVABLE) && mmc_assume_removable; } +static inline int mmc_card_is_powered_resumed(struct mmc_host *host) +{ + return host->pm_flags & MMC_PM_KEEP_POWER; +} + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From a081748735c5feb96b1365e78a5ff0fb6ca7e3a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant Likely Date: Sat, 8 Jan 2011 21:42:42 -0700 Subject: of/flattree: forward declare struct device_node in of_fdt.h This patch forward declares struct device_node to fix a compile error when of_fdt.h is included, but of.h is not. Alternately, including linux/of.h could have been added to of_fdt.h, but that pulls in a lot of unnecessary declarations when only working with the flattened form. Signed-off-by: Grant Likely --- include/linux/of_fdt.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/of_fdt.h b/include/linux/of_fdt.h index ee96091f7d25..0ef22a1f129e 100644 --- a/include/linux/of_fdt.h +++ b/include/linux/of_fdt.h @@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ struct boot_param_header { #if defined(CONFIG_OF_FLATTREE) +struct device_node; + /* For scanning an arbitrary device-tree at any time */ extern char *of_fdt_get_string(struct boot_param_header *blob, u32 offset); extern void *of_fdt_get_property(struct boot_param_header *blob, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 22113efd00491310da802f3b1a9a66cfcf415fac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Aries Lee Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 08:14:24 +0100 Subject: mmc: Test bus-width for old MMC devices Some old MMC devices fail with the 4/8 bits the driver tries to use exclusively. This patch adds a test for the given bus setup and falls back to the lower bit mode (until 1-bit mode) when the test fails. [Major rework and refactoring by tiwai] [Quirk addition and many fixes by prakity] Signed-off-by: Aries Lee Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity Tested-by: Philip Rakity Signed-off-by: Chris Ball --- include/linux/mmc/host.h | 1 + include/linux/mmc/mmc.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/host.h b/include/linux/mmc/host.h index 3a85e73a38a9..bcb793ec7374 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/host.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/host.h @@ -172,6 +172,7 @@ struct mmc_host { #define MMC_CAP_1_2V_DDR (1 << 12) /* can support */ /* DDR mode at 1.2V */ #define MMC_CAP_POWER_OFF_CARD (1 << 13) /* Can power off after boot */ +#define MMC_CAP_BUS_WIDTH_TEST (1 << 14) /* CMD14/CMD19 bus width ok */ mmc_pm_flag_t pm_caps; /* supported pm features */ diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/mmc.h b/include/linux/mmc/mmc.h index 956fbd877692..612301f85d14 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/mmc.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/mmc.h @@ -40,7 +40,9 @@ #define MMC_READ_DAT_UNTIL_STOP 11 /* adtc [31:0] dadr R1 */ #define MMC_STOP_TRANSMISSION 12 /* ac R1b */ #define MMC_SEND_STATUS 13 /* ac [31:16] RCA R1 */ +#define MMC_BUS_TEST_R 14 /* adtc R1 */ #define MMC_GO_INACTIVE_STATE 15 /* ac [31:16] RCA */ +#define MMC_BUS_TEST_W 19 /* adtc R1 */ #define MMC_SPI_READ_OCR 58 /* spi spi_R3 */ #define MMC_SPI_CRC_ON_OFF 59 /* spi [0:0] flag spi_R1 */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 30652aa36b58d57fcc1a0acce51e391bbb6edf5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Olof Johansson Date: Sat, 1 Jan 2011 18:37:32 -0600 Subject: mmc: sdhci: add quirk for max len ADMA descriptors Some controllers misparse segment length 0 as being 0, not 65536. Add a quirk to deal with it. Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson Reviewed-by: Chris Ball Signed-off-by: Chris Ball --- include/linux/mmc/sdhci.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sdhci.h b/include/linux/mmc/sdhci.h index 0d953f513d81..83bd9f76709a 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sdhci.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sdhci.h @@ -83,6 +83,8 @@ struct sdhci_host { #define SDHCI_QUIRK_MULTIBLOCK_READ_ACMD12 (1<<28) /* Controller doesn't have HISPD bit field in HI-SPEED SD card */ #define SDHCI_QUIRK_NO_HISPD_BIT (1<<29) +/* Controller treats ADMA descriptors with length 0000h incorrectly */ +#define SDHCI_QUIRK_BROKEN_ADMA_ZEROLEN_DESC (1<<30) int irq; /* Device IRQ */ void __iomem *ioaddr; /* Mapped address */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f95f3850f7a9e1d49ebc5b6e72e7cc3ec3685b0b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Will Newton Date: Sun, 2 Jan 2011 01:11:59 -0500 Subject: mmc: dw_mmc: Add Synopsys DesignWare mmc host driver. This adds the mmc host driver for the Synopsys DesignWare mmc host controller, found in a number of embedded SoC designs. Signed-off-by: Will Newton Reviewed-by: Matt Fleming Reviewed-by: Chris Ball Signed-off-by: Chris Ball --- include/linux/mmc/dw_mmc.h | 217 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 217 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/mmc/dw_mmc.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/dw_mmc.h b/include/linux/mmc/dw_mmc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..16b0261763ed --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/mmc/dw_mmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +/* + * Synopsys DesignWare Multimedia Card Interface driver + * (Based on NXP driver for lpc 31xx) + * + * Copyright (C) 2009 NXP Semiconductors + * Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Imagination Technologies Ltd. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + */ + +#ifndef _LINUX_MMC_DW_MMC_H_ +#define _LINUX_MMC_DW_MMC_H_ + +#define MAX_MCI_SLOTS 2 + +enum dw_mci_state { + STATE_IDLE = 0, + STATE_SENDING_CMD, + STATE_SENDING_DATA, + STATE_DATA_BUSY, + STATE_SENDING_STOP, + STATE_DATA_ERROR, +}; + +enum { + EVENT_CMD_COMPLETE = 0, + EVENT_XFER_COMPLETE, + EVENT_DATA_COMPLETE, + EVENT_DATA_ERROR, + EVENT_XFER_ERROR +}; + +struct mmc_data; + +/** + * struct dw_mci - MMC controller state shared between all slots + * @lock: Spinlock protecting the queue and associated data. + * @regs: Pointer to MMIO registers. + * @sg: Scatterlist entry currently being processed by PIO code, if any. + * @pio_offset: Offset into the current scatterlist entry. + * @cur_slot: The slot which is currently using the controller. + * @mrq: The request currently being processed on @cur_slot, + * or NULL if the controller is idle. + * @cmd: The command currently being sent to the card, or NULL. + * @data: The data currently being transferred, or NULL if no data + * transfer is in progress. + * @use_dma: Whether DMA channel is initialized or not. + * @sg_dma: Bus address of DMA buffer. + * @sg_cpu: Virtual address of DMA buffer. + * @dma_ops: Pointer to platform-specific DMA callbacks. + * @cmd_status: Snapshot of SR taken upon completion of the current + * command. Only valid when EVENT_CMD_COMPLETE is pending. + * @data_status: Snapshot of SR taken upon completion of the current + * data transfer. Only valid when EVENT_DATA_COMPLETE or + * EVENT_DATA_ERROR is pending. + * @stop_cmdr: Value to be loaded into CMDR when the stop command is + * to be sent. + * @dir_status: Direction of current transfer. + * @tasklet: Tasklet running the request state machine. + * @card_tasklet: Tasklet handling card detect. + * @pending_events: Bitmask of events flagged by the interrupt handler + * to be processed by the tasklet. + * @completed_events: Bitmask of events which the state machine has + * processed. + * @state: Tasklet state. + * @queue: List of slots waiting for access to the controller. + * @bus_hz: The rate of @mck in Hz. This forms the basis for MMC bus + * rate and timeout calculations. + * @current_speed: Configured rate of the controller. + * @num_slots: Number of slots available. + * @pdev: Platform device associated with the MMC controller. + * @pdata: Platform data associated with the MMC controller. + * @slot: Slots sharing this MMC controller. + * @data_shift: log2 of FIFO item size. + * @push_data: Pointer to FIFO push function. + * @pull_data: Pointer to FIFO pull function. + * @quirks: Set of quirks that apply to specific versions of the IP. + * + * Locking + * ======= + * + * @lock is a softirq-safe spinlock protecting @queue as well as + * @cur_slot, @mrq and @state. These must always be updated + * at the same time while holding @lock. + * + * The @mrq field of struct dw_mci_slot is also protected by @lock, + * and must always be written at the same time as the slot is added to + * @queue. + * + * @pending_events and @completed_events are accessed using atomic bit + * operations, so they don't need any locking. + * + * None of the fields touched by the interrupt handler need any + * locking. However, ordering is important: Before EVENT_DATA_ERROR or + * EVENT_DATA_COMPLETE is set in @pending_events, all data-related + * interrupts must be disabled and @data_status updated with a + * snapshot of SR. Similarly, before EVENT_CMD_COMPLETE is set, the + * CMDRDY interupt must be disabled and @cmd_status updated with a + * snapshot of SR, and before EVENT_XFER_COMPLETE can be set, the + * bytes_xfered field of @data must be written. This is ensured by + * using barriers. + */ +struct dw_mci { + spinlock_t lock; + void __iomem *regs; + + struct scatterlist *sg; + unsigned int pio_offset; + + struct dw_mci_slot *cur_slot; + struct mmc_request *mrq; + struct mmc_command *cmd; + struct mmc_data *data; + + /* DMA interface members*/ + int use_dma; + + dma_addr_t sg_dma; + void *sg_cpu; + struct dw_mci_dma_ops *dma_ops; +#ifdef CONFIG_MMC_DW_IDMAC + unsigned int ring_size; +#else + struct dw_mci_dma_data *dma_data; +#endif + u32 cmd_status; + u32 data_status; + u32 stop_cmdr; + u32 dir_status; + struct tasklet_struct tasklet; + struct tasklet_struct card_tasklet; + unsigned long pending_events; + unsigned long completed_events; + enum dw_mci_state state; + struct list_head queue; + + u32 bus_hz; + u32 current_speed; + u32 num_slots; + struct platform_device *pdev; + struct dw_mci_board *pdata; + struct dw_mci_slot *slot[MAX_MCI_SLOTS]; + + /* FIFO push and pull */ + int data_shift; + void (*push_data)(struct dw_mci *host, void *buf, int cnt); + void (*pull_data)(struct dw_mci *host, void *buf, int cnt); + + /* Workaround flags */ + u32 quirks; +}; + +/* DMA ops for Internal/External DMAC interface */ +struct dw_mci_dma_ops { + /* DMA Ops */ + int (*init)(struct dw_mci *host); + void (*start)(struct dw_mci *host, unsigned int sg_len); + void (*complete)(struct dw_mci *host); + void (*stop)(struct dw_mci *host); + void (*cleanup)(struct dw_mci *host); + void (*exit)(struct dw_mci *host); +}; + +/* IP Quirks/flags. */ +/* No special quirks or flags to cater for */ +#define DW_MCI_QUIRK_NONE 0 +/* DTO fix for command transmission with IDMAC configured */ +#define DW_MCI_QUIRK_IDMAC_DTO 1 +/* delay needed between retries on some 2.11a implementations */ +#define DW_MCI_QUIRK_RETRY_DELAY 2 +/* High Speed Capable - Supports HS cards (upto 50MHz) */ +#define DW_MCI_QUIRK_HIGHSPEED 4 + + +struct dma_pdata; + +struct block_settings { + unsigned short max_segs; /* see blk_queue_max_segments */ + unsigned int max_blk_size; /* maximum size of one mmc block */ + unsigned int max_blk_count; /* maximum number of blocks in one req*/ + unsigned int max_req_size; /* maximum number of bytes in one req*/ + unsigned int max_seg_size; /* see blk_queue_max_segment_size */ +}; + +/* Board platform data */ +struct dw_mci_board { + u32 num_slots; + + u32 quirks; /* Workaround / Quirk flags */ + unsigned int bus_hz; /* Bus speed */ + + /* delay in mS before detecting cards after interrupt */ + u32 detect_delay_ms; + + int (*init)(u32 slot_id, irq_handler_t , void *); + int (*get_ro)(u32 slot_id); + int (*get_cd)(u32 slot_id); + int (*get_ocr)(u32 slot_id); + int (*get_bus_wd)(u32 slot_id); + /* + * Enable power to selected slot and set voltage to desired level. + * Voltage levels are specified using MMC_VDD_xxx defines defined + * in linux/mmc/host.h file. + */ + void (*setpower)(u32 slot_id, u32 volt); + void (*exit)(u32 slot_id); + void (*select_slot)(u32 slot_id); + + struct dw_mci_dma_ops *dma_ops; + struct dma_pdata *data; + struct block_settings *blk_settings; +}; + +#endif /* _LINUX_MMC_DW_MMC_H_ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 93173054f2979de41b1912b19f0b57edfb35fcdc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 12:02:15 +0100 Subject: mmc: tmio_mmc: implement a bounce buffer for unaligned DMA For example, with SDIO WLAN cards, some transfers happen with buffers at odd addresses, whereas the SH-Mobile DMA engine requires even addresses for SDHI. This patch extends the tmio driver with a bounce buffer, that is used for single entry scatter-gather lists both for sending and receiving. If we ever encounter unaligned transfers with multi-element sg lists, this patch will have to be extended. For now it just falls back to PIO in this and other unsupported cases. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Chris Ball --- include/linux/mfd/tmio.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h b/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h index 085f041197dc..dbfc053b1f95 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h @@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ void tmio_core_mmc_clk_div(void __iomem *cnf, int shift, int state); struct tmio_mmc_dma { void *chan_priv_tx; void *chan_priv_rx; + int alignment_shift; }; /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 845ecd20239c28e97e766ff54078a58be19f3a91 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arnd Hannemann Date: Tue, 28 Dec 2010 23:22:31 +0100 Subject: mmc: tmio_mmc: implement SDIO IRQ support This patch implements SDIO IRQ support for mfds which announce the TMIO_MMC_SDIO_IRQ flag for tmio_mmc. If MMC_CAP_SDIO_IRQ is also set SDIO IRQ signalling is activated. Tested with a b43-based wireless SDIO card and sh_mobile_sdhi. Signed-off-by: Arnd Hannemann Signed-off-by: Chris Ball --- include/linux/mfd/tmio.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h b/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h index dbfc053b1f95..8e70310ee945 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h @@ -57,6 +57,10 @@ * is configured in 4-bit mode. */ #define TMIO_MMC_BLKSZ_2BYTES (1 << 1) +/* + * Some controllers can support SDIO IRQ signalling. + */ +#define TMIO_MMC_SDIO_IRQ (1 << 2) int tmio_core_mmc_enable(void __iomem *cnf, int shift, unsigned long base); int tmio_core_mmc_resume(void __iomem *cnf, int shift, unsigned long base); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6099469805c24af14250e182bb9ca082b8a6b716 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Roland Stigge Date: Sun, 9 Jan 2011 09:31:39 -0500 Subject: hwmon: Support for Dallas Semiconductor DS620 Driver for Dallas Semiconductor DS620 temperature sensor and thermostat Signed-off-by: Roland Stigge Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck --- include/linux/i2c/ds620.h | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/i2c/ds620.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/i2c/ds620.h b/include/linux/i2c/ds620.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..736bb87ac0fc --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/i2c/ds620.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_DS620_H +#define _LINUX_DS620_H + +#include +#include + +/* platform data for the DS620 temperature sensor and thermostat */ + +struct ds620_platform_data { + /* + * Thermostat output pin PO mode: + * 0 = always low (default) + * 1 = PO_LOW + * 2 = PO_HIGH + * + * (see Documentation/hwmon/ds620) + */ + int pomode; +}; + +#endif /* _LINUX_DS620_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 49da97dcb6b00a6869bbc3fa6ec7fdfd8a6e41a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shawn Guo Date: Wed, 5 Jan 2011 21:13:11 +0000 Subject: net/fec: add mac field into platform data and consolidate fec_get_mac Add mac field into fec_platform_data and consolidate function fec_get_mac to get mac address in following order. 1) module parameter via kernel command line fec.macaddr=0x00,0x04,... 2) from flash in case of CONFIG_M5272 or fec_platform_data mac field for others, which typically have mac stored in fuse 3) fec mac address registers set by bootloader Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/fec.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fec.h b/include/linux/fec.h index 5d3523d8dd0c..bcff455d1d53 100644 --- a/include/linux/fec.h +++ b/include/linux/fec.h @@ -3,6 +3,8 @@ * Copyright (c) 2009 Orex Computed Radiography * Baruch Siach * + * Copyright (C) 2010 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. + * * Header file for the FEC platform data * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -16,6 +18,7 @@ struct fec_platform_data { phy_interface_t phy; + unsigned char mac[ETH_ALEN]; }; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From f01a5236bd4b140198fbcc550f085e8361fd73fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Gross Date: Sun, 9 Jan 2011 06:23:31 +0000 Subject: net offloading: Generalize netif_get_vlan_features(). MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit netif_get_vlan_features() is currently only used by netif_needs_gso(), so it only concerns itself with GSO features. However, several other places also should take into account the contents of the packet when deciding whether to offload to hardware. This generalizes the function to return features about all of the various forms of offloading. Since offloads tend to be linked together, this avoids duplicating the logic in each location (i.e. the scatter/gather code also needs the checksum logic). Suggested-by: Michał Mirosław Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 0f6b1c965815..d4dac09a5ad2 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -2303,7 +2303,7 @@ unsigned long netdev_fix_features(unsigned long features, const char *name); void netif_stacked_transfer_operstate(const struct net_device *rootdev, struct net_device *dev); -int netif_get_vlan_features(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev); +int netif_skb_features(struct sk_buff *skb); static inline int net_gso_ok(int features, int gso_type) { @@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ static inline int skb_gso_ok(struct sk_buff *skb, int features) static inline int netif_needs_gso(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb) { if (skb_is_gso(skb)) { - int features = netif_get_vlan_features(skb, dev); + int features = netif_skb_features(skb); return (!skb_gso_ok(skb, features) || unlikely(skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL)); -- cgit v1.2.3 From fc741216db156994c554ac31c1151fe0e00d8f0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Gross Date: Sun, 9 Jan 2011 06:23:32 +0000 Subject: net offloading: Pass features into netif_needs_gso(). Now that there is a single function that can compute the device features relevant to a packet, we don't want to run it for each offload. This converts netif_needs_gso() to take the features of the device, rather than computing them itself. Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 12 +++--------- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index d4dac09a5ad2..de2bfe6da359 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -2317,16 +2317,10 @@ static inline int skb_gso_ok(struct sk_buff *skb, int features) (!skb_has_frag_list(skb) || (features & NETIF_F_FRAGLIST)); } -static inline int netif_needs_gso(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb) +static inline int netif_needs_gso(struct sk_buff *skb, int features) { - if (skb_is_gso(skb)) { - int features = netif_skb_features(skb); - - return (!skb_gso_ok(skb, features) || - unlikely(skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL)); - } - - return 0; + return skb_is_gso(skb) && (!skb_gso_ok(skb, features) || + unlikely(skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL)); } static inline void netif_set_gso_max_size(struct net_device *dev, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2a8c0c68487a68441e701f493f43fd547d87c8df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Randy Dunlap Date: Sat, 8 Jan 2011 19:37:20 -0800 Subject: fs: fix dcache.h kernel-doc notation Fix new kernel-doc notation warning in dcache.h: Warning(include/linux/dcache.h:316): Excess function parameter 'Returns' description in '__d_rcu_to_refcount' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Cc: Nick Piggin Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/dcache.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcache.h b/include/linux/dcache.h index bd07758943e0..59fcd24b1468 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcache.h +++ b/include/linux/dcache.h @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ extern struct dentry *__d_lookup_rcu(struct dentry *parent, struct qstr *name, * __d_rcu_to_refcount - take a refcount on dentry if sequence check is ok * @dentry: dentry to take a ref on * @seq: seqcount to verify against - * @Returns: 0 on failure, else 1. + * Returns: 0 on failure, else 1. * * __d_rcu_to_refcount operates on a dentry,seq pair that was returned * by __d_lookup_rcu, to get a reference on an rcu-walk dentry. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 175881db8916a5f5cdf920d32214caef588870fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Randy Dunlap Date: Sat, 8 Jan 2011 19:38:02 -0800 Subject: hrtimer.h: fix kernel-doc warning Fix new kernel-doc notation warning in hrtimer.h: Warning(include/linux/hrtimer.h:150): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'first' description in 'hrtimer_clock_base' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/hrtimer.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/hrtimer.h b/include/linux/hrtimer.h index 330586ffffbb..f376ddc64c4d 100644 --- a/include/linux/hrtimer.h +++ b/include/linux/hrtimer.h @@ -131,7 +131,6 @@ struct hrtimer_sleeper { * @index: clock type index for per_cpu support when moving a * timer to a base on another cpu. * @active: red black tree root node for the active timers - * @first: pointer to the timer node which expires first * @resolution: the resolution of the clock, in nanoseconds * @get_time: function to retrieve the current time of the clock * @softirq_time: the time when running the hrtimer queue in the softirq -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0dc1488527a3c01383a50e5df7187219567586a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Randy Dunlap Date: Sat, 8 Jan 2011 19:40:33 -0800 Subject: pipe_fs_i.h: fix kernel-doc warning Fix kernel-doc notation warnings in pipe_fs_i.h: Warning(include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h:58): No description found for parameter 'buffers' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h b/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h index bb27d7ec2fb9..77257c92155a 100644 --- a/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h +++ b/include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ struct pipe_buffer { * struct pipe_inode_info - a linux kernel pipe * @wait: reader/writer wait point in case of empty/full pipe * @nrbufs: the number of non-empty pipe buffers in this pipe + * @buffers: total number of buffers (should be a power of 2) * @curbuf: the current pipe buffer entry * @tmp_page: cached released page * @readers: number of current readers of this pipe -- cgit v1.2.3 From 37721e1b0cf98cb65895f234d8c500d270546529 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Dobriyan Date: Mon, 10 Jan 2011 08:17:10 +0200 Subject: headers: path.h redux Remove path.h from sched.h and other files. Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/audit.h | 1 + include/linux/dcookies.h | 2 +- include/linux/sched.h | 1 - 3 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/audit.h b/include/linux/audit.h index 8b5c0620abf9..359df0487690 100644 --- a/include/linux/audit.h +++ b/include/linux/audit.h @@ -372,6 +372,7 @@ struct audit_buffer; struct audit_context; struct inode; struct netlink_skb_parms; +struct path; struct linux_binprm; struct mq_attr; struct mqstat; diff --git a/include/linux/dcookies.h b/include/linux/dcookies.h index 24c806f12a6c..5ac3bdd5cee6 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcookies.h +++ b/include/linux/dcookies.h @@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ #ifdef CONFIG_PROFILING #include -#include #include struct dcookie_user; +struct path; /** * dcookie_register - register a user of dcookies diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 341acbbc434a..c118a7f203aa 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -70,7 +70,6 @@ struct sched_param { #include #include #include -#include #include #include #include -- cgit v1.2.3 From 57cc7215b70856dc6bae8e55b00ecd7b1d7429b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Dobriyan Date: Mon, 10 Jan 2011 08:18:25 +0200 Subject: headers: kobject.h redux Remove kobject.h from files which don't need it, notably, sched.h and fs.h. Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/firmware-map.h | 1 - include/linux/fs.h | 2 +- include/linux/sched.h | 1 - include/linux/sunrpc/cache.h | 1 + 4 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/firmware-map.h b/include/linux/firmware-map.h index c6dcc1dfe781..43fe52fcef0f 100644 --- a/include/linux/firmware-map.h +++ b/include/linux/firmware-map.h @@ -17,7 +17,6 @@ #define _LINUX_FIRMWARE_MAP_H #include -#include /* * provide a dummy interface if CONFIG_FIRMWARE_MEMMAP is disabled diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index baf3e556ff0e..f84d9928bdb1 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -382,7 +382,6 @@ struct inodes_stat_t { #include #include #include -#include #include #include #include @@ -402,6 +401,7 @@ struct hd_geometry; struct iovec; struct nameidata; struct kiocb; +struct kobject; struct pipe_inode_info; struct poll_table_struct; struct kstatfs; diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index c118a7f203aa..abc527aa8550 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -87,7 +87,6 @@ struct sched_param { #include #include #include -#include #include #include diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/cache.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/cache.h index 6950c981882d..78aa104250b7 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/cache.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/cache.h @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_SUNRPC_CACHE_H_ #define _LINUX_SUNRPC_CACHE_H_ +#include #include #include #include -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1a7d946993aaf2a79e9c65abbe169a108e351bcb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mattia Dongili Date: Sat, 8 Jan 2011 18:47:29 +0900 Subject: sony-laptop: support new hotkeys on the P, Z and EC series Add new mappings for assist, VAIO, zoom and eject buttons present on refurbished P, Z and EC models. Reported-by: Gyorgy Jeney Reported-by: Stephan Mueller Cc: Dmitry Torokhov Cc: Matthew Garrett Signed-off-by: Mattia Dongili Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett --- include/linux/sonypi.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sonypi.h b/include/linux/sonypi.h index 4f95c1aac2fd..0e6dc3891942 100644 --- a/include/linux/sonypi.h +++ b/include/linux/sonypi.h @@ -112,6 +112,7 @@ #define SONYPI_EVENT_VOLUME_DEC_PRESSED 70 #define SONYPI_EVENT_BRIGHTNESS_PRESSED 71 #define SONYPI_EVENT_MEDIA_PRESSED 72 +#define SONYPI_EVENT_VENDOR_PRESSED 73 /* get/set brightness */ #define SONYPI_IOCGBRT _IOR('v', 0, __u8) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8aefcd557d26d0023a36f9ec5afbf55e59f8f26b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Theodore Ts'o Date: Mon, 10 Jan 2011 12:29:43 -0500 Subject: ext4: dynamically allocate the jbd2_inode in ext4_inode_info as necessary Replace the jbd2_inode structure (which is 48 bytes) with a pointer and only allocate the jbd2_inode when it is needed --- that is, when the file system has a journal present and the inode has been opened for writing. This allows us to further slim down the ext4_inode_info structure. Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" --- include/linux/jbd2.h | 20 ++++++++++++++++++-- 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/jbd2.h b/include/linux/jbd2.h index 2ae86aa21fce..27e79c27ba08 100644 --- a/include/linux/jbd2.h +++ b/include/linux/jbd2.h @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ extern void jbd2_free(void *ptr, size_t size); * * This is an opaque datatype. **/ -typedef struct handle_s handle_t; /* Atomic operation type */ +typedef struct jbd2_journal_handle handle_t; /* Atomic operation type */ /** @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ struct jbd2_revoke_table_s; * in so it can be fixed later. */ -struct handle_s +struct jbd2_journal_handle { /* Which compound transaction is this update a part of? */ transaction_t *h_transaction; @@ -1158,6 +1158,22 @@ static inline void jbd2_free_handle(handle_t *handle) kmem_cache_free(jbd2_handle_cache, handle); } +/* + * jbd2_inode management (optional, for those file systems that want to use + * dynamically allocated jbd2_inode structures) + */ +extern struct kmem_cache *jbd2_inode_cache; + +static inline struct jbd2_inode *jbd2_alloc_inode(gfp_t gfp_flags) +{ + return kmem_cache_alloc(jbd2_inode_cache, gfp_flags); +} + +static inline void jbd2_free_inode(struct jbd2_inode *jinode) +{ + kmem_cache_free(jbd2_inode_cache, jinode); +} + /* Primary revoke support */ #define JOURNAL_REVOKE_DEFAULT_HASH 256 extern int jbd2_journal_init_revoke(journal_t *, int); -- cgit v1.2.3 From b853b96b1dbdc05fc8eae141a595366d8172962b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lukas Czerner Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 12:29:17 +0100 Subject: ext3: Add batched discard support for ext3 Walk through allocation groups and trim all free extents. It can be invoked through FITRIM ioctl on the file system. The main idea is to provide a way to trim the whole file system if needed, since some SSD's may suffer from performance loss after the whole device was filled (it does not mean that fs is full!). It search for free extents in allocation groups specified by Byte range start -> start+len. When the free extent is within this range, blocks are marked as used and then trimmed. Afterwards these blocks are marked as free in per-group bitmap. [JK: Fixed up error handling and trimming of a single group] Signed-off-by: Lukas Czerner Reviewed-by: Jan Kara Reviewed-by: Dmitry Monakhov Signed-off-by: Jan Kara --- include/linux/ext3_fs.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ext3_fs.h b/include/linux/ext3_fs.h index 6ce1bca01724..a443965946bb 100644 --- a/include/linux/ext3_fs.h +++ b/include/linux/ext3_fs.h @@ -856,6 +856,7 @@ extern struct ext3_group_desc * ext3_get_group_desc(struct super_block * sb, extern int ext3_should_retry_alloc(struct super_block *sb, int *retries); extern void ext3_init_block_alloc_info(struct inode *); extern void ext3_rsv_window_add(struct super_block *sb, struct ext3_reserve_window_node *rsv); +extern int ext3_trim_fs(struct super_block *sb, struct fstrim_range *range); /* dir.c */ extern int ext3_check_dir_entry(const char *, struct inode *, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 055adcbd7da75868697e767adc4f3272f6cae76c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joe Perches Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 18:49:54 -0800 Subject: quota: Use %pV and __attribute__((format (printf in __quota_error and fix fallout Use %pV in __quota_error so a single printk can not be interleaved with other logging messages. Add __attribute__((format (printf, 3, 4))) so format and arguments can be verified by compiler. Make sure printk formats and arguments match. Block # needed a pointer dereference. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches Signed-off-by: Jan Kara --- include/linux/quotaops.h | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/quotaops.h b/include/linux/quotaops.h index d1a9193960f1..223b14cd129c 100644 --- a/include/linux/quotaops.h +++ b/include/linux/quotaops.h @@ -31,8 +31,9 @@ static inline bool is_quota_modification(struct inode *inode, struct iattr *ia) #define quota_error(sb, fmt, args...) \ __quota_error((sb), __func__, fmt , ## args) -extern void __quota_error(struct super_block *sb, const char *func, - const char *fmt, ...); +extern __attribute__((format (printf, 3, 4))) +void __quota_error(struct super_block *sb, const char *func, + const char *fmt, ...); /* * declaration of quota_function calls in kernel. -- cgit v1.2.3 From a4ae3094869f18e26ece25ad175bbe4cd740e60b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Sandeen Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 11:55:27 -0600 Subject: ext3: speed up file creates by optimizing rec_len functions The addition of 64k block capability in the rec_len_from_disk and rec_len_to_disk functions added a bit of math overhead which slows down file create workloads needlessly when the architecture cannot even support 64k blocks, thanks to page size limits. Similar changes already exist in the ext4 codebase. The directory entry checking can also be optimized a bit by sprinkling in some unlikely() conditions to move the error handling out of line. bonnie++ sequential file creates on a 512MB ramdisk speeds up from about 77,000/s to about 82,000/s, about a 6% improvement. Signed-off-by: Eric Sandeen Signed-off-by: Jan Kara --- include/linux/ext3_fs.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ext3_fs.h b/include/linux/ext3_fs.h index a443965946bb..65990ef612f5 100644 --- a/include/linux/ext3_fs.h +++ b/include/linux/ext3_fs.h @@ -724,21 +724,30 @@ struct ext3_dir_entry_2 { ~EXT3_DIR_ROUND) #define EXT3_MAX_REC_LEN ((1<<16)-1) +/* + * Tests against MAX_REC_LEN etc were put in place for 64k block + * sizes; if that is not possible on this arch, we can skip + * those tests and speed things up. + */ static inline unsigned ext3_rec_len_from_disk(__le16 dlen) { unsigned len = le16_to_cpu(dlen); +#if (PAGE_CACHE_SIZE >= 65536) if (len == EXT3_MAX_REC_LEN) return 1 << 16; +#endif return len; } static inline __le16 ext3_rec_len_to_disk(unsigned len) { +#if (PAGE_CACHE_SIZE >= 65536) if (len == (1 << 16)) return cpu_to_le16(EXT3_MAX_REC_LEN); else if (len > (1 << 16)) BUG(); +#endif return cpu_to_le16(len); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From d96336b05d718b03ff03c94c0dc0cc283a29d534 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Josh Hunt Date: Mon, 27 Dec 2010 13:46:38 -0800 Subject: ext2: Resolve 'dereferencing pointer to incomplete type' when enabling EXT2_XATTR_DEBUG When I enable EXT2_XATTR_DEBUG in fs/ext2/xattr.c I get a build error stating the following: CC fs/ext2/xattr.o fs/ext2/xattr.c: In function 'ext2_xattr_cache_insert': fs/ext2/xattr.c:841: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type fs/ext2/xattr.c:846: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type make[2]: *** [fs/ext2/xattr.o] Error 1 make[1]: *** [fs/ext2] Error 2 make: *** [fs] Error 2 These lines reference ext2_xattr_cache->c_entry_count which is defined in struct mb_cache. struct mb_cache is currently only defined in fs/mbcache.c. Moving struct mb_cache definition to include/linux/mbcache.h to resolve the issue. Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt Signed-off-by: Jan Kara --- include/linux/mbcache.h | 11 +++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mbcache.h b/include/linux/mbcache.h index 54cbbac1e71d..5525d370701d 100644 --- a/include/linux/mbcache.h +++ b/include/linux/mbcache.h @@ -18,6 +18,17 @@ struct mb_cache_entry { } e_index; }; +struct mb_cache { + struct list_head c_cache_list; + const char *c_name; + atomic_t c_entry_count; + int c_max_entries; + int c_bucket_bits; + struct kmem_cache *c_entry_cache; + struct list_head *c_block_hash; + struct list_head *c_index_hash; +}; + /* Functions on caches */ struct mb_cache *mb_cache_create(const char *, int); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 83723d60717f8da0f53f91cf42a845ed56c09662 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 10 Jan 2011 20:11:38 +0100 Subject: netfilter: x_tables: dont block BH while reading counters Using "iptables -L" with a lot of rules have a too big BH latency. Jesper mentioned ~6 ms and worried of frame drops. Switch to a per_cpu seqlock scheme, so that taking a snapshot of counters doesnt need to block BH (for this cpu, but also other cpus). This adds two increments on seqlock sequence per ipt_do_table() call, its a reasonable cost for allowing "iptables -L" not block BH processing. Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet CC: Patrick McHardy Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h b/include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h index 742bec051440..6712e713b299 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ extern void xt_free_table_info(struct xt_table_info *info); * necessary for reading the counters. */ struct xt_info_lock { - spinlock_t lock; + seqlock_t lock; unsigned char readers; }; DECLARE_PER_CPU(struct xt_info_lock, xt_info_locks); @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ static inline void xt_info_rdlock_bh(void) local_bh_disable(); lock = &__get_cpu_var(xt_info_locks); if (likely(!lock->readers++)) - spin_lock(&lock->lock); + write_seqlock(&lock->lock); } static inline void xt_info_rdunlock_bh(void) @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ static inline void xt_info_rdunlock_bh(void) struct xt_info_lock *lock = &__get_cpu_var(xt_info_locks); if (likely(!--lock->readers)) - spin_unlock(&lock->lock); + write_sequnlock(&lock->lock); local_bh_enable(); } @@ -516,12 +516,12 @@ static inline void xt_info_rdunlock_bh(void) */ static inline void xt_info_wrlock(unsigned int cpu) { - spin_lock(&per_cpu(xt_info_locks, cpu).lock); + write_seqlock(&per_cpu(xt_info_locks, cpu).lock); } static inline void xt_info_wrunlock(unsigned int cpu) { - spin_unlock(&per_cpu(xt_info_locks, cpu).lock); + write_sequnlock(&per_cpu(xt_info_locks, cpu).lock); } /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6650239a4b01077e80d5a4468562756d77afaa59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Trond Myklebust Date: Sat, 8 Jan 2011 17:45:38 -0500 Subject: NFS: Don't use vm_map_ram() in readdir vm_map_ram() is not available on NOMMU platforms, and causes trouble on incoherrent architectures such as ARM when we access the page data through both the direct and the virtual mapping. The alternative is to use the direct mapping to access page data for the case when we are not crossing a page boundary, but to copy the data into a linear scratch buffer when we are accessing data that spans page boundaries. Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust Tested-by: Marc Kleine-Budde Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.37] --- include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h b/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h index 498ab93a81e4..7783c687c777 100644 --- a/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h +++ b/include/linux/sunrpc/xdr.h @@ -201,6 +201,8 @@ struct xdr_stream { __be32 *end; /* end of available buffer space */ struct kvec *iov; /* pointer to the current kvec */ + struct kvec scratch; /* Scratch buffer */ + struct page **page_ptr; /* pointer to the current page */ }; extern void xdr_init_encode(struct xdr_stream *xdr, struct xdr_buf *buf, __be32 *p); @@ -208,7 +210,7 @@ extern __be32 *xdr_reserve_space(struct xdr_stream *xdr, size_t nbytes); extern void xdr_write_pages(struct xdr_stream *xdr, struct page **pages, unsigned int base, unsigned int len); extern void xdr_init_decode(struct xdr_stream *xdr, struct xdr_buf *buf, __be32 *p); -extern __be32 *xdr_inline_peek(struct xdr_stream *xdr, size_t nbytes); +extern void xdr_set_scratch_buffer(struct xdr_stream *xdr, void *buf, size_t buflen); extern __be32 *xdr_inline_decode(struct xdr_stream *xdr, size_t nbytes); extern void xdr_read_pages(struct xdr_stream *xdr, unsigned int len); extern void xdr_enter_page(struct xdr_stream *xdr, unsigned int len); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 92ed1a76ca31774eb27de14b2215841367c68056 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Korsgaard Date: Mon, 10 Jan 2011 22:11:23 +0100 Subject: i2c: Add generic I2C multiplexer using GPIO API Add an i2c mux driver providing access to i2c bus segments using a hardware MUX sitting on a master bus and controlled through gpio pins. E.G. something like: ---------- ---------- Bus segment 1 - - - - - | | SCL/SDA | |-------------- | | | |------------| | | | | | Bus segment 2 | | | Linux | GPIO 1..N | MUX |--------------- Devices | |------------| | | | | | | | Bus segment M | | | |---------------| | ---------- ---------- - - - - - SCL/SDA of the master I2C bus is multiplexed to bus segment 1..M according to the settings of the GPIO pins 1..N. Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare --- include/linux/gpio-i2cmux.h | 38 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 38 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/gpio-i2cmux.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/gpio-i2cmux.h b/include/linux/gpio-i2cmux.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4a333bb0bd0d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/gpio-i2cmux.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* + * gpio-i2cmux interface to platform code + * + * Peter Korsgaard + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + */ + +#ifndef _LINUX_GPIO_I2CMUX_H +#define _LINUX_GPIO_I2CMUX_H + +/* MUX has no specific idle mode */ +#define GPIO_I2CMUX_NO_IDLE ((unsigned)-1) + +/** + * struct gpio_i2cmux_platform_data - Platform-dependent data for gpio-i2cmux + * @parent: Parent I2C bus adapter number + * @base_nr: Base I2C bus number to number adapters from or zero for dynamic + * @values: Array of bitmasks of GPIO settings (low/high) for each + * position + * @n_values: Number of multiplexer positions (busses to instantiate) + * @gpios: Array of GPIO numbers used to control MUX + * @n_gpios: Number of GPIOs used to control MUX + * @idle: Bitmask to write to MUX when idle or GPIO_I2CMUX_NO_IDLE if not used + */ +struct gpio_i2cmux_platform_data { + int parent; + int base_nr; + const unsigned *values; + int n_values; + const unsigned *gpios; + int n_gpios; + unsigned idle; +}; + +#endif /* _LINUX_GPIO_I2CMUX_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0cc43a1806f078f7fd414850d8f1f1761696e4af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean Delvare Date: Mon, 10 Jan 2011 22:11:23 +0100 Subject: i2c: Constify i2c_client where possible Helper functions for I2C and SMBus transactions don't modify the i2c_client that is passed to them, so it can be marked const. Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare --- include/linux/i2c.h | 27 +++++++++++++++------------ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/i2c.h b/include/linux/i2c.h index 56cfe23ffb39..903576df88dc 100644 --- a/include/linux/i2c.h +++ b/include/linux/i2c.h @@ -57,9 +57,10 @@ struct i2c_board_info; * transmit an arbitrary number of messages without interruption. * @count must be be less than 64k since msg.len is u16. */ -extern int i2c_master_send(struct i2c_client *client, const char *buf, +extern int i2c_master_send(const struct i2c_client *client, const char *buf, + int count); +extern int i2c_master_recv(const struct i2c_client *client, char *buf, int count); -extern int i2c_master_recv(struct i2c_client *client, char *buf, int count); /* Transfer num messages. */ @@ -78,23 +79,25 @@ extern s32 i2c_smbus_xfer(struct i2c_adapter *adapter, u16 addr, /* Now follow the 'nice' access routines. These also document the calling conventions of i2c_smbus_xfer. */ -extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_byte(struct i2c_client *client); -extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_byte(struct i2c_client *client, u8 value); -extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_byte_data(struct i2c_client *client, u8 command); -extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_byte_data(struct i2c_client *client, +extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_byte(const struct i2c_client *client); +extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_byte(const struct i2c_client *client, u8 value); +extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_byte_data(const struct i2c_client *client, + u8 command); +extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_byte_data(const struct i2c_client *client, u8 command, u8 value); -extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_word_data(struct i2c_client *client, u8 command); -extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_word_data(struct i2c_client *client, +extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_word_data(const struct i2c_client *client, + u8 command); +extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_word_data(const struct i2c_client *client, u8 command, u16 value); /* Returns the number of read bytes */ -extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_block_data(struct i2c_client *client, +extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_block_data(const struct i2c_client *client, u8 command, u8 *values); -extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_block_data(struct i2c_client *client, +extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_block_data(const struct i2c_client *client, u8 command, u8 length, const u8 *values); /* Returns the number of read bytes */ -extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_i2c_block_data(struct i2c_client *client, +extern s32 i2c_smbus_read_i2c_block_data(const struct i2c_client *client, u8 command, u8 length, u8 *values); -extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_i2c_block_data(struct i2c_client *client, +extern s32 i2c_smbus_write_i2c_block_data(const struct i2c_client *client, u8 command, u8 length, const u8 *values); #endif /* I2C */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c599bd6b9ac8926b03e6bf332a8c14ae2ffb43a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Frysinger Date: Mon, 10 Jan 2011 02:54:32 +0000 Subject: netdev: bfin_mac: let boards set vlan masks Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/bfin_mac.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/bfin_mac.h b/include/linux/bfin_mac.h index 904dec7d03a1..a69554ef8476 100644 --- a/include/linux/bfin_mac.h +++ b/include/linux/bfin_mac.h @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ struct bfin_mii_bus_platform_data { const unsigned short *mac_peripherals; int phy_mode; unsigned int phy_mask; + unsigned short vlan1_mask, vlan2_mask; }; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 36909ea43814cba34f7c921e99cba33d770a54e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Sun, 9 Jan 2011 19:36:31 +0000 Subject: net: Add alloc_netdev_mqs function Added alloc_netdev_mqs function which allows the number of transmit and receive queues to be specified independenty. alloc_netdev_mq was changed to a macro to call the new function. Also added alloc_etherdev_mqs with same purpose. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/etherdevice.h | 4 +++- include/linux/netdevice.h | 10 +++++++--- 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/etherdevice.h b/include/linux/etherdevice.h index f16a01081e15..bec8b82889bf 100644 --- a/include/linux/etherdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/etherdevice.h @@ -48,8 +48,10 @@ extern int eth_validate_addr(struct net_device *dev); -extern struct net_device *alloc_etherdev_mq(int sizeof_priv, unsigned int queue_count); +extern struct net_device *alloc_etherdev_mqs(int sizeof_priv, unsigned int txqs, + unsigned int rxqs); #define alloc_etherdev(sizeof_priv) alloc_etherdev_mq(sizeof_priv, 1) +#define alloc_etherdev_mq(sizeof_priv, count) alloc_etherdev_mqs(sizeof_priv, count, count) /** * is_zero_ether_addr - Determine if give Ethernet address is all zeros. diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index de2bfe6da359..be4957cf6511 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -2191,11 +2191,15 @@ static inline void netif_addr_unlock_bh(struct net_device *dev) extern void ether_setup(struct net_device *dev); /* Support for loadable net-drivers */ -extern struct net_device *alloc_netdev_mq(int sizeof_priv, const char *name, +extern struct net_device *alloc_netdev_mqs(int sizeof_priv, const char *name, void (*setup)(struct net_device *), - unsigned int queue_count); + unsigned int txqs, unsigned int rxqs); #define alloc_netdev(sizeof_priv, name, setup) \ - alloc_netdev_mq(sizeof_priv, name, setup, 1) + alloc_netdev_mqs(sizeof_priv, name, setup, 1, 1) + +#define alloc_netdev_mq(sizeof_priv, name, setup, count) \ + alloc_netdev_mqs(sizeof_priv, name, setup, count, count) + extern int register_netdev(struct net_device *dev); extern void unregister_netdev(struct net_device *dev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 357f54d6b38252737116a6d631f6ac28ded018ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Adamson Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 10:11:57 -0500 Subject: NFS fix the setting of exchange id flag Indicate support for referrals. Do not set any PNFS roles. Check the flags returned by the server for validity. Do not use exchange flags from an old client ID instance when recovering a client ID. Update the EXCHID4_FLAG_XXX set to RFC 5661. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust --- include/linux/nfs4.h | 8 ++++++-- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nfs4.h b/include/linux/nfs4.h index 4925b22219d2..9b46300b4305 100644 --- a/include/linux/nfs4.h +++ b/include/linux/nfs4.h @@ -111,9 +111,13 @@ #define EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER 0x00000001 #define EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_MIGR 0x00000002 +#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_BIND_PRINC_STATEID 0x00000100 + #define EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS 0x00010000 #define EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_PNFS_MDS 0x00020000 #define EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_PNFS_DS 0x00040000 +#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_MASK_PNFS 0x00070000 + #define EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A 0x40000000 #define EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R 0x80000000 /* @@ -121,8 +125,8 @@ * they're set in the argument or response, have separate * invalid flag masks for arg (_A) and resp (_R). */ -#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_MASK_A 0x40070003 -#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_MASK_R 0x80070003 +#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_MASK_A 0x40070103 +#define EXCHGID4_FLAG_MASK_R 0x80070103 #define SEQ4_STATUS_CB_PATH_DOWN 0x00000001 #define SEQ4_STATUS_CB_GSS_CONTEXTS_EXPIRING 0x00000002 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2f46e07995734a363608e974a82fd05d5b610750 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Florian Westphal Date: Tue, 11 Jan 2011 23:55:51 +0100 Subject: netfilter: ebtables: make broute table work again broute table init hook sets up the "br_should_route_hook" pointer, which then gets called from br_input. commit a386f99025f13b32502fe5dedf223c20d7283826 (bridge: add proper RCU annotation to should_route_hook) introduced a typedef, and then changed this to: br_should_route_hook_t *rhook; [..] rhook = rcu_dereference(br_should_route_hook); if (*rhook(skb)) problem is that "br_should_route_hook" contains the address of the function, so calling *rhook() results in kernel panic. Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/linux/if_bridge.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/linux/if_bridge.h index f7e73c338c40..dd3f20139640 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ struct __fdb_entry { extern void brioctl_set(int (*ioctl_hook)(struct net *, unsigned int, void __user *)); -typedef int (*br_should_route_hook_t)(struct sk_buff *skb); +typedef int br_should_route_hook_t(struct sk_buff *skb); extern br_should_route_hook_t __rcu *br_should_route_hook; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3